Mercurial > dwindows
comparison win/dw.c @ 58:5c66a108aa47
Fixed example test app at the bottom of the source to use new dw_init
syntax.
author | bsmith@81767d24-ef19-dc11-ae90-00e081727c95 |
---|---|
date | Wed, 21 Nov 2001 23:37:15 +0000 |
parents | 1ed95c8ec2ff |
children | 286ffd8e8ed8 |
comparison
equal
deleted
inserted
replaced
57:1ed95c8ec2ff | 58:5c66a108aa47 |
---|---|
1 /* | 1 /* |
2 * Dynamic Windows: | 2 * Dynamic Windows: |
3 * A GTK like implementation of the PM GUI | 3 * A GTK like implementation of the Win32 GUI |
4 * | 4 * |
5 * (C) 2000,2001 Brian Smith <dbsoft@technologist.com> | 5 * (C) 2000,2001 Brian Smith <dbsoft@technologist.com> |
6 * (C) 2000 Achim Hasenmueller <achimha@innotek.de> | |
7 * (C) 2000 Peter Nielsen <peter@pmview.com> | |
8 * (C) 1998 Sergey I. Yevtushenko (some code borrowed from cell toolkit) | |
9 * | 6 * |
10 */ | 7 */ |
11 #define INCL_DOS | 8 #define _WIN32_IE 0x0500 |
12 #define INCL_DOSERRORS | 9 #define WINVER 0x400 |
13 #define INCL_WIN | 10 #include <windows.h> |
14 #define INCL_GPI | 11 #include <windowsx.h> |
15 | 12 #include <commctrl.h> |
16 #include <os2.h> | |
17 #include <stdlib.h> | 13 #include <stdlib.h> |
18 #include <string.h> | 14 #include <string.h> |
19 #include <stdio.h> | 15 #include <stdio.h> |
20 #include <stdarg.h> | |
21 #include <stddef.h> | |
22 #include <ctype.h> | |
23 #include <process.h> | 16 #include <process.h> |
24 #include <time.h> | 17 #include <time.h> |
25 #include "dw.h" | 18 #include "dw.h" |
26 | 19 |
27 #define QWP_USER 0 | 20 /* this is the callback handle for the window procedure */ |
28 | 21 /* make sure you always match the calling convention! */ |
29 MRESULT EXPENTRY _run_event(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2); | 22 int (*filterfunc)(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM) = 0L; |
30 | 23 |
31 char ClassName[] = "dynamicwindows"; | 24 HWND hwndBubble = (HWND)NULL, hwndBubbleLast, DW_HWND_OBJECT = (HWND)NULL; |
32 char SplitbarClassName[] = "dwsplitbar"; | 25 |
33 char DefaultFont[] = "9.WarpSans"; | 26 HINSTANCE DWInstance = NULL; |
34 | 27 |
35 /* this is the callback handle for the window procedure | 28 DWORD dwVersion = 0; |
36 * make sure you always match the calling convention! | 29 |
37 */ | 30 /* I should probably check the actual file version, but this will do for now */ |
38 int (* EXPENTRY filterfunc)(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM) = 0L; | 31 #define IS_WIN98PLUS (LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)) > 4 || \ |
39 | 32 (LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)) == 4 && HIBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion)) > 0)) |
40 HAB dwhab = 0; | 33 |
41 HMQ dwhmq = 0; | 34 char monthlist[][4] = { "Jan", "Feb", "Mar", "Apr", "May", "Jun", "Jul", "Aug", |
42 DWTID _dwtid = 0; | 35 "Sep", "Oct", "Nov", "Dec" }; |
43 LONG _foreground = 0xAAAAAA, _background = 0; | 36 |
44 | 37 int main(int argc, char *argv[]); |
45 HWND hwndBubble = NULLHANDLE, hwndBubbleLast = NULLHANDLE; | 38 |
46 PRECORDCORE pCore = NULL; | 39 #define ICON_INDEX_LIMIT 200 |
47 ULONG aulBuffer[4]; | 40 HICON lookup[200]; |
48 HWND lasthcnr = 0, lastitem = 0; | 41 HIMAGELIST hSmall = 0, hLarge = 0; |
49 | 42 |
50 #define IS_WARP4() (aulBuffer[0] == 20 && aulBuffer[1] >= 40) | 43 #define THREAD_LIMIT 128 |
51 | 44 COLORREF _foreground[THREAD_LIMIT]; |
52 #ifndef min | 45 COLORREF _background[THREAD_LIMIT]; |
53 #define min(a, b) (((a < b) ? a : b)) | 46 HPEN _hPen[THREAD_LIMIT]; |
54 #endif | 47 HBRUSH _hBrush[THREAD_LIMIT]; |
55 | 48 |
56 #ifdef DWDEBUG | 49 #ifdef DWDEBUG |
57 FILE *f; | 50 FILE *f; |
58 | 51 |
59 void reopen(void) | 52 void reopen(void) |
60 { | 53 { |
61 fclose(f); | 54 fclose(f); |
62 f = fopen("dw.log", "a+"); | 55 f = fopen("dw.log", "at"); |
63 } | 56 } |
64 #endif | 57 #endif |
58 | |
59 BYTE _red[] = { 0x00, 0xbb, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x00, 0xbb, 0x00, 0xaa, 0x77, | |
60 0xff, 0x00, 0xee, 0x00, 0xff, 0x00, 0xff, 0xaa, 0x00 }; | |
61 BYTE _green[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0xbb, 0xaa, 0x00, 0x00, 0xbb, 0xaa, 0x77, | |
62 0x00, 0xff, 0xee, 0x00, 0x00, 0xee, 0xff, 0xaa, 0x00 }; | |
63 BYTE _blue[] = { 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xcc, 0xbb, 0xbb, 0xaa, 0x77, | |
64 0x00, 0x00, 0x00, 0xff, 0xff, 0xee, 0xff, 0xaa, 0x00}; | |
65 | |
66 HBRUSH _colors[18]; | |
65 | 67 |
66 static LONG lColor[SPLITBAR_WIDTH] = | 68 static LONG lColor[SPLITBAR_WIDTH] = |
67 { | 69 { |
68 DW_CLR_BLACK, | 70 DW_CLR_BLACK, |
69 DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, | 71 DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, |
70 DW_CLR_WHITE | 72 DW_CLR_WHITE |
71 }; | 73 }; |
74 | |
75 void _resize_notebook_page(HWND handle, int pageid); | |
76 int _lookup_icon(HWND handle, HICON hicon, int type); | |
72 | 77 |
73 #ifdef NO_SIGNALS | 78 #ifdef NO_SIGNALS |
74 #define USE_FILTER | 79 #define USE_FILTER |
75 #else | 80 #else |
76 typedef struct _sighandler | 81 typedef struct _sighandler |
82 void *data; | 87 void *data; |
83 | 88 |
84 } SignalHandler; | 89 } SignalHandler; |
85 | 90 |
86 SignalHandler *Root = NULL; | 91 SignalHandler *Root = NULL; |
92 int _index; | |
87 | 93 |
88 typedef struct | 94 typedef struct |
89 { | 95 { |
90 ULONG message; | 96 ULONG message; |
91 char name[30]; | 97 char name[30]; |
92 | 98 |
93 } SignalList; | 99 } SignalList; |
94 | 100 |
95 /* List of signals and their equivilent OS/2 message */ | 101 /* List of signals and their equivilent Win32 message */ |
96 #define SIGNALMAX 14 | 102 #define SIGNALMAX 14 |
97 | 103 |
98 SignalList SignalTranslate[SIGNALMAX] = { | 104 SignalList SignalTranslate[SIGNALMAX] = { |
99 { WM_SIZE, "configure_event" }, | 105 { WM_SIZE, "configure_event" }, |
100 { WM_CHAR, "key_press_event" }, | 106 { WM_CHAR, "key_press_event" }, |
101 { WM_BUTTON1DOWN, "button_press_event" }, | 107 { WM_LBUTTONDOWN, "button_press_event" }, |
102 { WM_BUTTON1UP, "button_release_event"}, | 108 { WM_LBUTTONUP, "button_release_event" }, |
103 { WM_MOUSEMOVE, "motion_notify_event" }, | 109 { WM_MOUSEMOVE, "motion_notify_event" }, |
104 { WM_CLOSE, "delete_event" }, | 110 { WM_CLOSE, "delete_event" }, |
105 { WM_PAINT, "expose_event" }, | 111 { WM_PAINT, "expose_event" }, |
106 { WM_COMMAND, "clicked" }, | 112 { WM_COMMAND, "clicked" }, |
107 { CN_ENTER, "container-select" }, | 113 { NM_DBLCLK, "container-select" }, |
108 { CN_CONTEXTMENU, "container-context" }, | 114 { NM_RCLICK, "container-context" }, |
109 { LN_SELECT, "item-select" }, | 115 { LBN_SELCHANGE, "item-select" }, |
110 { CN_EMPHASIS, "tree-select" }, | 116 { TVN_SELCHANGED, "tree-select" }, |
111 { WM_SETFOCUS, "set-focus" }, | 117 { WM_SETFOCUS, "set-focus" }, |
112 { WM_USER+1, "lose-focus" } | 118 { WM_USER+1, "lose-focus" } |
113 }; | 119 }; |
120 | |
121 #ifdef BUILD_DLL | |
122 void Win32_Set_Instance(HINSTANCE hInstance) | |
123 { | |
124 DWInstance = hInstance; | |
125 } | |
126 #else | |
127 char **_convertargs(int *count, char *start) | |
128 { | |
129 char *tmp, *argstart, **argv; | |
130 int loc = 0, inquotes = 0; | |
131 | |
132 (*count) = 1; | |
133 | |
134 tmp = start; | |
135 | |
136 /* Count the number of entries */ | |
137 if(*start) | |
138 { | |
139 (*count)++; | |
140 | |
141 while(*tmp) | |
142 { | |
143 if(*tmp == '"' && inquotes) | |
144 inquotes = 0; | |
145 else if(*tmp == '"' && !inquotes) | |
146 inquotes = 1; | |
147 else if(*tmp == ' ' && !inquotes) | |
148 { | |
149 /* Push past any white space */ | |
150 while(*(tmp+1) == ' ') | |
151 tmp++; | |
152 /* If we aren't at the end of the command | |
153 * line increment the count. | |
154 */ | |
155 if(*(tmp+1)) | |
156 (*count)++; | |
157 } | |
158 tmp++; | |
159 } | |
160 } | |
161 | |
162 argv = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * ((*count)+1)); | |
163 argv[0] = malloc(260); | |
164 GetModuleFileName(DWInstance, argv[0], 260); | |
165 | |
166 argstart = tmp = start; | |
167 | |
168 if(*start) | |
169 { | |
170 loc = 1; | |
171 | |
172 while(*tmp) | |
173 { | |
174 if(*tmp == '"' && inquotes) | |
175 { | |
176 *tmp = 0; | |
177 inquotes = 0; | |
178 } | |
179 else if(*tmp == '"' && !inquotes) | |
180 { | |
181 argstart = tmp+1; | |
182 inquotes = 1; | |
183 } | |
184 else if(*tmp == ' ' && !inquotes) | |
185 { | |
186 *tmp = 0; | |
187 argv[loc] = strdup(argstart); | |
188 | |
189 /* Push past any white space */ | |
190 while(*(tmp+1) == ' ') | |
191 tmp++; | |
192 | |
193 /* Move the start pointer */ | |
194 argstart = tmp+1; | |
195 | |
196 /* If we aren't at the end of the command | |
197 * line increment the count. | |
198 */ | |
199 if(*(tmp+1)) | |
200 loc++; | |
201 } | |
202 tmp++; | |
203 } | |
204 if(*argstart) | |
205 argv[loc] = strdup(argstart); | |
206 } | |
207 argv[loc+1] = NULL; | |
208 return argv; | |
209 } | |
210 | |
211 /* Ok this is a really big hack but what the hell ;) */ | |
212 int WINAPI WinMain(HINSTANCE hInstance, HINSTANCE hPrevInstance, LPSTR lpCmdLine, int nCmdShow) | |
213 { | |
214 char **argv; | |
215 int argc; | |
216 | |
217 DWInstance = hInstance; | |
218 | |
219 argv = _convertargs(&argc, lpCmdLine); | |
220 | |
221 return main(argc, argv); | |
222 } | |
223 #endif | |
224 | |
225 /* This should return true for WinNT/2K/XP and false on Win9x */ | |
226 int IsWinNT(void) | |
227 { | |
228 static int isnt = -1; | |
229 | |
230 if(isnt == -1) | |
231 { | |
232 if (GetVersion() < 0x80000000) | |
233 isnt = 1; | |
234 else | |
235 isnt = 0; | |
236 } | |
237 return isnt; | |
238 } | |
114 | 239 |
115 /* This function adds a signal handler callback into the linked list. | 240 /* This function adds a signal handler callback into the linked list. |
116 */ | 241 */ |
117 void _new_signal(ULONG message, HWND window, void *signalfunction, void *data) | 242 void _new_signal(ULONG message, HWND window, void *signalfunction, void *data) |
118 { | 243 { |
158 } | 283 } |
159 return 0L; | 284 return 0L; |
160 } | 285 } |
161 #endif | 286 #endif |
162 | 287 |
163 typedef struct _CNRITEM | 288 /* This function removes and handlers on windows and frees |
164 { | 289 * the user memory allocated to it. |
165 MINIRECORDCORE rc; | 290 */ |
166 HPOINTER hptrIcon; | 291 BOOL CALLBACK _free_window_memory(HWND handle, LPARAM lParam) |
167 PVOID user; | 292 { |
168 | 293 void *ptr = (void *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
169 } CNRITEM, *PCNRITEM; | |
170 | |
171 | |
172 /* This function changes the owner of buttons in to the | |
173 * dynamicwindows handle to fix a problem in notebooks. | |
174 */ | |
175 void _fix_button_owner(HWND handle, HWND dw) | |
176 { | |
177 HENUM henum; | |
178 HWND child; | |
179 | |
180 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle); | |
181 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
182 { | |
183 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
184 | |
185 WinQueryClassName(child, 99, tmpbuf); | |
186 | |
187 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#3", 3)==0 && dw) /* Button */ | |
188 WinSetOwner(child, dw); | |
189 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "dynamicwindows", 14) == 0) | |
190 dw = child; | |
191 | |
192 _fix_button_owner(child, dw); | |
193 } | |
194 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
195 return; | |
196 } | |
197 | |
198 void _disconnect_windows(HWND handle) | |
199 { | |
200 HENUM henum; | |
201 HWND child; | |
202 | 294 |
203 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | 295 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS |
204 dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(handle); | 296 dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(handle); |
205 #endif | 297 #endif |
206 | 298 |
207 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle); | |
208 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
209 _disconnect_windows(child); | |
210 | |
211 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
212 } | |
213 | |
214 /* This function removes and handlers on windows and frees | |
215 * the user memory allocated to it. | |
216 */ | |
217 void _free_window_memory(HWND handle) | |
218 { | |
219 HENUM henum; | |
220 HWND child; | |
221 void *ptr = (void *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | |
222 | |
223 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | |
224 dw_signal_disconnect_by_window(handle); | |
225 #endif | |
226 | |
227 if(ptr) | 299 if(ptr) |
228 { | 300 { |
229 WinSetWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER, 0); | 301 SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA, 0); |
230 free(ptr); | 302 free(ptr); |
231 } | 303 } |
232 | 304 return TRUE; |
233 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle); | |
234 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
235 _free_window_memory(child); | |
236 | |
237 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
238 return; | |
239 } | 305 } |
240 | 306 |
241 /* This function returns 1 if the window (widget) handle | 307 /* This function returns 1 if the window (widget) handle |
242 * passed to it is a valid window that can gain input focus. | 308 * passed to it is a valid window that can gain input focus. |
243 */ | 309 */ |
246 char tmpbuf[100]; | 312 char tmpbuf[100]; |
247 | 313 |
248 if(!handle) | 314 if(!handle) |
249 return 0; | 315 return 0; |
250 | 316 |
251 if(!WinIsWindowEnabled(handle)) | 317 if(!IsWindowEnabled(handle)) |
252 return 0; | 318 return 0; |
253 | 319 |
254 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | 320 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
255 | 321 |
256 /* These are the window classes which can | 322 /* These are the window classes which can |
257 * obtain input focus. | 323 * obtain input focus. |
258 */ | 324 */ |
259 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 3)==0 || /* Combobox */ | 325 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, EDITCLASSNAME, strlen(EDITCLASSNAME))==0 || /* Entryfield */ |
260 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#3", 3)==0 || /* Button */ | 326 strnicmp(tmpbuf, BUTTONCLASSNAME, strlen(BUTTONCLASSNAME))==0 || /* Button */ |
261 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)==0 || /* Entryfield */ | 327 strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0 || /* Combobox */ |
262 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#7", 3)==0 || /* List box */ | 328 strnicmp(tmpbuf, LISTBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(LISTBOXCLASSNAME))==0 || /* List box */ |
263 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#10", 3)==0 || /* MLE */ | 329 strnicmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0 || /* Spinbutton */ |
264 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 3)==0 || /* Spinbutton */ | 330 strnicmp(tmpbuf, WC_LISTVIEW, strlen(WC_LISTVIEW))== 0) /* Container */ |
265 strncmp(tmpbuf, "#37", 3)== 0) /* Container */ | |
266 return 1; | 331 return 1; |
267 return 0; | 332 return 0; |
333 } | |
334 | |
335 HWND _normalize_handle(HWND handle) | |
336 { | |
337 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; | |
338 | |
339 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); | |
340 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0) /* Spinner */ | |
341 { | |
342 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
343 | |
344 if(cinfo && cinfo->buddy) | |
345 return cinfo->buddy; | |
346 } | |
347 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0) /* Combobox */ | |
348 { | |
349 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
350 | |
351 if(cinfo && cinfo->buddy) | |
352 return cinfo->buddy; | |
353 } | |
354 return handle; | |
268 } | 355 } |
269 | 356 |
270 int _focus_check_box(Box *box, HWND handle, int start, HWND defaultitem) | 357 int _focus_check_box(Box *box, HWND handle, int start, HWND defaultitem) |
271 { | 358 { |
272 int z; | 359 int z; |
278 * that was valid. | 365 * that was valid. |
279 */ | 366 */ |
280 if(start == 2) | 367 if(start == 2) |
281 { | 368 { |
282 if(lasthwnd) | 369 if(lasthwnd) |
283 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | 370 SetFocus(lasthwnd); |
284 return 0; | 371 return 0; |
285 } | 372 } |
286 | 373 |
287 /* Start is 1 when we are entering the function | 374 /* Start is 1 when we are entering the function |
288 * for the first time, it is zero when entering | 375 * for the first time, it is zero when entering |
293 lasthwnd = handle; | 380 lasthwnd = handle; |
294 finish_searching = 0; | 381 finish_searching = 0; |
295 firsthwnd = 0; | 382 firsthwnd = 0; |
296 } | 383 } |
297 | 384 |
298 /* Vertical boxes are inverted on OS/2 */ | 385 for(z=box->count-1;z>-1;z--) |
299 if(box->type == BOXVERT) | 386 { |
300 { | 387 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) |
301 for(z=0;z<box->count;z++) | 388 { |
302 { | 389 Box *thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
303 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | 390 |
391 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
392 return 1; | |
393 } | |
394 else | |
395 { | |
396 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle) | |
304 { | 397 { |
305 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | 398 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd) |
306 | 399 SetFocus(firsthwnd); |
307 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | 400 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd) |
401 finish_searching = 1; | |
402 else | |
403 SetFocus(lasthwnd); | |
404 | |
405 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle, | |
406 * return immediately. | |
407 */ | |
408 if(!finish_searching) | |
308 return 1; | 409 return 1; |
410 } | |
411 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
412 { | |
413 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the | |
414 * first valid item in the layout. | |
415 */ | |
416 if(start == 3) | |
417 { | |
418 if(!defaultitem || (defaultitem && box->items[z].hwnd == defaultitem)) | |
419 { | |
420 SetFocus(_normalize_handle(box->items[z].hwnd)); | |
421 return 1; | |
422 } | |
423 } | |
424 | |
425 if(!firsthwnd) | |
426 firsthwnd = _normalize_handle(box->items[z].hwnd); | |
427 | |
428 lasthwnd = _normalize_handle(box->items[z].hwnd); | |
309 } | 429 } |
310 else | 430 else |
311 { | 431 { |
312 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle) | 432 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; |
433 | |
434 GetClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, tmpbuf, 99); | |
435 | |
436 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, WC_TABCONTROL, strlen(WC_TABCONTROL))==0) /* Notebook */ | |
313 { | 437 { |
314 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd) | 438 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(box->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
315 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd); | 439 int pageid = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(box->items[z].hwnd); |
316 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd) | 440 |
317 finish_searching = 1; | 441 if(pageid > -1 && array && array[pageid]) |
318 else | |
319 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | |
320 | |
321 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle, | |
322 * return immediately. | |
323 */ | |
324 if(!finish_searching) | |
325 return 1; | |
326 } | |
327 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
328 { | |
329 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the | |
330 * first valid item in the layout. | |
331 */ | |
332 if(start == 3) | |
333 { | |
334 if(!defaultitem || (defaultitem && defaultitem == box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
335 { | |
336 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd); | |
337 return 1; | |
338 } | |
339 } | |
340 | |
341 if(!firsthwnd) | |
342 firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
343 | |
344 lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
345 } | |
346 else | |
347 { | |
348 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; | |
349 | |
350 WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
351 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0) /* Notebook */ | |
352 { | 442 { |
353 Box *notebox; | 443 Box *notebox; |
354 HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, | 444 |
355 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0); | 445 if(array[pageid]->hwnd) |
356 | |
357 if(page) | |
358 { | 446 { |
359 notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER); | 447 notebox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(array[pageid]->hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
360 | 448 |
361 if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | 449 if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) |
362 return 1; | 450 return 1; |
363 } | 451 } |
364 } | 452 } |
365 } | 453 } |
366 } | 454 } |
367 } | 455 } |
368 } | 456 } |
369 else | |
370 { | |
371 for(z=box->count-1;z>-1;z--) | |
372 { | |
373 if(box->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
374 { | |
375 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
376 | |
377 if(thisbox && _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
378 return 1; | |
379 } | |
380 else | |
381 { | |
382 if(box->items[z].hwnd == handle) | |
383 { | |
384 if(lasthwnd == handle && firsthwnd) | |
385 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, firsthwnd); | |
386 else if(lasthwnd == handle && !firsthwnd) | |
387 finish_searching = 1; | |
388 else | |
389 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, lasthwnd); | |
390 | |
391 /* If we aren't looking for the last handle, | |
392 * return immediately. | |
393 */ | |
394 if(!finish_searching) | |
395 return 1; | |
396 } | |
397 if(_validate_focus(box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
398 { | |
399 /* Start is 3 when we are looking for the | |
400 * first valid item in the layout. | |
401 */ | |
402 if(start == 3) | |
403 { | |
404 if(!defaultitem || (defaultitem && defaultitem == box->items[z].hwnd)) | |
405 { | |
406 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, box->items[z].hwnd); | |
407 return 1; | |
408 } | |
409 } | |
410 | |
411 if(!firsthwnd) | |
412 firsthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
413 | |
414 lasthwnd = box->items[z].hwnd; | |
415 } | |
416 else | |
417 { | |
418 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; | |
419 | |
420 WinQueryClassName(box->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
421 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0) /* Notebook */ | |
422 { | |
423 Box *notebox; | |
424 HWND page = (HWND)WinSendMsg(box->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, | |
425 (MPARAM)dw_notebook_page_query(box->items[z].hwnd), 0); | |
426 | |
427 if(page) | |
428 { | |
429 notebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(page, QWP_USER); | |
430 | |
431 if(notebox && _focus_check_box(notebox, handle, start == 3 ? 3 : 0, defaultitem)) | |
432 return 1; | |
433 } | |
434 } | |
435 } | |
436 } | |
437 } | |
438 } | |
439 return 0; | 457 return 0; |
440 } | 458 } |
441 | 459 |
442 /* This function finds the first widget in the | 460 /* This function finds the first widget in the |
443 * layout and moves the current focus to it. | 461 * layout and moves the current focus to it. |
444 */ | 462 */ |
445 int _initial_focus(HWND handle) | 463 void _initial_focus(HWND handle) |
446 { | 464 { |
447 Box *thisbox = NULL; | 465 Box *thisbox; |
448 HWND box; | 466 char tmpbuf[100]; |
449 | 467 |
450 box = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT); | 468 if(!handle) |
451 if(box) | 469 return; |
452 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | 470 |
453 else | 471 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
454 return 1; | 472 |
473 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, ClassName, strlen(ClassName))!=0) | |
474 return; | |
475 | |
476 | |
477 if(handle) | |
478 thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
455 | 479 |
456 if(thisbox) | 480 if(thisbox) |
481 { | |
457 _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 3, thisbox->defaultitem); | 482 _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 3, thisbox->defaultitem); |
458 return 0; | 483 } |
459 } | 484 } |
460 | 485 |
461 /* This function finds the current widget in the | 486 /* This function finds the current widget in the |
462 * layout and moves the current focus to the next item. | 487 * layout and moves the current focus to the next item. |
463 */ | 488 */ |
464 void _shift_focus(HWND handle) | 489 void _shift_focus(HWND handle) |
465 { | 490 { |
466 Box *thisbox; | 491 Box *thisbox; |
467 HWND box, lastbox = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT); | 492 |
493 HWND box, lastbox = GetParent(handle); | |
468 | 494 |
469 /* Find the toplevel window */ | 495 /* Find the toplevel window */ |
470 while((box = WinQueryWindow(lastbox, QW_PARENT)) > 0x80000001) | 496 while((box = GetParent(lastbox))) |
471 { | 497 { |
472 lastbox = box; | 498 lastbox = box; |
473 } | 499 } |
474 | 500 |
475 box = WinWindowFromID(lastbox, FID_CLIENT); | 501 thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(lastbox, GWL_USERDATA); |
476 if(box) | |
477 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
478 else | |
479 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(lastbox, QWP_USER); | |
480 | |
481 if(thisbox) | 502 if(thisbox) |
482 { | 503 { |
483 if(_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 1, 0) == 0) | 504 if(_focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 1, 0) == 0) |
484 _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 2, 0); | 505 _focus_check_box(thisbox, handle, 2, 0); |
485 } | 506 } |
489 * Resizes window to the exact same size to trigger | 510 * Resizes window to the exact same size to trigger |
490 * recalculation of frame. | 511 * recalculation of frame. |
491 */ | 512 */ |
492 void _ResetWindow(HWND hwndFrame) | 513 void _ResetWindow(HWND hwndFrame) |
493 { | 514 { |
494 SWP swp; | 515 RECT rcl; |
495 | 516 |
496 WinQueryWindowPos(hwndFrame, &swp); | 517 GetWindowRect(hwndFrame, &rcl); |
497 WinSetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, swp.cx, swp.cy-1, SWP_SIZE); | 518 SetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, rcl.right - rcl.left, |
498 WinSetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, swp.cx, swp.cy, SWP_SIZE); | 519 rcl.bottom - rcl.top - 1, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOZORDER); |
499 } | 520 SetWindowPos(hwndFrame, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, rcl.right - rcl.left, |
500 | 521 rcl.bottom - rcl.top, SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOZORDER); |
501 /* This function will recursively search a box and add up the total height of it */ | 522 } |
502 void _count_size(HWND box, int type, int *xsize, int *xorigsize) | |
503 { | |
504 int size = 0, origsize = 0, z; | |
505 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
506 | |
507 if(!tmp) | |
508 { | |
509 *xsize = *xorigsize = 0; | |
510 return; | |
511 } | |
512 | |
513 if(type == tmp->type) | |
514 { | |
515 /* If the box is going in the direction we want, then we | |
516 * return the entire sum of the items. | |
517 */ | |
518 for(z=0;z<tmp->count;z++) | |
519 { | |
520 if(tmp->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
521 { | |
522 int s, os; | |
523 | |
524 _count_size(tmp->items[z].hwnd, type, &s, &os); | |
525 size += s; | |
526 origsize += os; | |
527 } | |
528 else | |
529 { | |
530 size += (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].width : tmp->items[z].height); | |
531 origsize += (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].origwidth : tmp->items[z].origheight); | |
532 } | |
533 } | |
534 } | |
535 else | |
536 { | |
537 /* If the box is not going in the direction we want, then we only | |
538 * want to return the maximum value. | |
539 */ | |
540 int tmpsize = 0, tmporigsize = 0; | |
541 | |
542 for(z=0;z<tmp->count;z++) | |
543 { | |
544 if(tmp->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
545 _count_size(tmp->items[z].hwnd, type, &tmpsize, &tmporigsize); | |
546 else | |
547 { | |
548 tmpsize = (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].width : tmp->items[z].height); | |
549 tmporigsize = (type == BOXHORZ ? tmp->items[z].origwidth : tmp->items[z].origheight); | |
550 } | |
551 | |
552 if(tmpsize > size) | |
553 size = tmpsize; | |
554 } | |
555 } | |
556 | |
557 *xsize = size; | |
558 *xorigsize = origsize; | |
559 } | |
560 | |
561 | 523 |
562 /* Function: TrackRectangle | 524 /* Function: TrackRectangle |
563 * Abstract: Tracks given rectangle. | 525 * Abstract: Tracks given rectangle. |
564 * | 526 * |
565 * If rclBounds is NULL, then track rectangle on entire desktop. | 527 * If rclBounds is NULL, then track rectangle on entire desktop. |
567 * desktop. | 529 * desktop. |
568 */ | 530 */ |
569 | 531 |
570 BOOL _TrackRectangle(HWND hwndBase, RECTL* rclTrack, RECTL* rclBounds) | 532 BOOL _TrackRectangle(HWND hwndBase, RECTL* rclTrack, RECTL* rclBounds) |
571 { | 533 { |
534 ULONG rc = 0; | |
535 #if 0 | |
572 TRACKINFO track; | 536 TRACKINFO track; |
573 APIRET rc; | |
574 | 537 |
575 track.cxBorder = 1; | 538 track.cxBorder = 1; |
576 track.cyBorder = 1; | 539 track.cyBorder = 1; |
577 track.cxGrid = 1; | 540 track.cxGrid = 1; |
578 track.cyGrid = 1; | 541 track.cyGrid = 1; |
594 track.rclBoundary.xLeft = -3000; | 557 track.rclBoundary.xLeft = -3000; |
595 } | 558 } |
596 | 559 |
597 track.rclTrack = *rclTrack; | 560 track.rclTrack = *rclTrack; |
598 | 561 |
599 WinMapWindowPoints(hwndBase, | 562 MapWindowPoints(hwndBase, |
600 HWND_DESKTOP, | 563 HWND_DESKTOP, |
601 (PPOINTL)&track.rclTrack, | 564 (PPOINT)&track.rclTrack, |
602 2); | 565 2); |
603 | 566 |
604 track.ptlMinTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight | 567 track.ptlMinTrackSize.x = track.rclTrack.xRight |
605 - track.rclTrack.xLeft; | 568 - track.rclTrack.xLeft; |
606 track.ptlMinTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop | 569 track.ptlMinTrackSize.y = track.rclTrack.yTop |
607 - track.rclTrack.yBottom; | 570 - track.rclTrack.yBottom; |
615 rc = WinTrackRect(HWND_DESKTOP, 0, &track); | 578 rc = WinTrackRect(HWND_DESKTOP, 0, &track); |
616 | 579 |
617 if(rc) | 580 if(rc) |
618 *rclTrack = track.rclTrack; | 581 *rclTrack = track.rclTrack; |
619 | 582 |
583 #endif | |
620 return rc; | 584 return rc; |
621 } | 585 } |
622 | 586 |
623 /* This function calculates how much space the widgets and boxes require | 587 /* This function calculates how much space the widgets and boxes require |
624 * and does expansion as necessary. | 588 * and does expansion as necessary. |
639 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | 603 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) |
640 { | 604 { |
641 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | 605 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) |
642 { | 606 { |
643 int initialx, initialy; | 607 int initialx, initialy; |
644 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | 608 Box *tmp = (Box *)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
645 | 609 |
646 initialx = x - (*usedx); | 610 initialx = x - (*usedx); |
647 initialy = y - (*usedy); | 611 initialy = y - (*usedy); |
648 | 612 |
649 if(tmp) | 613 if(tmp) |
685 fprintf(f, "FARK! depth %d\r\nwidth = %d, height = %d, nux = %d, nuy = %d, upx = %d, upy = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n", | 649 fprintf(f, "FARK! depth %d\r\nwidth = %d, height = %d, nux = %d, nuy = %d, upx = %d, upy = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n", |
686 *depth, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, nux, nuy, tmp->upx, tmp->upy, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio); | 650 *depth, thisbox->items[z].width, thisbox->items[z].height, nux, nuy, tmp->upx, tmp->upy, tmp->xratio, tmp->yratio); |
687 reopen(); | 651 reopen(); |
688 } | 652 } |
689 #endif | 653 #endif |
690 | |
691 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | 654 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) |
692 { | 655 { |
693 if((thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0) | 656 if((thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))!=0) |
694 tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))); | 657 tmp->xratio = ((float)((thisbox->items[z].width * thisbox->xratio)-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2))))/((float)(thisbox->items[z].width-((thisbox->items[z].pad*2)+(tmp->pad*2)))); |
695 } | 658 } |
757 else | 720 else |
758 thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-thisbox->upy))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-thisbox->upy)); | 721 thisbox->items[z].yratio = ((float)((thisbox->height * thisbox->parentyratio)-thisbox->upy))/((float)(thisbox->minheight-thisbox->upy)); |
759 | 722 |
760 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | 723 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) |
761 { | 724 { |
762 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | 725 Box *tmp = (Box *)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
763 | 726 |
764 if(tmp) | 727 if(tmp) |
765 { | 728 { |
766 tmp->parentxratio = thisbox->items[z].xratio; | 729 tmp->parentxratio = thisbox->items[z].xratio; |
767 tmp->parentyratio = thisbox->items[z].yratio; | 730 tmp->parentyratio = thisbox->items[z].yratio; |
869 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | 832 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize == SIZEEXPAND && thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) |
870 thisbox->items[z].height = uymax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2); | 833 thisbox->items[z].height = uymax-(thisbox->items[z].pad*2); |
871 /* Run this code segment again to finalize the sized after setting uxmax/uymax values. */ | 834 /* Run this code segment again to finalize the sized after setting uxmax/uymax values. */ |
872 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | 835 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) |
873 { | 836 { |
874 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | 837 Box *tmp = (Box *)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
875 | 838 |
876 if(tmp) | 839 if(tmp) |
877 { | 840 { |
878 if(*depth > 0) | 841 if(*depth > 0) |
879 { | 842 { |
931 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND) | 894 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZEEXPAND) |
932 vectory = 0; | 895 vectory = 0; |
933 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND) | 896 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZEEXPAND) |
934 vectorx = 0; | 897 vectorx = 0; |
935 | 898 |
936 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | 899 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
937 | 900 |
938 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 3)==0) | 901 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0) |
939 { | 902 { |
940 /* Make the combobox big enough to drop down. :) */ | 903 /* Handle special case Combobox */ |
941 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, (currenty + pad) - 100, | 904 MoveWindow(handle, currentx + pad, currenty + pad, |
942 width + vectorx, (height + vectory) + 100, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER); | 905 width + vectorx, (height + vectory) + 400, TRUE); |
943 } | 906 } |
944 else if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)==0) | 907 else if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0) |
945 { | 908 { |
946 /* Entryfields on OS/2 have a thick border that isn't on Windows and GTK */ | 909 /* Handle special case Spinbutton */ |
947 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, (currentx + pad) + 3, (currenty + pad) + 3, | 910 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
948 (width + vectorx) - 6, (height + vectory) - 6, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER); | 911 |
912 MoveWindow(handle, currentx + pad + ((width + vectorx) - 20), currenty + pad, | |
913 20, height + vectory, TRUE); | |
914 | |
915 if(cinfo) | |
916 { | |
917 MoveWindow(cinfo->buddy, currentx + pad, currenty + pad, | |
918 (width + vectorx) - 20, height + vectory, TRUE); | |
919 } | |
949 } | 920 } |
950 else | 921 else |
951 { | 922 { |
952 WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, currentx + pad, currenty + pad, | 923 /* Everything else */ |
953 width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_ZORDER); | 924 MoveWindow(handle, currentx + pad, currenty + pad, |
925 width + vectorx, height + vectory, TRUE); | |
954 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | 926 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) |
955 { | 927 { |
956 Box *boxinfo = WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, QWP_USER); | 928 Box *boxinfo = (Box *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
957 | 929 |
958 if(boxinfo && boxinfo->grouphwnd) | 930 if(boxinfo && boxinfo->grouphwnd) |
959 WinSetWindowPos(boxinfo->grouphwnd, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, | 931 MoveWindow(boxinfo->grouphwnd, 0, 0, |
960 width + vectorx, height + vectory, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE); | 932 width + vectorx, height + vectory, TRUE); |
961 | 933 |
962 } | 934 } |
963 | 935 } |
936 | |
937 /* Notebook dialog requires additional processing */ | |
938 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, WC_TABCONTROL, strlen(WC_TABCONTROL))==0) | |
939 { | |
940 RECT rect; | |
941 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
942 int pageid = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(handle); | |
943 | |
944 if(pageid > -1 && array && array[pageid]) | |
945 { | |
946 GetClientRect(handle,&rect); | |
947 TabCtrl_AdjustRect(handle,FALSE,&rect); | |
948 MoveWindow(array[pageid]->hwnd, rect.left, rect.top, | |
949 rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom-rect.top, TRUE); | |
950 } | |
964 } | 951 } |
965 | 952 |
966 #ifdef DWDEBUG | 953 #ifdef DWDEBUG |
967 fprintf(f, "Window Pos depth %d\r\ncurrentx = %d, currenty = %d, pad = %d, width = %d, height = %d, vectorx = %d, vectory = %d, Box type = %s\r\n\r\n", | 954 fprintf(f, "Window Pos depth %d\r\ncurrentx = %d, currenty = %d, pad = %d, width = %d, height = %d, vectorx = %d, vectory = %d, Box type = %s\r\n\r\n", |
968 *depth, currentx, currenty, pad, width, height, vectorx, vectory,thisbox->type == BOXHORZ ? "Horizontal" : "Vertical"); | 955 *depth, currentx, currenty, pad, width, height, vectorx, vectory,thisbox->type == BOXHORZ ? "Horizontal" : "Vertical"); |
983 { | 970 { |
984 if(x != 0 && y != 0) | 971 if(x != 0 && y != 0) |
985 { | 972 { |
986 if(thisbox) | 973 if(thisbox) |
987 { | 974 { |
988 int usedx = 0, usedy = 0, usedpadx = 0, usedpady = 0, depth = 0; | 975 int usedx = 0, usedy = 0, depth = 0, usedpadx = 0, usedpady = 0; |
989 | 976 |
990 _resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 1, &usedpadx, &usedpady); | 977 _resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 1, &usedpadx, &usedpady); |
991 | 978 |
992 if(usedx-usedpadx == 0 || usedy-usedpady == 0) | 979 if(usedx-usedpadx == 0 || usedy-usedpady == 0) |
993 return; | 980 return; |
999 fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 1\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n", | 986 fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 1\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d xratio = %f, yratio = %f\r\n\r\n", |
1000 x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio); | 987 x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady, thisbox->xratio, thisbox->yratio); |
1001 reopen(); | 988 reopen(); |
1002 #endif | 989 #endif |
1003 | 990 |
1004 usedx = usedy = usedpadx = usedpady = depth = 0; | 991 usedpadx = usedpady = usedx = usedy = depth = 0; |
1005 | 992 |
1006 _resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 2, &usedpadx, &usedpady); | 993 _resize_box(thisbox, &depth, x, y, &usedx, &usedy, 2, &usedpadx, &usedpady); |
994 | |
1007 #ifdef DWDEBUG | 995 #ifdef DWDEBUG |
1008 fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 2\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d\r\n", | 996 fprintf(f, "WM_SIZE Resize Box Pass 2\r\nx = %d, y = %d, usedx = %d, usedy = %d, usedpadx = %d, usedpady = %d\r\n", |
1009 x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady); | 997 x, y, usedx, usedy, usedpadx, usedpady); |
1010 reopen(); | 998 reopen(); |
1011 #endif | 999 #endif |
1012 } | 1000 } |
1013 } | 1001 } |
1014 } | 1002 } |
1015 | 1003 |
1016 /* This procedure handles WM_QUERYTRACKINFO requests from the frame */ | 1004 /* The main window procedure for Dynamic Windows, all the resizing code is done here. */ |
1017 MRESULT EXPENTRY _sizeproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 1005 BOOL CALLBACK _wndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) |
1018 { | 1006 { |
1019 PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | 1007 int result = -1; |
1020 | 1008 static int command_active = 0; |
1021 switch(msg) | 1009 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS |
1022 { | 1010 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; |
1023 case WM_QUERYTRACKINFO: | 1011 #endif |
1024 { | 1012 void (* windowfunc)(PVOID); |
1025 if(blah && *blah) | 1013 ULONG origmsg = msg; |
1014 | |
1015 if(msg == WM_RBUTTONDOWN || msg == WM_MBUTTONDOWN) | |
1016 msg = WM_LBUTTONDOWN; | |
1017 if(msg == WM_RBUTTONUP || msg == WM_MBUTTONUP) | |
1018 msg = WM_LBUTTONUP; | |
1019 | |
1020 if(filterfunc) | |
1021 result = filterfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1022 | |
1023 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | |
1024 if(result == -1) | |
1025 { | |
1026 /* Avoid infinite recursion */ | |
1027 command_active = 1; | |
1028 | |
1029 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | |
1030 while(tmp) | |
1031 { | |
1032 if(tmp->message == msg || msg == WM_COMMAND || msg == WM_NOTIFY || tmp->message == WM_USER+1) | |
1026 { | 1033 { |
1027 PTRACKINFO ptInfo; | 1034 switch(msg) |
1028 int res; | 1035 { |
1029 PFNWP myfunc = *blah; | 1036 case WM_SETFOCUS: |
1030 res = (int)myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1037 { |
1031 | 1038 int (*setfocusfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; |
1032 ptInfo = (PTRACKINFO)(mp2); | 1039 |
1033 | 1040 if(hWnd == tmp->window) |
1034 ptInfo->ptlMinTrackSize.y = 8; | 1041 { |
1035 ptInfo->ptlMinTrackSize.x = 8; | 1042 result = setfocusfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); |
1036 | 1043 tmp = NULL; |
1037 return (MRESULT)res; | 1044 } |
1045 } | |
1046 break; | |
1047 case WM_SIZE: | |
1048 { | |
1049 int (*sizefunc)(HWND, int, int, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1050 | |
1051 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1052 { | |
1053 result = sizefunc(tmp->window, LOWORD(mp2), HIWORD(mp2), tmp->data); | |
1054 tmp = NULL; | |
1055 } | |
1056 } | |
1057 break; | |
1058 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: | |
1059 { | |
1060 POINTS pts = MAKEPOINTS(mp2); | |
1061 int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1062 | |
1063 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1064 { | |
1065 int button; | |
1066 | |
1067 switch(origmsg) | |
1068 { | |
1069 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: | |
1070 button = 1; | |
1071 break; | |
1072 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
1073 button = 2; | |
1074 break; | |
1075 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
1076 button = 3; | |
1077 break; | |
1078 } | |
1079 result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, pts.y, button, tmp->data); | |
1080 tmp = NULL; | |
1081 } | |
1082 } | |
1083 break; | |
1084 case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
1085 { | |
1086 POINTS pts = MAKEPOINTS(mp2); | |
1087 int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1088 | |
1089 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1090 { | |
1091 int button; | |
1092 | |
1093 switch(origmsg) | |
1094 { | |
1095 case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
1096 button = 1; | |
1097 break; | |
1098 case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
1099 button = 2; | |
1100 break; | |
1101 case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
1102 button = 3; | |
1103 break; | |
1104 } | |
1105 result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, pts.y, button, tmp->data); | |
1106 tmp = NULL; | |
1107 } | |
1108 } | |
1109 break; | |
1110 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: | |
1111 { | |
1112 POINTS pts = MAKEPOINTS(mp2); | |
1113 int (*motionfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1114 | |
1115 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1116 { | |
1117 int keys = 0; | |
1118 | |
1119 if (mp1 & MK_LBUTTON) | |
1120 keys = DW_BUTTON1_MASK; | |
1121 if (mp1 & MK_RBUTTON) | |
1122 keys |= DW_BUTTON2_MASK; | |
1123 if (mp1 & MK_MBUTTON) | |
1124 keys |= DW_BUTTON3_MASK; | |
1125 | |
1126 result = motionfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, pts.y, keys, tmp->data); | |
1127 tmp = NULL; | |
1128 } | |
1129 } | |
1130 break; | |
1131 case WM_CHAR: | |
1132 { | |
1133 int (*keypressfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1134 | |
1135 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1136 { | |
1137 result = keypressfunc(tmp->window, LOWORD(mp2), tmp->data); | |
1138 tmp = NULL; | |
1139 } | |
1140 } | |
1141 break; | |
1142 case WM_CLOSE: | |
1143 { | |
1144 int (*closefunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1145 | |
1146 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1147 { | |
1148 result = closefunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
1149 tmp = NULL; | |
1150 } | |
1151 } | |
1152 break; | |
1153 case WM_PAINT: | |
1154 { | |
1155 PAINTSTRUCT ps; | |
1156 DWExpose exp; | |
1157 int (*exposefunc)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1158 | |
1159 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1160 { | |
1161 BeginPaint(hWnd, &ps); | |
1162 exp.x = ps.rcPaint.left; | |
1163 exp.y = ps.rcPaint.top; | |
1164 exp.width = ps.rcPaint.right - ps.rcPaint.left; | |
1165 exp.height = ps.rcPaint.bottom - ps.rcPaint.top; | |
1166 result = exposefunc(hWnd, &exp, tmp->data); | |
1167 EndPaint(hWnd, &ps); | |
1168 } | |
1169 } | |
1170 break; | |
1171 case WM_NOTIFY: | |
1172 { | |
1173 if(tmp->message == TVN_SELCHANGED || tmp->message == NM_RCLICK) | |
1174 { | |
1175 NMTREEVIEW FAR *tem=(NMTREEVIEW FAR *)mp2; | |
1176 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
1177 | |
1178 GetClassName(tem->hdr.hwndFrom, tmpbuf, 99); | |
1179 | |
1180 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, WC_TREEVIEW, strlen(WC_TREEVIEW))==0) | |
1181 { | |
1182 if(tem->hdr.code == TVN_SELCHANGED && tmp->message == TVN_SELCHANGED) | |
1183 { | |
1184 if(tmp->window == tem->hdr.hwndFrom) | |
1185 { | |
1186 int (*treeselectfunc)(HWND, HWND, char *, void *, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1187 TVITEM tvi; | |
1188 void **ptrs; | |
1189 | |
1190 tvi.mask = TVIF_HANDLE; | |
1191 tvi.hItem = tem->itemNew.hItem; | |
1192 | |
1193 TreeView_GetItem(tmp->window, &tvi); | |
1194 | |
1195 ptrs = (void **)tvi.lParam; | |
1196 if(ptrs) | |
1197 result = treeselectfunc(tmp->window, (HWND)tem->itemNew.hItem, (char *)ptrs[0], (void *)ptrs[1], tmp->data); | |
1198 | |
1199 tmp = NULL; | |
1200 } | |
1201 } | |
1202 else if(tem->hdr.code == NM_RCLICK && tmp->message == NM_RCLICK) | |
1203 { | |
1204 if(tmp->window == tem->hdr.hwndFrom) | |
1205 { | |
1206 int (*containercontextfunc)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1207 HTREEITEM hti; | |
1208 TVITEM tvi; | |
1209 TVHITTESTINFO thi; | |
1210 void **ptrs = NULL; | |
1211 LONG x, y; | |
1212 | |
1213 dw_pointer_query_pos(&x, &y); | |
1214 | |
1215 thi.pt.x = x; | |
1216 thi.pt.y = y; | |
1217 | |
1218 MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, tmp->window, &thi.pt, 1); | |
1219 | |
1220 hti = TreeView_HitTest(tmp->window, &thi); | |
1221 | |
1222 if(hti) | |
1223 { | |
1224 tvi.mask = TVIF_HANDLE; | |
1225 tvi.hItem = hti; | |
1226 | |
1227 TreeView_GetItem(tmp->window, &tvi); | |
1228 dw_tree_item_select(tmp->window, (HWND)hti); | |
1229 | |
1230 ptrs = (void **)tvi.lParam; | |
1231 | |
1232 } | |
1233 containercontextfunc(tmp->window, ptrs ? (char *)ptrs[0] : NULL, x, y, tmp->data, ptrs ? ptrs[1] : NULL); | |
1234 tmp = NULL; | |
1235 } | |
1236 } | |
1237 } | |
1238 } | |
1239 } | |
1240 break; | |
1241 case WM_COMMAND: | |
1242 { | |
1243 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1244 HWND command; | |
1245 ULONG passthru = (ULONG)LOWORD(mp1); | |
1246 ULONG message = HIWORD(mp1); | |
1247 | |
1248 command = (HWND)passthru; | |
1249 | |
1250 if(message == LBN_SELCHANGE || message == CBN_SELCHANGE) | |
1251 { | |
1252 int (*listboxselectfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1253 | |
1254 if(tmp->message == LBN_SELCHANGE && tmp->window == (HWND)mp2) | |
1255 { | |
1256 result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, dw_listbox_selected(tmp->window), tmp->data); | |
1257 tmp = NULL; | |
1258 } | |
1259 } /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ | |
1260 else if(tmp->window < (HWND)65536 && command == tmp->window) | |
1261 { | |
1262 result = clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
1263 tmp = NULL; | |
1264 } | |
1265 } | |
1266 break; | |
1267 } | |
1038 } | 1268 } |
1039 } | 1269 if(tmp) |
1040 } | 1270 tmp = tmp->next; |
1041 if(blah && *blah) | 1271 } |
1042 { | 1272 command_active = 0; |
1043 PFNWP myfunc = *blah; | 1273 } |
1044 return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1274 #endif |
1045 } | 1275 |
1046 | 1276 /* Now that any handlers are done... do normal processing */ |
1047 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1277 switch( msg ) |
1048 } | 1278 { |
1049 | 1279 case WM_PAINT: |
1050 void _Top(HPS hpsPaint, RECTL rclPaint) | 1280 { |
1051 { | 1281 PAINTSTRUCT ps; |
1052 POINTL ptl1, ptl2; | 1282 |
1053 | 1283 BeginPaint(hWnd, &ps); |
1054 ptl1.x = rclPaint.xLeft; | 1284 EndPaint(hWnd, &ps); |
1055 ptl2.y = ptl1.y = rclPaint.yTop - 1; | 1285 } |
1056 ptl2.x = rclPaint.xRight - 1; | 1286 break; |
1057 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl1); | 1287 case WM_SIZE: |
1058 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptl2); | 1288 { |
1059 } | 1289 static int lastx = -1, lasty = -1; |
1060 | 1290 static HWND lasthwnd = 0; |
1061 /* Left hits the bottom */ | 1291 |
1062 void _Left(HPS hpsPaint, RECTL rclPaint) | 1292 if(lastx != LOWORD(mp2) || lasty != HIWORD(mp2) || lasthwnd != hWnd) |
1063 { | |
1064 POINTL ptl1, ptl2; | |
1065 | |
1066 ptl2.x = ptl1.x = rclPaint.xLeft; | |
1067 ptl1.y = rclPaint.yTop - 1; | |
1068 ptl2.y = rclPaint.yBottom; | |
1069 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl1); | |
1070 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptl2); | |
1071 } | |
1072 | |
1073 void _Bottom(HPS hpsPaint, RECTL rclPaint) | |
1074 { | |
1075 POINTL ptl1, ptl2; | |
1076 | |
1077 ptl1.x = rclPaint.xRight - 1; | |
1078 ptl1.y = ptl2.y = rclPaint.yBottom; | |
1079 ptl2.x = rclPaint.xLeft; | |
1080 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl1); | |
1081 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptl2); | |
1082 } | |
1083 | |
1084 /* Right hits the top */ | |
1085 void _Right(HPS hpsPaint, RECTL rclPaint) | |
1086 { | |
1087 POINTL ptl1, ptl2; | |
1088 | |
1089 ptl2.x = ptl1.x = rclPaint.xRight - 1; | |
1090 ptl1.y = rclPaint.yBottom + 1; | |
1091 ptl2.y = rclPaint.yTop - 1; | |
1092 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl1); | |
1093 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptl2); | |
1094 } | |
1095 | |
1096 /* This procedure handles drawing of a status border */ | |
1097 MRESULT EXPENTRY _statusproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1098 { | |
1099 PFNWP *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1100 | |
1101 if(blah && *blah) | |
1102 { | |
1103 PFNWP myfunc = *blah; | |
1104 | |
1105 switch(msg) | |
1106 { | |
1107 case WM_PAINT: | |
1108 { | 1293 { |
1109 HPS hpsPaint; | 1294 Box *mybox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
1110 RECTL rclPaint; | 1295 |
1111 char buf[1024]; | 1296 if(mybox && mybox->count) |
1112 | 1297 { |
1113 hpsPaint = WinBeginPaint(hWnd, 0, 0); | 1298 lastx = LOWORD(mp2); |
1114 WinQueryWindowRect(hWnd, &rclPaint); | 1299 lasty = HIWORD(mp2); |
1115 WinFillRect(hpsPaint, &rclPaint, CLR_PALEGRAY); | 1300 lasthwnd = hWnd; |
1116 | 1301 |
1117 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_DARKGRAY); | 1302 ShowWindow(mybox->items[0].hwnd, SW_HIDE); |
1118 _Top(hpsPaint, rclPaint); | 1303 _do_resize(mybox,LOWORD(mp2),HIWORD(mp2)); |
1119 _Left(hpsPaint, rclPaint); | 1304 ShowWindow(mybox->items[0].hwnd, SW_SHOW); |
1120 | 1305 return 0; |
1121 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_WHITE); | 1306 } |
1122 _Right(hpsPaint, rclPaint); | |
1123 _Bottom(hpsPaint, rclPaint); | |
1124 | |
1125 WinQueryWindowText(hWnd, 1024, buf); | |
1126 rclPaint.xLeft += 3; | |
1127 rclPaint.xRight--; | |
1128 rclPaint.yTop--; | |
1129 rclPaint.yBottom++; | |
1130 | |
1131 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_BLACK); | |
1132 WinDrawText(hpsPaint, -1, buf, &rclPaint, DT_TEXTATTRS, DT_TEXTATTRS, DT_VCENTER | DT_LEFT | DT_TEXTATTRS); | |
1133 WinEndPaint(hpsPaint); | |
1134 | |
1135 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | |
1136 } | 1307 } |
1137 } | 1308 } |
1138 return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1309 break; |
1139 } | 1310 case WM_CHAR: |
1140 | 1311 if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t') |
1141 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1312 { |
1142 } | 1313 _shift_focus(hWnd); |
1143 | 1314 return TRUE; |
1144 /* This procedure handles drawing of a percent bar */ | 1315 } |
1145 MRESULT EXPENTRY _percentproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 1316 break; |
1146 { | 1317 case WM_USER: |
1147 PercentBar *blah = (PercentBar *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | 1318 windowfunc = (void *)mp1; |
1148 | 1319 |
1149 if(blah) | 1320 if(windowfunc) |
1150 { | 1321 windowfunc((void *)mp2); |
1151 PFNWP myfunc = blah->oldproc; | 1322 break; |
1152 | 1323 case WM_NOTIFY: |
1153 switch(msg) | 1324 { |
1154 { | 1325 NMHDR FAR *tem=(NMHDR FAR *)mp2; |
1155 case WM_PAINT: | 1326 |
1327 if(tem->code == TCN_SELCHANGING) | |
1156 { | 1328 { |
1157 HPS hpsPaint; | 1329 int num=TabCtrl_GetCurSel(tem->hwndFrom); |
1158 RECTL rclPaint, rclBar; | 1330 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(tem->hwndFrom, GWL_USERDATA); |
1159 | 1331 |
1160 hpsPaint = WinBeginPaint(hWnd, 0, 0); | 1332 if(num > -1 && array && array[num]) |
1161 WinQueryWindowRect(hWnd, &rclPaint); | 1333 SetParent(array[num]->hwnd, DW_HWND_OBJECT); |
1162 | 1334 |
1163 /* Draw outer border */ | 1335 } |
1164 rclBar = rclPaint; | 1336 else if(tem->code == TCN_SELCHANGE) |
1165 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_PALEGRAY); | 1337 { |
1166 _Top(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1338 int num=TabCtrl_GetCurSel(tem->hwndFrom); |
1167 _Bottom(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1339 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(tem->hwndFrom, GWL_USERDATA); |
1168 rclBar.yTop--; | 1340 |
1169 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_WHITE); | 1341 if(num > -1 && array && array[num]) |
1170 _Right(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1342 SetParent(array[num]->hwnd, tem->hwndFrom); |
1171 rclBar.yBottom++; | 1343 |
1172 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_DARKGRAY); | 1344 _resize_notebook_page(tem->hwndFrom, num); |
1173 _Left(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1345 } |
1174 | 1346 } |
1175 /* Draw inner border */ | 1347 break; |
1176 rclBar.xLeft++; | 1348 case WM_GETMINMAXINFO: |
1177 rclBar.xRight--; | 1349 { |
1178 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_DARKGRAY); | 1350 MINMAXINFO *info = (MINMAXINFO *)mp2; |
1179 _Left(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1351 info->ptMinTrackSize.x = 8; |
1180 _Top(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1352 info->ptMinTrackSize.y = 8; |
1181 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_WHITE); | 1353 return 0; |
1182 _Bottom(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1354 } |
1183 _Right(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1355 break; |
1184 | 1356 case WM_DESTROY: |
1185 /* Draw bar border */ | 1357 /* Free memory before destroying */ |
1186 rclBar.xLeft++; | 1358 _free_window_memory(hWnd, 0); |
1187 rclBar.xRight--; | 1359 EnumChildWindows(hWnd, _free_window_memory, 0); |
1188 rclBar.yBottom++; | 1360 break; |
1189 rclBar.yTop--; | 1361 case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: |
1190 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_DARKGRAY); | 1362 case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: |
1191 _Left(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1363 case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: |
1192 _Top(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1364 case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: |
1193 _Bottom(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1365 case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: |
1194 _Right(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1366 case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: |
1195 | 1367 case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: |
1196 if(blah->pos) | 1368 { |
1369 ColorInfo *thiscinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong((HWND)mp2, GWL_USERDATA); | |
1370 if(thiscinfo && thiscinfo->fore != -1 && thiscinfo->back != -1) | |
1371 { | |
1372 if(thiscinfo->fore > -1 && thiscinfo->back > -1 && | |
1373 thiscinfo->fore < 18 && thiscinfo->back < 18) | |
1197 { | 1374 { |
1198 rclBar.xRight = 3 + blah->pos; | 1375 SetTextColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(_red[thiscinfo->fore], |
1199 _Right(hpsPaint, rclBar); | 1376 _green[thiscinfo->fore], |
1200 | 1377 _blue[thiscinfo->fore])); |
1201 /* Draw Bar itself */ | 1378 SetBkColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(_red[thiscinfo->back], |
1202 rclBar.xLeft = rclPaint.xLeft + 3; | 1379 _green[thiscinfo->back], |
1203 rclBar.xRight = rclPaint.xLeft + 2 + blah->pos; | 1380 _blue[thiscinfo->back])); |
1204 rclBar.yTop = rclPaint.yTop - 3; | 1381 DeleteObject(thiscinfo->hbrush); |
1205 rclBar.yBottom = rclPaint.yBottom + 3; | 1382 thiscinfo->hbrush = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(_red[thiscinfo->back], |
1206 | 1383 _green[thiscinfo->back], |
1207 WinFillRect(hpsPaint, &rclBar, CLR_DARKBLUE); | 1384 _blue[thiscinfo->back])); |
1385 SelectObject((HDC)mp1, thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1386 return (LONG)thiscinfo->hbrush; | |
1208 } | 1387 } |
1209 | 1388 if((thiscinfo->fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR && (thiscinfo->back & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR) |
1210 /* Draw the background */ | 1389 { |
1211 rclBar.xLeft = rclPaint.xLeft + 3 + blah->pos; | 1390 SetTextColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore), |
1212 rclBar.xRight = rclPaint.xRight - 3; | 1391 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore), |
1213 rclBar.yTop = rclPaint.yTop - 3; | 1392 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore))); |
1214 rclBar.yBottom = rclPaint.yBottom + 3; | 1393 SetBkColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), |
1215 | 1394 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), |
1216 WinFillRect(hpsPaint, &rclBar, CLR_PALEGRAY); | 1395 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->back))); |
1217 | 1396 DeleteObject(thiscinfo->hbrush); |
1218 WinEndPaint(hpsPaint); | 1397 thiscinfo->hbrush = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), |
1219 | 1398 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), |
1220 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | 1399 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->back))); |
1400 SelectObject((HDC)mp1, thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1401 return (LONG)thiscinfo->hbrush; | |
1402 } | |
1221 } | 1403 } |
1222 } | 1404 |
1223 return myfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1405 } |
1224 } | 1406 break; |
1225 | 1407 } |
1226 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1408 if(result != -1) |
1409 return result; | |
1410 else | |
1411 return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1412 } | |
1413 | |
1414 BOOL CALLBACK _framewndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) | |
1415 { | |
1416 switch( msg ) | |
1417 { | |
1418 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: | |
1419 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
1420 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
1421 SetActiveWindow(hWnd); | |
1422 break; | |
1423 case WM_COMMAND: | |
1424 case WM_NOTIFY: | |
1425 _wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1426 break; | |
1427 #if 0 | |
1428 case WM_ERASEBKGND: | |
1429 { | |
1430 ColorInfo *thiscinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA); | |
1431 | |
1432 if(thiscinfo && thiscinfo->fore != -1 && thiscinfo->back != -1) | |
1433 return FALSE; | |
1434 } | |
1435 break; | |
1436 #endif | |
1437 case WM_PAINT: | |
1438 { | |
1439 ColorInfo *thiscinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA); | |
1440 | |
1441 if(thiscinfo && thiscinfo->fore != -1 && thiscinfo->back != -1) | |
1442 { | |
1443 PAINTSTRUCT ps; | |
1444 HDC hdcPaint = BeginPaint(hWnd, &ps); | |
1445 int success = FALSE; | |
1446 | |
1447 if(thiscinfo->fore > -1 && thiscinfo->back > -1 && | |
1448 thiscinfo->fore < 18 && thiscinfo->back < 18) | |
1449 { | |
1450 SetTextColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(_red[thiscinfo->fore], | |
1451 _green[thiscinfo->fore], | |
1452 _blue[thiscinfo->fore])); | |
1453 SetBkColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(_red[thiscinfo->back], | |
1454 _green[thiscinfo->back], | |
1455 _blue[thiscinfo->back])); | |
1456 DeleteObject(thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1457 thiscinfo->hbrush = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(_red[thiscinfo->back], | |
1458 _green[thiscinfo->back], | |
1459 _blue[thiscinfo->back])); | |
1460 SelectObject(hdcPaint, thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1461 Rectangle(hdcPaint, ps.rcPaint.left - 1, ps.rcPaint.top - 1, ps.rcPaint.right + 1, ps.rcPaint.bottom + 1); | |
1462 success = TRUE; | |
1463 } | |
1464 if((thiscinfo->fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR && (thiscinfo->back & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR) | |
1465 { | |
1466 SetTextColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore), | |
1467 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore), | |
1468 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore))); | |
1469 SetBkColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), | |
1470 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), | |
1471 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->back))); | |
1472 DeleteObject(thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1473 thiscinfo->hbrush = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), | |
1474 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), | |
1475 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->back))); | |
1476 SelectObject(hdcPaint, thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1477 Rectangle(hdcPaint, ps.rcPaint.left, ps.rcPaint.top, ps.rcPaint.right, ps.rcPaint.bottom); | |
1478 success = TRUE; | |
1479 } | |
1480 | |
1481 EndPaint(hWnd, &ps); | |
1482 if(success) | |
1483 return FALSE; | |
1484 } | |
1485 | |
1486 } | |
1487 break; | |
1488 } | |
1489 return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1490 } | |
1491 | |
1492 BOOL CALLBACK _rendwndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) | |
1493 { | |
1494 switch( msg ) | |
1495 { | |
1496 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: | |
1497 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
1498 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
1499 SetActiveWindow(hWnd); | |
1500 _wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1501 break; | |
1502 case WM_LBUTTONUP: | |
1503 case WM_MBUTTONUP: | |
1504 case WM_RBUTTONUP: | |
1505 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: | |
1506 case WM_PAINT: | |
1507 case WM_SIZE: | |
1508 case WM_COMMAND: | |
1509 _wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1510 break; | |
1511 } | |
1512 return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1513 } | |
1514 | |
1515 BOOL CALLBACK _spinnerwndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) | |
1516 { | |
1517 ColorInfo *cinfo; | |
1518 | |
1519 cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA); | |
1520 | |
1521 if(cinfo) | |
1522 { | |
1523 switch( msg ) | |
1524 { | |
1525 case WM_LBUTTONDOWN: | |
1526 case WM_MBUTTONDOWN: | |
1527 case WM_RBUTTONDOWN: | |
1528 case WM_CHAR: | |
1529 { | |
1530 BOOL ret; | |
1531 | |
1532 if(!cinfo || !cinfo->pOldProc) | |
1533 ret = DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1534 ret = CallWindowProc(cinfo->pOldProc, hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1535 | |
1536 /* Tell the edit control that a buttonpress has | |
1537 * occured and to update it's window title. | |
1538 */ | |
1539 if(cinfo->buddy) | |
1540 SendMessage(cinfo->buddy, WM_USER+10, 0, 0); | |
1541 | |
1542 return ret; | |
1543 } | |
1544 break; | |
1545 case WM_USER+10: | |
1546 { | |
1547 if(cinfo->buddy) | |
1548 { | |
1549 char tempbuf[100] = ""; | |
1550 long position; | |
1551 | |
1552 GetWindowText(cinfo->buddy, tempbuf, 99); | |
1553 | |
1554 position = atol(tempbuf); | |
1555 | |
1556 if(IS_WIN98PLUS) | |
1557 SendMessage(hWnd, UDM_SETPOS32, 0, (LPARAM)position); | |
1558 else | |
1559 SendMessage(hWnd, UDM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG((short)position, 0)); | |
1560 } | |
1561 } | |
1562 break; | |
1563 } | |
1564 } | |
1565 | |
1566 if(!cinfo || !cinfo->pOldProc) | |
1567 return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1568 return CallWindowProc(cinfo->pOldProc, hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1227 } | 1569 } |
1228 | 1570 |
1229 void _click_default(HWND handle) | 1571 void _click_default(HWND handle) |
1230 { | 1572 { |
1231 char tmpbuf[100]; | 1573 char tmpbuf[100]; |
1232 | 1574 |
1233 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | 1575 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
1234 | 1576 |
1235 /* These are the window classes which can | 1577 /* These are the window classes which can |
1236 * obtain input focus. | 1578 * obtain input focus. |
1237 */ | 1579 */ |
1238 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#3", 3)==0) | 1580 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, BUTTONCLASSNAME, strlen(BUTTONCLASSNAME))==0) |
1239 { | 1581 { |
1240 /* Generate click on default item */ | 1582 /* Generate click on default item */ |
1241 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | 1583 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; |
1242 | 1584 |
1243 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | 1585 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ |
1244 while(tmp) | 1586 while(tmp) |
1245 { | 1587 { |
1246 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) | 1588 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) |
1247 { | 1589 { |
1248 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | 1590 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; |
1249 | 1591 |
1250 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ | 1592 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ |
1251 if(tmp->window == handle) | 1593 if(tmp->window == handle) |
1252 { | 1594 { |
1253 clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | 1595 clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); |
1257 if(tmp) | 1599 if(tmp) |
1258 tmp= tmp->next; | 1600 tmp= tmp->next; |
1259 } | 1601 } |
1260 } | 1602 } |
1261 else | 1603 else |
1262 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, handle); | 1604 SetFocus(handle); |
1263 } | 1605 } |
1264 | 1606 |
1265 MRESULT EXPENTRY _comboentryproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 1607 BOOL CALLBACK _colorwndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) |
1266 { | 1608 { |
1267 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | 1609 ColorInfo *cinfo; |
1268 | 1610 char tmpbuf[100]; |
1269 switch(msg) | 1611 WNDPROC pOldProc = 0; |
1270 { | 1612 |
1271 case WM_SETFOCUS: | 1613 cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
1272 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1614 |
1273 break; | 1615 GetClassName(hWnd, tmpbuf, 99); |
1274 } | 1616 if(strcmp(tmpbuf, FRAMECLASSNAME) == 0) |
1275 | 1617 cinfo = &(((Box *)cinfo)->cinfo); |
1276 if(blah && blah->oldproc) | 1618 |
1277 return blah->oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1619 if(cinfo) |
1278 | 1620 { |
1279 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 1621 pOldProc = cinfo->pOldProc; |
1280 } | 1622 |
1281 | 1623 switch( msg ) |
1282 /* Originally just intended for entryfields, it now serves as a generic | 1624 { |
1283 * procedure for handling TAB presses to change input focus on controls. | 1625 case WM_SETFOCUS: |
1284 */ | 1626 if(cinfo->combo) |
1285 MRESULT EXPENTRY _entryproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 1627 _wndproc(cinfo->combo, msg, mp1, mp2); |
1286 { | 1628 else |
1287 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | 1629 _wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
1288 PFNWP oldproc = 0; | 1630 break; |
1289 | 1631 case WM_CHAR: |
1290 if(blah) | 1632 if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t') |
1291 oldproc = blah->oldproc; | |
1292 | |
1293 switch(msg) | |
1294 { | |
1295 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
1296 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | |
1297 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | |
1298 { | |
1299 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
1300 | |
1301 WinQueryClassName(hWnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
1302 | |
1303 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 3)==0) | |
1304 _run_event(hWnd, WM_SETFOCUS, (MPARAM)FALSE, (MPARAM)TRUE); | |
1305 } | |
1306 break; | |
1307 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
1308 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1309 break; | |
1310 case WM_CHAR: | |
1311 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | |
1312 { | |
1313 _shift_focus(hWnd); | |
1314 return FALSE; | |
1315 } | |
1316 else if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\r' && blah && blah->clickdefault) | |
1317 _click_default(blah->clickdefault); | |
1318 | |
1319 break; | |
1320 } | |
1321 | |
1322 if(oldproc) | |
1323 return oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1324 | |
1325 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1326 } | |
1327 | |
1328 /* Handle correct painting of a combobox with the WS_CLIPCHILDREN | |
1329 * flag enabled, and also handle TABs to switch input focus. | |
1330 */ | |
1331 MRESULT EXPENTRY _comboproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1332 { | |
1333 WindowData *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1334 PFNWP oldproc = 0; | |
1335 | |
1336 if(blah) | |
1337 oldproc = blah->oldproc; | |
1338 | |
1339 switch(msg) | |
1340 { | |
1341 case WM_CHAR: | |
1342 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | |
1343 { | |
1344 _shift_focus(hWnd); | |
1345 return FALSE; | |
1346 } | |
1347 else if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\r' && blah && blah->clickdefault) | |
1348 _click_default(blah->clickdefault); | |
1349 break; | |
1350 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
1351 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | |
1352 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | |
1353 _run_event(hWnd, WM_SETFOCUS, (MPARAM)FALSE, (MPARAM)TRUE); | |
1354 break; | |
1355 case WM_SETFOCUS: | |
1356 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1357 break; | |
1358 case WM_PAINT: | |
1359 { | |
1360 HWND parent = WinQueryWindow(hWnd, QW_PARENT); | |
1361 ULONG bcol, av[32]; | |
1362 HPS hpsPaint; | |
1363 POINTL ptl; /* Add 6 because it has a thick border like the entryfield */ | |
1364 unsigned long width, height, thumbheight = WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP, SV_CYVSCROLLARROW) + 6; | |
1365 | |
1366 WinQueryPresParam(parent, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, 0, &bcol, sizeof(ULONG), &av, QPF_ID1COLORINDEX | QPF_NOINHERIT); | |
1367 dw_window_get_pos_size(hWnd, 0, 0, &width, &height); | |
1368 | |
1369 hpsPaint = WinGetPS(hWnd); | |
1370 GpiSetColor(hpsPaint, CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
1371 | |
1372 ptl.x = 0; | |
1373 ptl.y = 0; | |
1374 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptl); | |
1375 | |
1376 ptl.x = width; | |
1377 ptl.y = height - thumbheight; | |
1378 GpiBox(hpsPaint, DRO_FILL, &ptl, 0, 0); | |
1379 | |
1380 WinReleasePS(hpsPaint); | |
1381 } | |
1382 break; | |
1383 } | |
1384 if(oldproc) | |
1385 return oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1386 | |
1387 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1388 } | |
1389 | |
1390 void _GetPPFont(HWND hwnd, char *buff) | |
1391 { | |
1392 ULONG AttrFound; | |
1393 BYTE AttrValue[128]; | |
1394 ULONG cbRetLen; | |
1395 | |
1396 cbRetLen = WinQueryPresParam(hwnd, | |
1397 PP_FONTNAMESIZE, | |
1398 0, | |
1399 &AttrFound, | |
1400 sizeof(AttrValue), | |
1401 &AttrValue, | |
1402 QPF_NOINHERIT); | |
1403 | |
1404 if(PP_FONTNAMESIZE == AttrFound && cbRetLen) | |
1405 { | |
1406 memcpy(buff, AttrValue, cbRetLen); | |
1407 } | |
1408 } | |
1409 | |
1410 /* Returns height of specified window. */ | |
1411 int _get_height(HWND handle) | |
1412 { | |
1413 unsigned long height; | |
1414 dw_window_get_pos_size(handle, NULL, NULL, NULL, &height); | |
1415 return (int)height; | |
1416 } | |
1417 | |
1418 /* Find the height of the frame a desktop style window is sitting on */ | |
1419 int _get_frame_height(HWND handle) | |
1420 { | |
1421 while(handle) | |
1422 { | |
1423 HWND client; | |
1424 if((client = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
1425 { | |
1426 return _get_height(WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT)); | |
1427 } | |
1428 handle = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT); | |
1429 } | |
1430 return dw_screen_height(); | |
1431 } | |
1432 | |
1433 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | |
1434 MRESULT EXPENTRY _run_event(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1435 { | |
1436 int result = -1; | |
1437 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | |
1438 ULONG origmsg = msg; | |
1439 | |
1440 if(msg == WM_BUTTON2DOWN || msg == WM_BUTTON3DOWN) | |
1441 msg = WM_BUTTON1DOWN; | |
1442 if(msg == WM_BUTTON2UP || msg == WM_BUTTON3UP) | |
1443 msg = WM_BUTTON1UP; | |
1444 | |
1445 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | |
1446 while(tmp) | |
1447 { | |
1448 if(tmp->message == msg || msg == WM_CONTROL || tmp->message == WM_USER+1) | |
1449 { | |
1450 switch(msg) | |
1451 { | 1633 { |
1452 case WM_SETFOCUS: | 1634 if(cinfo->combo) |
1635 _shift_focus(cinfo->combo); | |
1636 else if(cinfo->buddy) | |
1637 _shift_focus(cinfo->buddy); | |
1638 else | |
1639 _shift_focus(hWnd); | |
1640 return FALSE; | |
1641 } | |
1642 else if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\r') | |
1643 { | |
1644 if(cinfo->clickdefault) | |
1645 _click_default(cinfo->clickdefault); | |
1646 | |
1647 } | |
1648 | |
1649 /* Tell the spinner control that a keypress has | |
1650 * occured and to update it's internal value. | |
1651 */ | |
1652 if(cinfo->buddy && !cinfo->combo) | |
1653 { | |
1654 if(IsWinNT()) | |
1655 PostMessage(cinfo->buddy, WM_USER+10, 0, 0); | |
1656 else | |
1657 SendMessage(cinfo->buddy, WM_USER+10, 0, 0); | |
1658 } | |
1659 break; | |
1660 case WM_USER+10: | |
1661 { | |
1662 if(cinfo->buddy) | |
1453 { | 1663 { |
1454 if((mp2 && tmp->message == WM_SETFOCUS) || (!mp2 && tmp->message == WM_USER+1)) | 1664 long val, position; |
1665 char tmpbuf[100] = ""; | |
1666 | |
1667 GetWindowText(cinfo->buddy, tmpbuf, 99); | |
1668 | |
1669 position = atol(tmpbuf); | |
1670 | |
1671 if(IS_WIN98PLUS) | |
1672 val = (long)SendMessage(cinfo->buddy, UDM_GETPOS32, 0, 0); | |
1673 else | |
1674 val = (long)SendMessage(cinfo->buddy, UDM_GETPOS, 0, 0); | |
1675 | |
1676 if(val != position) | |
1455 { | 1677 { |
1456 int (*setfocusfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | 1678 sprintf(tmpbuf, "%d", val); |
1457 | 1679 SetWindowText(hWnd, tmpbuf); |
1458 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd) | |
1459 { | |
1460 result = setfocusfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
1461 tmp = NULL; | |
1462 } | |
1463 } | 1680 } |
1464 } | |
1465 break; | |
1466 case WM_SIZE: | |
1467 { | |
1468 int (*sizefunc)(HWND, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1469 | |
1470 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd) | |
1471 { | |
1472 result = sizefunc(tmp->window, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), SHORT2FROMMP(mp2), tmp->data); | |
1473 tmp = NULL; | |
1474 } | |
1475 } | |
1476 break; | |
1477 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
1478 { | |
1479 POINTS pts = (*((POINTS*)&mp1)); | |
1480 int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1481 | |
1482 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window) | |
1483 { | |
1484 int button = 0; | |
1485 | |
1486 switch(origmsg) | |
1487 { | |
1488 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | |
1489 button = 1; | |
1490 break; | |
1491 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | |
1492 button = 2; | |
1493 break; | |
1494 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | |
1495 button = 3; | |
1496 break; | |
1497 } | |
1498 | |
1499 result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, _get_frame_height(tmp->window) - pts.y, button, tmp->data); | |
1500 tmp = NULL; | |
1501 } | |
1502 } | |
1503 break; | |
1504 case WM_BUTTON1UP: | |
1505 { | |
1506 POINTS pts = (*((POINTS*)&mp1)); | |
1507 int (*buttonfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1508 | |
1509 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window) | |
1510 { | |
1511 int button = 0; | |
1512 | |
1513 switch(origmsg) | |
1514 { | |
1515 case WM_BUTTON1UP: | |
1516 button = 1; | |
1517 break; | |
1518 case WM_BUTTON2UP: | |
1519 button = 2; | |
1520 break; | |
1521 case WM_BUTTON3UP: | |
1522 button = 3; | |
1523 break; | |
1524 } | |
1525 | |
1526 result = buttonfunc(tmp->window, pts.x, WinQueryWindow(tmp->window, QW_PARENT) == HWND_DESKTOP ? dw_screen_height() - pts.y : _get_height(tmp->window) - pts.y, button, tmp->data); | |
1527 tmp = NULL; | |
1528 } | |
1529 } | |
1530 break; | |
1531 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: | |
1532 { | |
1533 int (*motionfunc)(HWND, int, int, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, int, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1534 | |
1535 if(hWnd == tmp->window || WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT) == hWnd || WinQueryCapture(HWND_DESKTOP) == tmp->window) | |
1536 { | |
1537 int keys = 0; | |
1538 SHORT x = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1), y = SHORT2FROMMP(mp1); | |
1539 | |
1540 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON1) & 0x8000) | |
1541 keys = DW_BUTTON1_MASK; | |
1542 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON2) & 0x8000) | |
1543 keys |= DW_BUTTON2_MASK; | |
1544 if (WinGetKeyState(HWND_DESKTOP, VK_BUTTON3) & 0x8000) | |
1545 keys |= DW_BUTTON3_MASK; | |
1546 | |
1547 result = motionfunc(tmp->window, x, _get_frame_height(tmp->window) - y, keys, tmp->data); | |
1548 tmp = NULL; | |
1549 } | |
1550 } | |
1551 break; | |
1552 case WM_CHAR: | |
1553 { | |
1554 int (*keypressfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1555 | |
1556 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1557 { | |
1558 result = keypressfunc(tmp->window, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), tmp->data); | |
1559 tmp = NULL; | |
1560 } | |
1561 } | |
1562 break; | |
1563 case WM_CLOSE: | |
1564 { | |
1565 int (*closefunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1566 | |
1567 if(hWnd == tmp->window || hWnd == WinWindowFromID(tmp->window, FID_CLIENT)) | |
1568 { | |
1569 result = closefunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
1570 if(result) | |
1571 result = FALSE; | |
1572 tmp = NULL; | |
1573 } | |
1574 } | |
1575 break; | |
1576 case WM_PAINT: | |
1577 { | |
1578 HPS hps; | |
1579 DWExpose exp; | |
1580 int (*exposefunc)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, DWExpose *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1581 RECTL rc; | |
1582 | |
1583 if(hWnd == tmp->window) | |
1584 { | |
1585 int height = _get_height(hWnd); | |
1586 | |
1587 hps = WinBeginPaint(hWnd, 0L, &rc); | |
1588 exp.x = rc.xLeft; | |
1589 exp.y = height - rc.yTop - 1; | |
1590 exp.width = rc.xRight - rc. xLeft; | |
1591 exp.height = rc.yTop - rc.yBottom; | |
1592 result = exposefunc(hWnd, &exp, tmp->data); | |
1593 WinEndPaint(hps); | |
1594 } | |
1595 } | |
1596 break; | |
1597 case WM_COMMAND: | |
1598 { | |
1599 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1600 ULONG command = COMMANDMSG(&msg)->cmd; | |
1601 | |
1602 if(tmp->window < 65536 && command == tmp->window) | |
1603 { | |
1604 result = clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
1605 tmp = NULL; | |
1606 } | |
1607 } | |
1608 break; | |
1609 case WM_CONTROL: | |
1610 if(tmp->message == SHORT2FROMMP(mp1)) | |
1611 { | |
1612 switch(SHORT2FROMMP(mp1)) | |
1613 { | |
1614 case CN_ENTER: | |
1615 { | |
1616 int (*containerselectfunc)(HWND, char *, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, char *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1617 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1); | |
1618 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id); | |
1619 char *text = NULL; | |
1620 | |
1621 if(mp2) | |
1622 { | |
1623 PRECORDCORE pre; | |
1624 | |
1625 pre = ((PNOTIFYRECORDENTER)mp2)->pRecord; | |
1626 if(pre) | |
1627 text = pre->pszIcon; | |
1628 } | |
1629 | |
1630 if(tmp->window == conthwnd) | |
1631 { | |
1632 result = containerselectfunc(tmp->window, text, tmp->data); | |
1633 tmp = NULL; | |
1634 } | |
1635 } | |
1636 break; | |
1637 case CN_CONTEXTMENU: | |
1638 { | |
1639 int (*containercontextfunc)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1640 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1); | |
1641 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id); | |
1642 char *text = NULL; | |
1643 void *user = NULL; | |
1644 LONG x,y; | |
1645 | |
1646 if(mp2) | |
1647 { | |
1648 PCNRITEM pci; | |
1649 | |
1650 pci = (PCNRITEM)mp2; | |
1651 | |
1652 text = pci->rc.pszIcon; | |
1653 user = pci->user; | |
1654 } | |
1655 | |
1656 dw_pointer_query_pos(&x, &y); | |
1657 | |
1658 if(tmp->window == conthwnd) | |
1659 { | |
1660 if(mp2) | |
1661 { | |
1662 NOTIFYRECORDEMPHASIS pre; | |
1663 | |
1664 dw_tree_item_select(tmp->window, (HWND)mp2); | |
1665 pre.pRecord = mp2; | |
1666 pre.fEmphasisMask = CRA_CURSORED; | |
1667 pre.hwndCnr = tmp->window; | |
1668 _run_event(hWnd, WM_CONTROL, MPFROM2SHORT(0, CN_EMPHASIS), (MPARAM)&pre); | |
1669 pre.pRecord->flRecordAttr |= CRA_CURSORED; | |
1670 } | |
1671 result = containercontextfunc(tmp->window, text, x, y, tmp->data, user); | |
1672 tmp = NULL; | |
1673 } | |
1674 } | |
1675 break; | |
1676 case CN_EMPHASIS: | |
1677 { | |
1678 PNOTIFYRECORDEMPHASIS pre = (PNOTIFYRECORDEMPHASIS)mp2; | |
1679 static int emph_recurse = 0; | |
1680 | |
1681 if(!emph_recurse) | |
1682 { | |
1683 emph_recurse = 1; | |
1684 | |
1685 if(mp2) | |
1686 { | |
1687 if(tmp->window == pre->hwndCnr) | |
1688 { | |
1689 PCNRITEM pci = (PCNRITEM)pre->pRecord; | |
1690 | |
1691 if(pci && pre->fEmphasisMask & CRA_CURSORED && (pci->rc.flRecordAttr & CRA_CURSORED)) | |
1692 { | |
1693 int (*treeselectfunc)(HWND, HWND, char *, void *, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, HWND, char *, void *, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1694 | |
1695 if(lasthcnr == tmp->window && lastitem == (HWND)pci) | |
1696 { | |
1697 lasthcnr = 0; | |
1698 lastitem = 0; | |
1699 } | |
1700 else | |
1701 { | |
1702 lasthcnr = tmp->window; | |
1703 lastitem = (HWND)pci; | |
1704 result = treeselectfunc(tmp->window, (HWND)pci, pci->rc.pszIcon, pci->user, tmp->data); | |
1705 } | |
1706 tmp = NULL; | |
1707 } | |
1708 } | |
1709 } | |
1710 emph_recurse = 0; | |
1711 } | |
1712 } | |
1713 break; | |
1714 case LN_SELECT: | |
1715 { | |
1716 int (*listboxselectfunc)(HWND, int, void *) = (int (*)(HWND, int, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
1717 int id = SHORT1FROMMP(mp1); | |
1718 HWND conthwnd = dw_window_from_id(hWnd, id); | |
1719 static int _recursing = 0; | |
1720 | |
1721 if(_recursing == 0 && (tmp->window == conthwnd || (!id && tmp->window == (HWND)mp2))) | |
1722 { | |
1723 char buf1[500], classbuf[100]; | |
1724 unsigned int index = dw_listbox_selected(tmp->window); | |
1725 | |
1726 dw_listbox_query_text(tmp->window, index, buf1, 500); | |
1727 | |
1728 WinQueryClassName(tmp->window, 99, classbuf); | |
1729 | |
1730 _recursing = 1; | |
1731 | |
1732 if(id && strncmp(classbuf, "#2", 3)==0) | |
1733 { | |
1734 char *buf2; | |
1735 | |
1736 buf2 = dw_window_get_text(tmp->window); | |
1737 | |
1738 /* This is to make sure the listboxselect function doesn't | |
1739 * get called if the user is modifying the entry text. | |
1740 */ | |
1741 if(buf2 && *buf2 && *buf1 && strncmp(buf1, buf2, 500) == 0) | |
1742 result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, index, tmp->data); | |
1743 | |
1744 if(buf2) | |
1745 free(buf2); | |
1746 } | |
1747 else | |
1748 result = listboxselectfunc(tmp->window, index, tmp->data); | |
1749 | |
1750 _recursing = 0; | |
1751 tmp = NULL; | |
1752 } | |
1753 } | |
1754 break; | |
1755 } | |
1756 } | |
1757 break; | |
1758 } | |
1759 } | |
1760 | |
1761 if(tmp) | |
1762 tmp = tmp->next; | |
1763 | |
1764 } | |
1765 | |
1766 return (MRESULT)result; | |
1767 } | |
1768 #endif | |
1769 | |
1770 /* Handles control messages sent to the box (owner). */ | |
1771 MRESULT EXPENTRY _controlproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1772 { | |
1773 Box *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1774 | |
1775 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | |
1776 switch(msg) | |
1777 { | |
1778 case WM_CONTROL: | |
1779 _run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1780 break; | |
1781 } | |
1782 #endif | |
1783 if(blah && blah->oldproc) | |
1784 { | |
1785 return blah->oldproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1786 } | |
1787 | |
1788 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1789 } | |
1790 | |
1791 /* The main window procedure for Dynamic Windows, all the resizing code is done here. */ | |
1792 MRESULT EXPENTRY _wndproc(HWND hWnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | |
1793 { | |
1794 int result = -1; | |
1795 static int command_active = 0; | |
1796 void (* windowfunc)(PVOID) = 0L; | |
1797 | |
1798 if(filterfunc) | |
1799 result = filterfunc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1800 | |
1801 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | |
1802 if(result == -1 && !command_active) | |
1803 { | |
1804 /* Make sure we don't end up in infinite recursion */ | |
1805 command_active = 1; | |
1806 | |
1807 result = (int)_run_event(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1808 | |
1809 command_active = 0; | |
1810 } | |
1811 #endif | |
1812 | |
1813 /* Now that any handlers are done... do normal processing */ | |
1814 switch( msg ) | |
1815 { | |
1816 case WM_ERASEBACKGROUND: | |
1817 return 0; | |
1818 | |
1819 case WM_PAINT: | |
1820 { | |
1821 HPS hps; | |
1822 RECTL rc; | |
1823 | |
1824 hps = WinBeginPaint( hWnd, 0L, &rc ); | |
1825 WinEndPaint( hps ); | |
1826 break; | |
1827 } | |
1828 | |
1829 case WM_SIZE: | |
1830 { | |
1831 Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1832 | |
1833 if(!SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) && !SHORT2FROMMP(mp2)) | |
1834 return (MPARAM)TRUE; | |
1835 | |
1836 if(mybox && mybox->flags != DW_MINIMIZED) | |
1837 { | |
1838 /* Hide the window when recalculating to reduce | |
1839 * CPU load. | |
1840 */ | |
1841 WinShowWindow(hWnd, FALSE); | |
1842 | |
1843 _do_resize(mybox, SHORT1FROMMP(mp2), SHORT2FROMMP(mp2)); | |
1844 | |
1845 WinShowWindow(hWnd, TRUE); | |
1846 } | |
1847 } | |
1848 break; | |
1849 case WM_MINMAXFRAME: | |
1850 { | |
1851 Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hWnd, QWP_USER); | |
1852 SWP *swp = (SWP *)mp1; | |
1853 | |
1854 if(mybox && (swp->fl & SWP_MINIMIZE)) | |
1855 mybox->flags = DW_MINIMIZED; | |
1856 | |
1857 if(mybox && (swp->fl & SWP_RESTORE)) | |
1858 { | |
1859 if(!mybox->titlebar && mybox->hwndtitle) | |
1860 WinSetParent(mybox->hwndtitle, HWND_OBJECT, FALSE); | |
1861 mybox->flags = 0; | |
1862 } | |
1863 | |
1864 if(mybox && (swp->fl & SWP_MAXIMIZE)) | |
1865 { | |
1866 int z; | |
1867 SWP swp2; | |
1868 | |
1869 WinQueryWindowPos(swp->hwnd, &swp2); | |
1870 | |
1871 if(swp2.cx == swp->cx && swp2.cy == swp->cy) | |
1872 return FALSE; | |
1873 | |
1874 mybox->flags = 0; | |
1875 | |
1876 /* Hide the window when recalculating to reduce | |
1877 * CPU load. | |
1878 */ | |
1879 WinShowWindow(hWnd, FALSE); | |
1880 | |
1881 _do_resize(mybox, swp->cx, swp->cy); | |
1882 | |
1883 if(mybox->count == 1 && mybox->items[0].type == TYPEBOX) | |
1884 { | |
1885 mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(mybox->items[0].hwnd, QWP_USER); | |
1886 | |
1887 for(z=0;z<mybox->count;z++) | |
1888 { | |
1889 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
1890 | |
1891 WinQueryClassName(mybox->items[z].hwnd, 99, tmpbuf); | |
1892 | |
1893 /* If we have a notebook we resize the page again. */ | |
1894 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#40", 3)==0) | |
1895 { | |
1896 unsigned long x, y, width, height; | |
1897 int page = dw_notebook_page_query(mybox->items[z].hwnd); | |
1898 HWND pagehwnd = (HWND)WinSendMsg(mybox->items[z].hwnd, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, MPFROMLONG(page), 0); | |
1899 RECTL rc; | |
1900 | |
1901 Box *pagebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(pagehwnd, QWP_USER); | |
1902 if(pagebox) | |
1903 { | |
1904 dw_window_get_pos_size(mybox->items[z].hwnd, &x, &y, &width, &height); | |
1905 | |
1906 rc.xLeft = x; | |
1907 rc.yBottom = y; | |
1908 rc.xRight = x + width; | |
1909 rc.yTop = y + height; | |
1910 | |
1911 WinSendMsg(mybox->items[z].hwnd, BKM_CALCPAGERECT, (MPARAM)&rc, (MPARAM)TRUE); | |
1912 | |
1913 _do_resize(pagebox, rc.xRight - rc.xLeft, rc.yTop - rc.yBottom); | |
1914 } | |
1915 | |
1916 } | |
1917 } | |
1918 | |
1919 } | |
1920 | |
1921 WinShowWindow(hWnd, TRUE); | |
1922 } | |
1923 } | |
1924 break; | |
1925 case WM_CONTROL: | |
1926 switch(SHORT2FROMMP(mp1)) | |
1927 { | |
1928 case BKN_PAGESELECTEDPENDING: | |
1929 { | |
1930 PAGESELECTNOTIFY *psn = (PAGESELECTNOTIFY *)mp2; | |
1931 HWND pagehwnd = (HWND)WinSendMsg(psn->hwndBook, BKM_QUERYPAGEWINDOWHWND, MPFROMLONG(psn->ulPageIdNew), 0); | |
1932 Box *pagebox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(pagehwnd, QWP_USER); | |
1933 unsigned long x, y, width, height; | |
1934 RECTL rc; | |
1935 | |
1936 if(pagebox && psn->ulPageIdNew != psn->ulPageIdCur) | |
1937 { | |
1938 dw_window_get_pos_size(psn->hwndBook, &x, &y, &width, &height); | |
1939 | |
1940 rc.xLeft = x; | |
1941 rc.yBottom = y; | |
1942 rc.xRight = x + width; | |
1943 rc.yTop = y + height; | |
1944 | |
1945 WinSendMsg(psn->hwndBook, BKM_CALCPAGERECT, (MPARAM)&rc, (MPARAM)TRUE); | |
1946 | |
1947 _do_resize(pagebox, rc.xRight - rc.xLeft, rc.yTop - rc.yBottom); | |
1948 } | 1681 } |
1949 } | 1682 } |
1950 break; | 1683 break; |
1951 } | 1684 case WM_KEYUP: |
1685 { | |
1686 if(mp1 == VK_UP || mp1 == VK_DOWN) | |
1687 { | |
1688 if(cinfo->buddy) | |
1689 PostMessage(hWnd, WM_USER+10, 0, 0); | |
1690 } | |
1691 } | |
1692 break; | |
1693 case WM_CTLCOLORSTATIC: | |
1694 case WM_CTLCOLORLISTBOX: | |
1695 case WM_CTLCOLORBTN: | |
1696 case WM_CTLCOLOREDIT: | |
1697 case WM_CTLCOLORMSGBOX: | |
1698 case WM_CTLCOLORSCROLLBAR: | |
1699 case WM_CTLCOLORDLG: | |
1700 { | |
1701 ColorInfo *thiscinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong((HWND)mp2, GWL_USERDATA); | |
1702 if(thiscinfo && thiscinfo->fore != -1 && thiscinfo->back != -1) | |
1703 { | |
1704 if(thiscinfo->fore > -1 && thiscinfo->back > -1 && | |
1705 thiscinfo->fore < 18 && thiscinfo->back < 18) | |
1706 { | |
1707 SetTextColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(_red[thiscinfo->fore], | |
1708 _green[thiscinfo->fore], | |
1709 _blue[thiscinfo->fore])); | |
1710 SetBkColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(_red[thiscinfo->back], | |
1711 _green[thiscinfo->back], | |
1712 _blue[thiscinfo->back])); | |
1713 DeleteObject(thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1714 thiscinfo->hbrush = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(_red[thiscinfo->back], | |
1715 _green[thiscinfo->back], | |
1716 _blue[thiscinfo->back])); | |
1717 SelectObject((HDC)mp1, thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1718 return (LONG)thiscinfo->hbrush; | |
1719 } | |
1720 if((thiscinfo->fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR && (thiscinfo->back & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR) | |
1721 { | |
1722 SetTextColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore), | |
1723 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore), | |
1724 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->fore))); | |
1725 SetBkColor((HDC)mp1, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), | |
1726 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), | |
1727 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->back))); | |
1728 DeleteObject(thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1729 thiscinfo->hbrush = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), | |
1730 DW_GREEN_VALUE(thiscinfo->back), | |
1731 DW_BLUE_VALUE(thiscinfo->back))); | |
1732 SelectObject((HDC)mp1, thiscinfo->hbrush); | |
1733 return (LONG)thiscinfo->hbrush; | |
1734 } | |
1735 } | |
1736 | |
1737 } | |
1738 break; | |
1739 } | |
1740 } | |
1741 | |
1742 if(!pOldProc) | |
1743 return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1744 return CallWindowProc(pOldProc, hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1745 } | |
1746 | |
1747 BOOL CALLBACK _containerwndproc(HWND hWnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) | |
1748 { | |
1749 ContainerInfo *cinfo; | |
1750 | |
1751 cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)GetWindowLong(hWnd, GWL_USERDATA); | |
1752 | |
1753 switch( msg ) | |
1754 { | |
1755 case WM_COMMAND: | |
1756 case WM_NOTIFY: | |
1757 _wndproc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1952 break; | 1758 break; |
1953 case WM_CLOSE: | 1759 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS |
1954 if(result == -1) | 1760 case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK: |
1955 { | 1761 case WM_CHAR: |
1956 dw_window_destroy(WinQueryWindow(hWnd, QW_PARENT)); | 1762 { |
1957 return (MRESULT)TRUE; | 1763 LV_ITEM lvi; |
1764 int iItem; | |
1765 | |
1766 if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t') | |
1767 { | |
1768 _shift_focus(hWnd); | |
1769 return FALSE; | |
1770 } | |
1771 | |
1772 if(msg == WM_CHAR && (char)mp1 != '\r') | |
1773 break; | |
1774 | |
1775 iItem = ListView_GetNextItem(hWnd, -1, LVNI_FOCUSED); | |
1776 | |
1777 if(iItem > -1) | |
1778 { | |
1779 lvi.iItem = iItem; | |
1780 lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM; | |
1781 | |
1782 ListView_GetItem(hWnd, &lvi); | |
1783 } | |
1784 else | |
1785 lvi.lParam = (LPARAM)NULL; | |
1786 | |
1787 { | |
1788 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | |
1789 | |
1790 while(tmp) | |
1791 { | |
1792 if(tmp->message == NM_DBLCLK && tmp->window == hWnd) | |
1793 { | |
1794 int (*containerselectfunc)(HWND, char *, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1795 | |
1796 /* Seems to be having lParam as 1 which really sucks */ | |
1797 if(lvi.lParam < 100) | |
1798 lvi.lParam = 0; | |
1799 | |
1800 containerselectfunc(tmp->window, (char *)lvi.lParam, tmp->data); | |
1801 tmp = NULL; | |
1802 } | |
1803 if(tmp) | |
1804 tmp = tmp->next; | |
1805 } | |
1806 } | |
1958 } | 1807 } |
1959 break; | 1808 break; |
1960 case WM_USER: | 1809 case WM_CONTEXTMENU: |
1961 windowfunc = (void (*)(void *))mp1; | 1810 { |
1962 | 1811 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; |
1963 if(windowfunc) | 1812 |
1964 windowfunc((void *)mp2); | 1813 while(tmp) |
1814 { | |
1815 if(tmp->message == NM_RCLICK && tmp->window == hWnd) | |
1816 { | |
1817 int (*containercontextfunc)(HWND, char *, int, int, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
1818 LONG x,y; | |
1819 LV_ITEM lvi; | |
1820 int iItem; | |
1821 LVHITTESTINFO lhi; | |
1822 | |
1823 dw_pointer_query_pos(&x, &y); | |
1824 | |
1825 lhi.pt.x = x; | |
1826 lhi.pt.y = y; | |
1827 | |
1828 MapWindowPoints(HWND_DESKTOP, tmp->window, &lhi.pt, 1); | |
1829 | |
1830 iItem = ListView_HitTest(tmp->window, &lhi); | |
1831 | |
1832 if(iItem > -1) | |
1833 { | |
1834 lvi.iItem = iItem; | |
1835 lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM; | |
1836 | |
1837 ListView_GetItem(tmp->window, &lvi); | |
1838 ListView_SetSelectionMark(tmp->window, iItem); | |
1839 } | |
1840 else | |
1841 lvi.lParam = (LPARAM)NULL; | |
1842 | |
1843 /* Seems to be having lParam as 1 which really sucks */ | |
1844 if(lvi.lParam < 100) | |
1845 lvi.lParam = 0; | |
1846 | |
1847 containercontextfunc(tmp->window, (char *)lvi.lParam, x, y, tmp->data); | |
1848 tmp = NULL; | |
1849 } | |
1850 if(tmp) | |
1851 tmp = tmp->next; | |
1852 } | |
1853 } | |
1965 break; | 1854 break; |
1855 #else | |
1966 case WM_CHAR: | 1856 case WM_CHAR: |
1967 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | 1857 if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t') |
1968 { | 1858 { |
1969 _shift_focus(hWnd); | 1859 _shift_focus(hWnd); |
1970 return FALSE; | 1860 return FALSE; |
1971 } | 1861 } |
1972 break; | 1862 break; |
1973 case WM_DESTROY: | 1863 #endif |
1974 /* Free memory before destroying */ | 1864 } |
1975 _free_window_memory(hWnd); | 1865 |
1976 break; | 1866 if(!cinfo || !cinfo->pOldProc) |
1977 } | 1867 return DefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
1978 if(result != -1) | 1868 return CallWindowProc(cinfo->pOldProc, hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
1979 return (MRESULT)result; | |
1980 else | |
1981 return WinDefWindowProc(hWnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
1982 } | 1869 } |
1983 | 1870 |
1984 void _changebox(Box *thisbox, int percent, int type) | 1871 void _changebox(Box *thisbox, int percent, int type) |
1985 { | 1872 { |
1986 int z; | 1873 int z; |
1987 | 1874 |
1988 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | 1875 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) |
1989 { | 1876 { |
1990 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | 1877 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) |
1991 { | 1878 { |
1992 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | 1879 Box *tmp = (Box*)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
1993 _changebox(tmp, percent, type); | 1880 _changebox(tmp, percent, type); |
1994 } | 1881 } |
1995 else | 1882 else |
1996 { | 1883 { |
1997 if(type == BOXHORZ) | 1884 if(type == BOXHORZ) |
2007 } | 1894 } |
2008 } | 1895 } |
2009 } | 1896 } |
2010 | 1897 |
2011 /* This handles any activity on the splitbars (sizers) */ | 1898 /* This handles any activity on the splitbars (sizers) */ |
2012 MRESULT EXPENTRY _splitwndproc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 1899 BOOL CALLBACK _splitwndproc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) |
2013 { | 1900 { |
2014 HWND hwndFrame = 0; | 1901 HWND hwndFrame = 0; |
2015 Box *thisbox = 0; | 1902 Box *thisbox = 0; |
2016 | 1903 |
2017 hwndFrame = WinQueryWindow(hwnd, QW_PARENT); | 1904 hwndFrame = GetParent(hwnd); |
2018 if(hwndFrame) | 1905 if(hwndFrame) |
2019 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(hwndFrame, QWL_USER); | 1906 thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(hwndFrame, GWL_USERDATA); |
2020 | 1907 |
2021 switch (msg) | 1908 switch (msg) |
2022 { | 1909 { |
2023 case WM_ACTIVATE: | 1910 case WM_ACTIVATE: |
2024 case WM_SETFOCUS: | 1911 case WM_SETFOCUS: |
2025 return (MRESULT)(FALSE); | 1912 return FALSE; |
2026 | 1913 |
2027 case WM_PAINT: | 1914 case WM_PAINT: |
2028 { | 1915 { |
2029 HPS hpsPaint; | 1916 HDC hdcPaint; |
2030 RECTL rclPaint; | 1917 PAINTSTRUCT ps; |
2031 POINTL ptlStart[SPLITBAR_WIDTH]; | 1918 POINT ptlStart[SPLITBAR_WIDTH]; |
2032 POINTL ptlEnd[SPLITBAR_WIDTH]; | 1919 POINT ptlEnd[SPLITBAR_WIDTH]; |
1920 RECT rcPaint; | |
2033 USHORT i; | 1921 USHORT i; |
2034 | 1922 |
2035 hpsPaint = WinBeginPaint(hwnd, 0, 0); | 1923 hdcPaint = BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps); |
2036 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclPaint); | 1924 GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rcPaint); |
2037 | 1925 |
2038 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | 1926 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) |
2039 { | 1927 { |
2040 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++) | 1928 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++) |
2041 { | 1929 { |
2042 ptlStart[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft + i; | 1930 ptlStart[i].x = i; |
2043 ptlStart[i].y = rclPaint.yTop; | 1931 ptlStart[i].y = 0; |
2044 | 1932 |
2045 ptlEnd[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft + i; | 1933 ptlEnd[i].x = i; |
2046 ptlEnd[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom; | 1934 ptlEnd[i].y = rcPaint.bottom - rcPaint.top; |
2047 } | 1935 } |
2048 } | 1936 } |
2049 else | 1937 else |
2050 { | 1938 { |
2051 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++) | 1939 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++) |
2052 { | 1940 { |
2053 ptlStart[i].x = rclPaint.xLeft; | 1941 ptlStart[i].x = 0; |
2054 ptlStart[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom + i; | 1942 ptlStart[i].y = i; |
2055 | 1943 |
2056 ptlEnd[i].x = rclPaint.xRight; | 1944 ptlEnd[i].x = rcPaint.right - rcPaint.left; |
2057 ptlEnd[i].y = rclPaint.yBottom + i; | 1945 ptlEnd[i].y = i; |
2058 } | 1946 } |
2059 } | 1947 } |
2060 | 1948 |
2061 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++) | 1949 for(i = 0; i < SPLITBAR_WIDTH; i++) |
2062 { | 1950 { |
2063 GpiSetColor( hpsPaint, lColor[i]); | 1951 HPEN hPen; |
2064 GpiMove(hpsPaint, &ptlStart[i]); | 1952 HPEN hOldPen; |
2065 GpiLine(hpsPaint, &ptlEnd[i]); | 1953 |
1954 hPen = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB (_red[lColor[i]], _green[lColor[i]], _blue[lColor[i]])); | |
1955 hOldPen = (HPEN)SelectObject(hdcPaint, hPen); | |
1956 MoveToEx(hdcPaint, ptlStart[i].x, ptlStart[i].y, NULL); | |
1957 LineTo(hdcPaint, ptlEnd[i].x, ptlEnd[i].y); | |
1958 SelectObject(hdcPaint, hOldPen); | |
1959 DeleteObject(hPen); | |
2066 } | 1960 } |
2067 WinEndPaint(hpsPaint); | 1961 EndPaint(hwnd, &ps); |
2068 } | 1962 } |
2069 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); | 1963 return FALSE; |
2070 | |
2071 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: | 1964 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
2072 { | 1965 { |
2073 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | 1966 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) |
2074 WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | 1967 SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZEWE)); |
2075 WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2076 SPTR_SIZEWE, | |
2077 FALSE)); | |
2078 else | 1968 else |
2079 WinSetPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | 1969 SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZENS)); |
2080 WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | 1970 } |
2081 SPTR_SIZENS, | 1971 return FALSE; |
2082 FALSE)); | 1972 #if 0 |
2083 } | |
2084 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); | |
2085 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | 1973 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: |
2086 { | 1974 { |
2087 APIRET rc; | 1975 ULONG rc; |
2088 RECTL rclFrame; | 1976 RECTL rclFrame; |
2089 RECTL rclBounds; | 1977 RECTL rclBounds; |
2090 RECTL rclStart; | 1978 RECTL rclStart; |
2091 USHORT startSize, orig, actual; | 1979 USHORT startSize, orig, actual; |
2092 | 1980 |
2093 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclFrame); | 1981 GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rclFrame); |
2094 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rclStart); | 1982 GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rclStart); |
2095 | 1983 |
2096 WinQueryWindowRect(hwndFrame, &rclBounds); | 1984 GetWindowRect(hwndFrame, &rclBounds); |
2097 | 1985 |
2098 WinMapWindowPoints(hwndFrame, HWND_DESKTOP, | 1986 WinMapWindowPoints(hwndFrame, HWND_DESKTOP, |
2099 (PPOINTL)&rclBounds, 2); | 1987 (PPOINTL)&rclBounds, 2); |
2100 WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, | 1988 WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, |
2101 (PPOINTL)&rclStart, 2); | 1989 (PPOINTL)&rclStart, 2); |
2102 | 1990 |
1991 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
2103 { | 1992 { |
2104 int z, pastsplitbar = FALSE, found = FALSE; | 1993 orig = thisbox->items[0].origwidth; |
2105 orig = actual = 0; | 1994 actual = thisbox->items[0].width; |
2106 | 1995 |
2107 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | 1996 startSize = (rclStart.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft) |
2108 { | 1997 * (((float)orig)/((float)actual)); |
2109 if(thisbox->items[z].hwnd == hwnd) | 1998 } |
2110 pastsplitbar = TRUE; | 1999 else |
2111 else | 2000 { |
2112 { | 2001 orig = thisbox->items[0].origheight; |
2113 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | 2002 actual = thisbox->items[0].height; |
2114 { | 2003 |
2115 int tmpwidth, tmporigwidth; | 2004 startSize = (rclStart.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom) |
2116 | 2005 * (((float)actual)/((float)orig)); |
2117 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
2118 _count_size(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, BOXHORZ, &tmpwidth, &tmporigwidth); | |
2119 else | |
2120 { | |
2121 tmpwidth = thisbox->items[z].width; | |
2122 tmporigwidth = thisbox->items[z].origwidth; | |
2123 } | |
2124 | |
2125 if(thisbox->items[z].hsize != SIZESTATIC && tmpwidth > actual && tmporigwidth) | |
2126 { | |
2127 found = pastsplitbar; | |
2128 orig = tmporigwidth; | |
2129 actual = tmpwidth; | |
2130 } | |
2131 } | |
2132 else | |
2133 { | |
2134 int tmpheight, tmporigheight; | |
2135 | |
2136 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | |
2137 _count_size(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, BOXVERT, &tmpheight, &tmporigheight); | |
2138 else | |
2139 { | |
2140 tmpheight = thisbox->items[z].height; | |
2141 tmporigheight = thisbox->items[z].origheight; | |
2142 } | |
2143 | |
2144 if(thisbox->items[z].vsize != SIZESTATIC && tmpheight > actual && tmporigheight) | |
2145 { | |
2146 found = pastsplitbar; | |
2147 orig = tmporigheight; | |
2148 actual = tmpheight; | |
2149 } | |
2150 } | |
2151 } | |
2152 } | |
2153 | |
2154 /* If we couldn't determine a valid scale... then abort */ | |
2155 if(!orig || !actual) | |
2156 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); | |
2157 | |
2158 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
2159 { | |
2160 if(found) | |
2161 startSize = (rclStart.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft) | |
2162 * (((float)actual)/((float)orig)); | |
2163 else | |
2164 startSize = (rclStart.xLeft - rclBounds.xLeft) | |
2165 * (((float)orig)/((float)actual)); | |
2166 } | |
2167 else | |
2168 { | |
2169 if(found) | |
2170 startSize = (rclStart.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom) | |
2171 * (((float)actual)/((float)orig)); | |
2172 else | |
2173 startSize = (rclStart.yBottom - rclBounds.yBottom) | |
2174 * (((float)orig)/((float)actual)); | |
2175 } | |
2176 } | 2006 } |
2177 | 2007 |
2178 rc = _TrackRectangle(hwnd, &rclFrame, &rclBounds); | 2008 rc = _TrackRectangle(hwnd, &rclFrame, &rclBounds); |
2179 | 2009 |
2180 if(rc == TRUE) | 2010 if(rc == TRUE) |
2181 { | 2011 { |
2182 USHORT usNewRB; | 2012 USHORT usNewRB; |
2013 USHORT usSize; | |
2183 USHORT percent; | 2014 USHORT percent; |
2184 int z; | 2015 int z; |
2185 | 2016 |
2186 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | 2017 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) |
2187 { | 2018 { |
2188 usNewRB = rclFrame.xLeft | 2019 usNewRB = rclFrame.xLeft |
2020 - rclBounds.xLeft; | |
2021 usSize = rclBounds.xRight | |
2189 - rclBounds.xLeft; | 2022 - rclBounds.xLeft; |
2190 } | 2023 } |
2191 else | 2024 else |
2192 { | 2025 { |
2193 usNewRB = rclFrame.yBottom | 2026 usNewRB = rclFrame.yBottom |
2194 - rclBounds.yBottom; | 2027 - rclBounds.yBottom; |
2028 usSize = rclBounds.yTop | |
2029 - rclBounds.yBottom; | |
2195 } | 2030 } |
2196 | |
2197 /* We don't want the item to disappear completely */ | |
2198 if(!usNewRB) | |
2199 usNewRB++; | |
2200 | |
2201 if(!startSize) | |
2202 startSize++; | |
2203 | 2031 |
2204 percent = (usNewRB*100)/startSize; | 2032 percent = (usNewRB*100)/startSize; |
2205 | 2033 |
2206 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | 2034 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) |
2207 { | 2035 { |
2208 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) | 2036 if(thisbox->items[z].type == TYPEBOX) |
2209 { | 2037 { |
2210 Box *tmp = WinQueryWindowPtr(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, QWP_USER); | 2038 Box *tmp = (Box *)GetWindowLong(thisbox->items[z].hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
2211 | 2039 _changebox(tmp, percent, thisbox->type); |
2212 if(tmp) | |
2213 _changebox(tmp, percent, thisbox->type); | |
2214 } | 2040 } |
2215 else | 2041 else |
2216 { | 2042 { |
2217 if(thisbox->items[z].hwnd == hwnd) | 2043 if(thisbox->items[z].hwnd == hwnd) |
2218 percent = (startSize*100)/usNewRB; | 2044 percent = (startSize*100)/usNewRB; |
2228 thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0))); | 2054 thisbox->items[z].height = (int)(((float)thisbox->items[z].origheight) * (((float)percent)/((float)100.0))); |
2229 } | 2055 } |
2230 } | 2056 } |
2231 } | 2057 } |
2232 | 2058 |
2233 _ResetWindow(WinQueryWindow(hwnd, QW_OWNER)); | 2059 _ResetWindow(GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER)); |
2234 } | 2060 } |
2235 } | 2061 } |
2236 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); | 2062 return MRFROMSHORT(FALSE); |
2237 } | 2063 #endif |
2238 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2064 } |
2239 } | 2065 return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
2240 | 2066 } |
2241 /* Function: BubbleProc | 2067 |
2242 * Abstract: Subclass procedure for bubble help | 2068 /* This handles drawing the status text areas */ |
2243 */ | 2069 BOOL CALLBACK _statuswndproc(HWND hwnd, UINT msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) |
2244 MRESULT EXPENTRY _BubbleProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 2070 { |
2245 { | 2071 switch (msg) |
2246 MRESULT res; | 2072 { |
2247 PFNWP proc = (PFNWP)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWL_USER); | 2073 case WM_SETTEXT: |
2248 | 2074 { |
2249 if(proc) | 2075 /* Make sure the control redraws when there is a text change */ |
2250 res = proc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2076 int ret = (int)DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
2251 else | 2077 |
2252 res = WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2078 InvalidateRgn(hwnd, NULL, TRUE); |
2253 | 2079 return ret; |
2254 if(msg == WM_PAINT) | 2080 } |
2255 { | 2081 case WM_PAINT: |
2256 POINTL ptl; | 2082 { |
2257 HPS hpsTemp; | 2083 HDC hdcPaint; |
2258 RECTL rcl; | 2084 PAINTSTRUCT ps; |
2259 int height, width; | 2085 RECT rc; |
2260 | 2086 HFONT hFont; |
2261 WinQueryWindowRect(hwnd, &rcl); | 2087 HBRUSH oldBrush; |
2262 height = rcl.yTop - rcl.yBottom - 1; | 2088 HPEN oldPen; |
2263 width = rcl.xRight - rcl.xLeft - 1; | 2089 unsigned long cx, cy; |
2264 | 2090 int threadid = dw_thread_id(); |
2265 /* Draw a border around the bubble help */ | 2091 char tempbuf[1024] = ""; |
2266 hpsTemp = WinGetPS(hwnd); | 2092 |
2267 GpiSetColor(hpsTemp, DW_CLR_BLACK); | 2093 if(threadid < 0 || threadid >= THREAD_LIMIT) |
2268 ptl.x = ptl.y = 0; | 2094 threadid = 0; |
2269 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl); | 2095 |
2270 ptl.x = 0; | 2096 hdcPaint = BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps); |
2271 ptl.y = height; | 2097 EndPaint(hwnd, &ps); |
2272 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl); | 2098 |
2273 ptl.x = ptl.y = 0; | 2099 hdcPaint = GetDC(hwnd); |
2274 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl); | 2100 |
2275 ptl.y = 0; | 2101 oldBrush = _hBrush[threadid]; |
2276 ptl.x = width; | 2102 oldPen = _hPen[threadid]; |
2277 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl); | 2103 |
2278 ptl.x = width; | 2104 dw_window_get_pos_size(hwnd, NULL, NULL, &cx, &cy); |
2279 ptl.y = height; | 2105 |
2280 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl); | 2106 |
2281 ptl.x = 0; | 2107 _hBrush[threadid] = CreateSolidBrush(GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE)); |
2282 ptl.y = height; | 2108 |
2283 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl); | 2109 dw_draw_rect(hwnd, 0, TRUE, 0, 0, cx, cy); |
2284 ptl.x = width; | 2110 |
2285 ptl.y = height; | 2111 _hPen[threadid] = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, RGB(_red[DW_CLR_DARKGRAY], |
2286 GpiMove(hpsTemp, &ptl); | 2112 _green[DW_CLR_DARKGRAY], |
2287 ptl.y = 0; | 2113 _blue[DW_CLR_DARKGRAY])); |
2288 ptl.x = width; | 2114 |
2289 GpiLine(hpsTemp, &ptl); | 2115 dw_draw_line(hwnd, 0, 0, 0, cx, 0); |
2290 WinReleasePS(hpsTemp); | 2116 dw_draw_line(hwnd, 0, 0, 0, 0, cy); |
2291 } | 2117 |
2292 return res; | 2118 DeleteObject(_hPen[threadid]); |
2293 } | 2119 |
2294 | 2120 _hPen[threadid] = GetStockObject(WHITE_PEN); |
2295 /* Function: BtProc | 2121 |
2122 dw_draw_line(hwnd, 0, cx - 1, cy - 1, cx - 1, 0); | |
2123 dw_draw_line(hwnd, 0, cx - 1, cy - 1, 0, cy - 1); | |
2124 | |
2125 rc.left = 3; | |
2126 rc.top = 1; | |
2127 rc.bottom = cy - 1; | |
2128 rc.right = cx - 1; | |
2129 | |
2130 GetWindowText(hwnd, tempbuf, 1024); | |
2131 | |
2132 hFont = (HFONT)SelectObject(hdcPaint, GetStockObject(DEFAULT_GUI_FONT)); | |
2133 | |
2134 SetTextColor(hdcPaint, RGB(0,0,0)); | |
2135 SetBkMode(hdcPaint, TRANSPARENT); | |
2136 | |
2137 ExtTextOut(hdcPaint, 3, 1, ETO_CLIPPED, &rc, tempbuf, strlen(tempbuf), NULL); | |
2138 | |
2139 SelectObject(hdcPaint, hFont); | |
2140 | |
2141 DeleteObject(_hBrush[threadid]); | |
2142 _hBrush[threadid] = oldBrush; | |
2143 _hPen[threadid] = oldPen; | |
2144 ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdcPaint); | |
2145 } | |
2146 return FALSE; | |
2147 } | |
2148 return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2149 } | |
2150 | |
2151 /* Function: _BtProc | |
2296 * Abstract: Subclass procedure for buttons | 2152 * Abstract: Subclass procedure for buttons |
2297 */ | 2153 */ |
2298 | 2154 |
2299 MRESULT EXPENTRY _BtProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 2155 BOOL CALLBACK _BtProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, WPARAM mp1, LPARAM mp2) |
2300 { | 2156 { |
2301 BubbleButton *bubble; | 2157 BubbleButton *bubble; |
2302 PFNWP oldproc; | 2158 static int bMouseOver = 0; |
2303 | 2159 POINT point; |
2304 bubble = (BubbleButton *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWL_USER); | 2160 RECT rect; |
2161 WNDPROC pOldProc; | |
2162 | |
2163 bubble = (BubbleButton *)GetWindowLong(hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); | |
2305 | 2164 |
2306 if(!bubble) | 2165 if(!bubble) |
2307 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2166 return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
2308 | 2167 |
2309 oldproc = bubble->pOldProc; | 2168 /* We must save a pointer to the old |
2169 * window procedure because if a signal | |
2170 * handler attached here destroys this | |
2171 * window it will then be invalid. | |
2172 */ | |
2173 pOldProc = bubble->pOldProc; | |
2310 | 2174 |
2311 switch(msg) | 2175 switch(msg) |
2312 { | 2176 { |
2313 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | 2177 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS |
2314 case WM_SETFOCUS: | 2178 case WM_SETFOCUS: |
2315 if(mp2) | 2179 _wndproc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
2316 _run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2317 else | |
2318 WinSendMsg(hwnd, BM_SETDEFAULT, 0, 0); | |
2319 break; | 2180 break; |
2320 case WM_BUTTON1UP: | 2181 case WM_LBUTTONUP: |
2321 { | 2182 { |
2322 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | 2183 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; |
2323 | 2184 |
2324 if(WinIsWindowEnabled(hwnd)) | 2185 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ |
2186 while(tmp) | |
2325 { | 2187 { |
2188 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) | |
2189 { | |
2190 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
2191 | |
2192 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ | |
2193 if(tmp->window == hwnd) | |
2194 { | |
2195 clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
2196 tmp = NULL; | |
2197 } | |
2198 } | |
2199 if(tmp) | |
2200 tmp= tmp->next; | |
2201 } | |
2202 } | |
2203 break; | |
2204 #endif | |
2205 case WM_CHAR: | |
2206 { | |
2207 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | |
2208 /* A button press should also occur for an ENTER or SPACE press | |
2209 * while the button has the active input focus. | |
2210 */ | |
2211 if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\r' || LOWORD(mp1) == ' ') | |
2212 { | |
2213 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | |
2214 | |
2326 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | 2215 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ |
2327 while(tmp) | 2216 while(tmp) |
2328 { | 2217 { |
2329 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) | 2218 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) |
2330 { | 2219 { |
2220 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = tmp->signalfunction; | |
2221 | |
2331 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ | 2222 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ |
2332 if(tmp->window == hwnd) | 2223 if(tmp->window == hwnd) |
2333 { | 2224 { |
2334 /* Due to the fact that if we run the function | 2225 clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); |
2335 * here, finishing actions on the button will occur | |
2336 * after we run the signal handler. So we post the | |
2337 * message so the button can finish what it needs to | |
2338 * do before we run our handler. | |
2339 */ | |
2340 WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_USER, (MPARAM)tmp, 0); | |
2341 tmp = NULL; | |
2342 } | |
2343 } | |
2344 if(tmp) | |
2345 tmp= tmp->next; | |
2346 } | |
2347 } | |
2348 } | |
2349 break; | |
2350 case WM_USER: | |
2351 { | |
2352 SignalHandler *tmp = (SignalHandler *)mp1; | |
2353 int (*clickfunc)(HWND, void *) = NULL; | |
2354 | |
2355 if(tmp) | |
2356 { | |
2357 clickfunc = (int (*)(HWND, void *))tmp->signalfunction; | |
2358 | |
2359 clickfunc(tmp->window, tmp->data); | |
2360 } | |
2361 } | |
2362 break; | |
2363 #endif | |
2364 case WM_CHAR: | |
2365 { | |
2366 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | |
2367 /* A button press should also occur for an ENTER or SPACE press | |
2368 * while the button has the active input focus. | |
2369 */ | |
2370 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\r' || SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == ' ') | |
2371 { | |
2372 SignalHandler *tmp = Root; | |
2373 | |
2374 /* Find any callbacks for this function */ | |
2375 while(tmp) | |
2376 { | |
2377 if(tmp->message == WM_COMMAND) | |
2378 { | |
2379 /* Make sure it's the right window, and the right ID */ | |
2380 if(tmp->window == hwnd) | |
2381 { | |
2382 WinPostMsg(hwnd, WM_USER, (MPARAM)tmp, 0); | |
2383 tmp = NULL; | 2226 tmp = NULL; |
2384 } | 2227 } |
2385 } | 2228 } |
2386 if(tmp) | 2229 if(tmp) |
2387 tmp= tmp->next; | 2230 tmp= tmp->next; |
2388 } | 2231 } |
2389 } | 2232 } |
2390 #endif | 2233 #endif |
2391 if(SHORT1FROMMP(mp2) == '\t') | 2234 if(LOWORD(mp1) == '\t') |
2392 { | 2235 { |
2393 _shift_focus(hwnd); | 2236 _shift_focus(hwnd); |
2394 WinSendMsg(hwnd, BM_SETDEFAULT, 0, 0); | |
2395 return FALSE; | 2237 return FALSE; |
2396 } | 2238 } |
2397 } | 2239 } |
2398 break; | 2240 break; |
2399 case 0x041f: | 2241 case WM_TIMER: |
2400 if (hwndBubble) | 2242 if (hwndBubble) |
2401 { | 2243 { |
2402 WinDestroyWindow(hwndBubble); | 2244 DestroyWindow(hwndBubble); |
2403 hwndBubble = 0; | 2245 hwndBubble = 0; |
2246 KillTimer(hwnd, 1); | |
2404 } | 2247 } |
2405 break; | 2248 break; |
2406 | 2249 |
2407 case 0x041e: | 2250 case WM_MOUSEMOVE: |
2408 | 2251 GetCursorPos(&point); |
2409 if(!*bubble->bubbletext) | 2252 GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rect); |
2410 break; | 2253 |
2411 | 2254 if(PtInRect(&rect, point)) |
2412 | 2255 { |
2413 if(hwndBubble) | 2256 if(hwnd != GetCapture()) |
2414 { | 2257 { |
2415 WinDestroyWindow(hwndBubble); | 2258 SetCapture(hwnd); |
2259 } | |
2260 if(!bMouseOver) | |
2261 { | |
2262 bMouseOver = 1; | |
2263 if(!*bubble->bubbletext) | |
2264 break; | |
2265 | |
2266 if(hwndBubble) | |
2267 { | |
2268 DestroyWindow(hwndBubble); | |
2269 hwndBubble = 0; | |
2270 KillTimer(hwndBubbleLast, 1); | |
2271 } | |
2272 | |
2273 if(!hwndBubble) | |
2274 { | |
2275 POINTL ptlWork = {0,0}; | |
2276 ULONG ulColor = DW_CLR_YELLOW; | |
2277 SIZE size; | |
2278 HDC hdc; | |
2279 RECT rect; | |
2280 void *oldproc; | |
2281 | |
2282 /* Use the WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW extended style | |
2283 * so the window doesn't get listed in the | |
2284 * taskbar. | |
2285 */ | |
2286 hwndBubble = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW, | |
2287 STATICCLASSNAME, | |
2288 bubble->bubbletext, | |
2289 BS_TEXT | WS_POPUP | | |
2290 WS_BORDER | | |
2291 SS_CENTER, | |
2292 0,0,50,20, | |
2293 HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2294 NULL, | |
2295 NULL, | |
2296 NULL); | |
2297 | |
2298 dw_window_set_font(hwndBubble, DefaultFont); | |
2299 dw_window_set_color(hwndBubble, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_YELLOW); | |
2300 | |
2301 hwndBubbleLast = hwnd; | |
2302 | |
2303 SetTimer(hwnd, 1, 3000, NULL); | |
2304 | |
2305 hdc = GetDC(hwndBubble); | |
2306 | |
2307 GetTextExtentPoint(hdc, bubble->bubbletext, strlen(bubble->bubbletext), &size); | |
2308 | |
2309 MapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, (LPPOINT)&ptlWork, 1); | |
2310 | |
2311 GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rect); | |
2312 | |
2313 SetWindowPos(hwndBubble, | |
2314 HWND_TOP, | |
2315 ptlWork.x, | |
2316 ptlWork.y + (rect.bottom-rect.top) + 1, | |
2317 size.cx + 2, | |
2318 size.cy + 2, | |
2319 SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_SHOWWINDOW); | |
2320 | |
2321 ReleaseDC(hwndBubble, hdc); | |
2322 } | |
2323 } | |
2324 } | |
2325 else{ | |
2326 /* Calling ReleaseCapture in Win95 also causes WM_CAPTURECHANGED | |
2327 * to be sent. Be sure to account for that. | |
2328 */ | |
2329 ReleaseCapture(); | |
2330 | |
2331 if(bMouseOver) | |
2332 { | |
2333 bMouseOver = 0; | |
2334 DestroyWindow(hwndBubble); | |
2335 hwndBubble = 0; | |
2336 KillTimer(hwndBubbleLast, 1); | |
2337 } | |
2338 } | |
2339 break; | |
2340 case WM_CAPTURECHANGED: | |
2341 /* This message means we are losing the capture for some reason | |
2342 * Either because we intentionally lost it or another window | |
2343 * stole it | |
2344 */ | |
2345 if(bMouseOver) | |
2346 { | |
2347 bMouseOver = 0; | |
2348 DestroyWindow(hwndBubble); | |
2416 hwndBubble = 0; | 2349 hwndBubble = 0; |
2417 } | 2350 KillTimer(hwndBubbleLast, 1); |
2418 | |
2419 if(!hwndBubble) | |
2420 { | |
2421 HPS hpsTemp = 0; | |
2422 LONG lHight; | |
2423 LONG lWidth; | |
2424 POINTL txtPointl[TXTBOX_COUNT]; | |
2425 POINTL ptlWork = {0,0}; | |
2426 ULONG ulColor = DW_CLR_YELLOW; | |
2427 void *blah; | |
2428 | |
2429 hwndBubbleLast = hwnd; | |
2430 hwndBubble = WinCreateWindow(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2431 WC_STATIC, | |
2432 "", | |
2433 SS_TEXT | | |
2434 DT_CENTER | | |
2435 DT_VCENTER, | |
2436 0,0,0,0, | |
2437 HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2438 HWND_TOP, | |
2439 0, | |
2440 NULL, | |
2441 NULL); | |
2442 | |
2443 WinSetPresParam(hwndBubble, | |
2444 PP_FONTNAMESIZE, | |
2445 sizeof(DefaultFont), | |
2446 DefaultFont); | |
2447 | |
2448 | |
2449 WinSetPresParam(hwndBubble, | |
2450 PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, | |
2451 sizeof(ulColor), | |
2452 &ulColor); | |
2453 | |
2454 WinSetWindowText(hwndBubble, | |
2455 bubble->bubbletext); | |
2456 | |
2457 WinMapWindowPoints(hwnd, HWND_DESKTOP, &ptlWork, 1); | |
2458 | |
2459 hpsTemp = WinGetPS(hwndBubble); | |
2460 GpiQueryTextBox(hpsTemp, | |
2461 strlen(bubble->bubbletext), | |
2462 bubble->bubbletext, | |
2463 TXTBOX_COUNT, | |
2464 txtPointl); | |
2465 WinReleasePS(hpsTemp); | |
2466 | |
2467 lWidth = txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPRIGHT].x - | |
2468 txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT ].x + 8; | |
2469 | |
2470 lHight = txtPointl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT].y - | |
2471 txtPointl[TXTBOX_BOTTOMLEFT].y + 8; | |
2472 | |
2473 ptlWork.y -= lHight; | |
2474 | |
2475 blah = (void *)WinSubclassWindow(hwndBubble, _BubbleProc); | |
2476 | |
2477 if(blah) | |
2478 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndBubble, QWP_USER, blah); | |
2479 | |
2480 WinSetWindowPos(hwndBubble, | |
2481 HWND_TOP, | |
2482 ptlWork.x, | |
2483 ptlWork.y, | |
2484 lWidth, | |
2485 lHight, | |
2486 SWP_SIZE | SWP_MOVE | SWP_SHOW); | |
2487 } | 2351 } |
2488 break; | 2352 break; |
2489 } | 2353 } |
2490 | 2354 |
2491 if(!oldproc) | 2355 if(!pOldProc) |
2492 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2356 return DefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
2493 return oldproc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2357 return CallWindowProc(pOldProc, hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); |
2494 } | 2358 } |
2495 | 2359 |
2496 MRESULT EXPENTRY _RendProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 2360 /* This function recalculates a notebook page for example |
2497 { | 2361 * during switching of notebook pages. |
2498 int res = 0; | 2362 */ |
2499 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | 2363 void _resize_notebook_page(HWND handle, int pageid) |
2500 res = (int)_run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2364 { |
2501 #endif | 2365 RECT rect; |
2502 switch(msg) | 2366 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
2503 { | 2367 |
2504 case WM_BUTTON1DOWN: | 2368 if(array && array[pageid]) |
2505 case WM_BUTTON2DOWN: | 2369 { |
2506 case WM_BUTTON3DOWN: | 2370 Box *box = (Box *)GetWindowLong(array[pageid]->hwnd, GWL_USERDATA); |
2507 if(!res) | 2371 |
2508 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, hwnd); | 2372 GetClientRect(handle,&rect); |
2509 return (MPARAM)TRUE; | 2373 TabCtrl_AdjustRect(handle,FALSE,&rect); |
2510 } | 2374 MoveWindow(array[pageid]->hwnd, rect.left, rect.top, |
2511 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2375 rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom-rect.top, TRUE); |
2512 } | 2376 if(box && box->count) |
2513 | 2377 { |
2514 MRESULT EXPENTRY _TreeProc(HWND hwnd, ULONG msg, MPARAM mp1, MPARAM mp2) | 2378 ShowWindow(box->items[0].hwnd, SW_HIDE); |
2515 { | 2379 _do_resize(box, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top); |
2516 Box *blah = WinQueryWindowPtr(hwnd, QWP_USER); | 2380 ShowWindow(box->items[0].hwnd, SW_SHOW); |
2517 | 2381 } |
2518 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | 2382 |
2519 _run_event(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | 2383 ShowWindow(array[pageid]->hwnd, SW_SHOWNORMAL); |
2520 #endif | 2384 } |
2521 if(blah && blah->oldproc) | |
2522 return blah->oldproc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2523 return WinDefWindowProc(hwnd, msg, mp1, mp2); | |
2524 } | 2385 } |
2525 | 2386 |
2526 /* | 2387 /* |
2527 * Initializes the Dynamic Windows engine. | 2388 * Initializes the Dynamic Windows engine. |
2528 * Parameters: | 2389 * Parameters: |
2529 * newthread: True if this is the only thread. | 2390 * newthread: True if this is the only thread. |
2530 * False if there is already a message loop running. | 2391 * False if there is already a message loop running. |
2531 */ | 2392 */ |
2532 int dw_init(int newthread, int argc, char *argv[]) | 2393 int dw_init(int newthread, int argc, char *argv[]) |
2533 { | 2394 { |
2534 APIRET rc; | 2395 WNDCLASS wc; |
2535 | 2396 int z; |
2536 if(newthread) | 2397 INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX icc; |
2537 { | 2398 |
2538 dwhab = WinInitialize(0); | 2399 icc.dwSize = sizeof(INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX); |
2539 dwhmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(dwhab, 0); | 2400 icc.dwICC = ICC_WIN95_CLASSES; |
2540 } | 2401 |
2541 | 2402 InitCommonControlsEx(&icc); |
2542 rc = WinRegisterClass(dwhab, ClassName, _wndproc, CS_SIZEREDRAW | CS_CLIPCHILDREN, 32); | 2403 |
2543 rc = WinRegisterClass(dwhab, SplitbarClassName, _splitwndproc, 0L, 32); | 2404 memset(lookup, 0, sizeof(HICON) * ICON_INDEX_LIMIT); |
2544 | 2405 |
2545 /* Get the OS/2 version. */ | 2406 /* Register the generic Dynamic Windows class */ |
2546 DosQuerySysInfo(QSV_VERSION_MAJOR, QSV_MS_COUNT,(void *)aulBuffer, 4*sizeof(ULONG)); | 2407 memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASS)); |
2408 wc.style = CS_DBLCLKS; | |
2409 wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)_wndproc; | |
2410 wc.cbClsExtra = 0; | |
2411 wc.cbWndExtra = 32; | |
2412 wc.hbrBackground = NULL; | |
2413 wc.lpszMenuName = NULL; | |
2414 wc.lpszClassName = ClassName; | |
2415 | |
2416 RegisterClass(&wc); | |
2417 | |
2418 /* Register the splitbar control */ | |
2419 memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASS)); | |
2420 wc.style = CS_DBLCLKS | CS_HREDRAW | CS_VREDRAW; | |
2421 wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)_splitwndproc; | |
2422 wc.cbClsExtra = 0; | |
2423 wc.cbWndExtra = 0; | |
2424 wc.hbrBackground = NULL; | |
2425 wc.lpszMenuName = NULL; | |
2426 wc.lpszClassName = SplitbarClassName; | |
2427 | |
2428 RegisterClass(&wc); | |
2429 | |
2430 /* Register a frame control like on OS/2 */ | |
2431 memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASS)); | |
2432 wc.style = CS_DBLCLKS; | |
2433 wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)_framewndproc; | |
2434 wc.cbClsExtra = 0; | |
2435 wc.cbWndExtra = 32; | |
2436 wc.hbrBackground = (HBRUSH)COLOR_WINDOW; | |
2437 wc.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); | |
2438 wc.lpszMenuName = NULL; | |
2439 wc.lpszClassName = FRAMECLASSNAME; | |
2440 | |
2441 RegisterClass(&wc); | |
2442 | |
2443 /* Create a set of brushes using the default OS/2 and DOS colors */ | |
2444 for(z=0;z<18;z++) | |
2445 _colors[z] = CreateSolidBrush(RGB(_red[z],_green[z],_blue[z])); | |
2446 | |
2447 /* Register an Object Windows class like OS/2 and Win2k+ | |
2448 * so similar functionality can be used on earlier releases | |
2449 * of Windows. | |
2450 */ | |
2451 memset(&wc, 0, sizeof(WNDCLASS)); | |
2452 wc.style = 0; | |
2453 wc.lpfnWndProc = (WNDPROC)_wndproc; | |
2454 wc.cbClsExtra = 0; | |
2455 wc.cbWndExtra = 0; | |
2456 wc.hbrBackground = NULL; | |
2457 wc.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW); | |
2458 wc.lpszMenuName = NULL; | |
2459 wc.lpszClassName = ObjectClassName; | |
2460 | |
2461 RegisterClass(&wc); | |
2462 | |
2463 /* Since Windows 95/98/NT don't have a HWND_OBJECT class | |
2464 * also known as a input only window, I will create a | |
2465 * temporary window that isn't visible and really does nothing | |
2466 * except temporarily hold the child windows before they are | |
2467 * packed into their correct parent. | |
2468 */ | |
2469 | |
2470 DW_HWND_OBJECT = CreateWindow(ObjectClassName, "", 0, 0, 0, | |
2471 0, 0, HWND_DESKTOP, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
2472 | |
2473 if(!DW_HWND_OBJECT) | |
2474 { | |
2475 dw_messagebox("Dynamic Windows", "Could not initialize the object window. error code %d", GetLastError()); | |
2476 exit(1); | |
2477 } | |
2547 | 2478 |
2548 #ifdef DWDEBUG | 2479 #ifdef DWDEBUG |
2549 f = fopen("dw.log", "w"); | 2480 f = fopen("dw.log", "wt"); |
2550 #endif | 2481 #endif |
2551 return rc; | 2482 /* We need the version to check capability like up-down controls */ |
2483 dwVersion = GetVersion(); | |
2484 | |
2485 for(z=0;z<THREAD_LIMIT;z++) | |
2486 { | |
2487 _foreground[z] = RGB(128,128,128); | |
2488 _background[z] = 0; | |
2489 _hPen[z] = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, _foreground[z]); | |
2490 _hBrush[z] = CreateSolidBrush(_foreground[z]); | |
2491 } | |
2492 | |
2493 #if 0 | |
2494 { | |
2495 DWORD dwResult = GetSysColor(COLOR_3DFACE); | |
2496 | |
2497 dw_messagebox("DW", | |
2498 "Window color: {%x, %x, %x}", | |
2499 GetRValue(dwResult), | |
2500 GetGValue(dwResult), | |
2501 GetBValue(dwResult)); | |
2502 } | |
2503 #endif | |
2504 return 0; | |
2552 } | 2505 } |
2553 | 2506 |
2554 /* | 2507 /* |
2555 * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows. | 2508 * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows. |
2556 * Parameters: | 2509 * Parameters: |
2558 * or NULL if this DW is handling the message loop. | 2511 * or NULL if this DW is handling the message loop. |
2559 * func: Function pointer to the message filter function. | 2512 * func: Function pointer to the message filter function. |
2560 */ | 2513 */ |
2561 void dw_main(HAB currenthab, void *func) | 2514 void dw_main(HAB currenthab, void *func) |
2562 { | 2515 { |
2563 QMSG qmsg; | 2516 MSG msg; |
2564 HAB habtouse; | |
2565 | |
2566 if(!currenthab) | |
2567 habtouse = dwhab; | |
2568 else | |
2569 habtouse = currenthab; | |
2570 | 2517 |
2571 /* Setup the filter function */ | 2518 /* Setup the filter function */ |
2572 filterfunc = (int (* EXPENTRY)(HWND, ULONG, MPARAM, MPARAM))func; | 2519 filterfunc = func; |
2573 | 2520 |
2574 _dwtid = dw_thread_id(); | 2521 while (GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0)) |
2575 | 2522 { |
2576 while (WinGetMsg(habtouse, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0)) | 2523 TranslateMessage(&msg); |
2577 WinDispatchMsg(habtouse, &qmsg); | 2524 DispatchMessage(&msg); |
2525 } | |
2578 | 2526 |
2579 #ifdef DWDEBUG | 2527 #ifdef DWDEBUG |
2580 fclose(f); | 2528 fclose(f); |
2581 #endif | 2529 #endif |
2582 | |
2583 if(!currenthab) | |
2584 { | |
2585 WinDestroyMsgQueue(dwhmq); | |
2586 WinTerminate(dwhab); | |
2587 } | |
2588 } | 2530 } |
2589 | 2531 |
2590 /* | 2532 /* |
2591 * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows, for a period of seconds. | 2533 * Runs a message loop for Dynamic Windows, for a period of seconds. |
2592 * Parameters: | 2534 * Parameters: |
2593 * seconds: Number of seconds to run the loop for. | 2535 * seconds: Number of seconds to run the loop for. |
2594 */ | 2536 */ |
2595 void dw_main_sleep(int seconds) | 2537 void dw_main_sleep(int seconds) |
2596 { | 2538 { |
2597 QMSG qmsg; | 2539 MSG msg; |
2598 time_t start = time(NULL); | 2540 time_t start = time(NULL); |
2599 | 2541 |
2600 while(time(NULL) - start <= seconds) | 2542 while(time(NULL) - start <= seconds) |
2601 { | 2543 { |
2602 if(WinPeekMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)) | 2544 if(PeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)) |
2603 { | 2545 { |
2604 WinGetMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0); | 2546 GetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0); |
2605 WinDispatchMsg(dwhab, &qmsg); | 2547 TranslateMessage(&msg); |
2548 DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2606 } | 2549 } |
2607 else | 2550 else |
2608 DosSleep(1); | 2551 Sleep(1); |
2609 } | 2552 } |
2610 } | 2553 } |
2611 | 2554 |
2612 /* | 2555 /* |
2613 * Free's memory allocated by dynamic windows. | 2556 * Free's memory allocated by dynamic windows. |
2659 * Parameters: | 2602 * Parameters: |
2660 * dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new). | 2603 * dialog: Pointer to a dialog struct aquired by dw_dialog_new). |
2661 */ | 2604 */ |
2662 void *dw_dialog_wait(DWDialog *dialog) | 2605 void *dw_dialog_wait(DWDialog *dialog) |
2663 { | 2606 { |
2664 QMSG qmsg; | 2607 MSG msg; |
2665 void *tmp; | 2608 void *tmp; |
2666 | 2609 |
2667 while (WinGetMsg(dwhab, &qmsg, 0, 0, 0)) | 2610 while (GetMessage(&msg,NULL,0,0)) |
2668 { | 2611 { |
2669 WinDispatchMsg(dwhab, &qmsg); | 2612 TranslateMessage(&msg); |
2613 DispatchMessage(&msg); | |
2670 if(dialog->done) | 2614 if(dialog->done) |
2671 break; | 2615 break; |
2672 } | 2616 } |
2673 dw_event_close(&dialog->eve); | 2617 dw_event_close(&dialog->eve); |
2674 tmp = dialog->result; | 2618 tmp = dialog->result; |
2675 free(dialog); | 2619 free(dialog); |
2676 return tmp; | 2620 return tmp; |
2677 } | 2621 } |
2678 | 2622 |
2679 | |
2680 /* | 2623 /* |
2681 * Displays a Message Box with given text and title.. | 2624 * Displays a Message Box with given text and title.. |
2682 * Parameters: | 2625 * Parameters: |
2683 * title: The title of the message box. | 2626 * title: The title of the message box. |
2684 * format: printf style format string. | 2627 * format: printf style format string. |
2685 * ...: Additional variables for use in the format. | 2628 * ...: Additional variables for use in the format. |
2686 */ | 2629 */ |
2687 int dw_messagebox(char *title, char *format, ...) | 2630 int dw_messagebox(char *title, char *format, ...) |
2688 { | 2631 { |
2689 va_list args; | 2632 va_list args; |
2690 char outbuf[1024]; | 2633 char outbuf[256]; |
2691 | 2634 |
2692 va_start(args, format); | 2635 va_start(args, format); |
2693 vsprintf(outbuf, format, args); | 2636 vsprintf(outbuf, format, args); |
2694 va_end(args); | 2637 va_end(args); |
2695 | 2638 |
2696 WinMessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, outbuf, title, 0, MB_OK | MB_INFORMATION | MB_MOVEABLE); | 2639 MessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, outbuf, title, MB_OK); |
2697 | 2640 |
2698 return strlen(outbuf); | 2641 return strlen(outbuf); |
2699 } | 2642 } |
2700 | 2643 |
2701 /* | 2644 /* |
2706 * Returns: | 2649 * Returns: |
2707 * True if YES False of NO. | 2650 * True if YES False of NO. |
2708 */ | 2651 */ |
2709 int dw_yesno(char *title, char *text) | 2652 int dw_yesno(char *title, char *text) |
2710 { | 2653 { |
2711 if(WinMessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, text, title, 0, MB_YESNO | MB_INFORMATION | MB_MOVEABLE | MB_SYSTEMMODAL)==MBID_YES) | 2654 if(MessageBox(HWND_DESKTOP, text, title, MB_YESNO) == IDYES) |
2712 return TRUE; | 2655 return TRUE; |
2713 return FALSE; | 2656 return FALSE; |
2714 } | 2657 } |
2715 | 2658 |
2716 /* | 2659 /* |
2660 * Minimizes or Iconifies a top-level window. | |
2661 * Parameters: | |
2662 * handle: The window handle to minimize. | |
2663 */ | |
2664 int dw_window_minimize(HWND handle) | |
2665 { | |
2666 return ShowWindow(handle, SW_MINIMIZE); | |
2667 } | |
2668 | |
2669 /* | |
2717 * Makes the window topmost. | 2670 * Makes the window topmost. |
2718 * Parameters: | 2671 * Parameters: |
2719 * handle: The window handle to make topmost. | 2672 * handle: The window handle to make topmost. |
2720 */ | 2673 */ |
2721 int dw_window_raise(HWND handle) | 2674 int dw_window_raise(HWND handle) |
2722 { | 2675 { |
2723 return WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_ZORDER); | 2676 return SetWindowPos(handle, HWND_TOP, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); |
2724 } | 2677 } |
2725 | 2678 |
2726 /* | 2679 /* |
2727 * Makes the window bottommost. | 2680 * Makes the window bottommost. |
2728 * Parameters: | 2681 * Parameters: |
2729 * handle: The window handle to make bottommost. | 2682 * handle: The window handle to make bottommost. |
2730 */ | 2683 */ |
2731 int dw_window_lower(HWND handle) | 2684 int dw_window_lower(HWND handle) |
2732 { | 2685 { |
2733 return WinSetWindowPos(handle, HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_ZORDER); | 2686 return SetWindowPos(handle, HWND_BOTTOM, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE); |
2734 } | 2687 } |
2735 | 2688 |
2736 /* | 2689 /* |
2737 * Makes the window visible. | 2690 * Makes the window visible. |
2738 * Parameters: | 2691 * Parameters: |
2739 * handle: The window handle to make visible. | 2692 * handle: The window handle to make visible. |
2740 */ | 2693 */ |
2741 int dw_window_show(HWND handle) | 2694 int dw_window_show(HWND handle) |
2742 { | 2695 { |
2743 int rc = WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_SHOW); | 2696 int rc = ShowWindow(handle, SW_SHOW); |
2744 HSWITCH hswitch; | 2697 SetFocus(handle); |
2745 SWCNTRL swcntrl; | |
2746 | |
2747 _fix_button_owner(handle, 0); | |
2748 WinSetFocus(HWND_DESKTOP, handle); | |
2749 _initial_focus(handle); | 2698 _initial_focus(handle); |
2750 | |
2751 /* If this window has a switch list entry make sure it is visible */ | |
2752 hswitch = WinQuerySwitchHandle(handle, 0); | |
2753 if(hswitch) | |
2754 { | |
2755 WinQuerySwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl); | |
2756 swcntrl.uchVisibility = SWL_VISIBLE; | |
2757 WinChangeSwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl); | |
2758 } | |
2759 return rc; | 2699 return rc; |
2760 | |
2761 } | |
2762 | |
2763 /* | |
2764 * Minimizes or Iconifies a top-level window. | |
2765 * Parameters: | |
2766 * handle: The window handle to minimize. | |
2767 */ | |
2768 int dw_window_minimize(HWND handle) | |
2769 { | |
2770 HWND hwndclient = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT); | |
2771 | |
2772 if(hwndclient) | |
2773 { | |
2774 Box *box = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(hwndclient, QWP_USER); | |
2775 | |
2776 if(box) | |
2777 { | |
2778 if(!box->titlebar && box->hwndtitle) | |
2779 WinSetParent(box->hwndtitle, handle, FALSE); | |
2780 } | |
2781 } | |
2782 | |
2783 return WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, 0, 0, SWP_MINIMIZE); | |
2784 } | 2700 } |
2785 | 2701 |
2786 /* | 2702 /* |
2787 * Makes the window invisible. | 2703 * Makes the window invisible. |
2788 * Parameters: | 2704 * Parameters: |
2789 * handle: The window handle to make visible. | 2705 * handle: The window handle to make visible. |
2790 */ | 2706 */ |
2791 int dw_window_hide(HWND handle) | 2707 int dw_window_hide(HWND handle) |
2792 { | 2708 { |
2793 HSWITCH hswitch; | 2709 return ShowWindow(handle, SW_HIDE); |
2794 SWCNTRL swcntrl; | |
2795 | |
2796 /* If this window has a switch list entry make sure it is invisible */ | |
2797 hswitch = WinQuerySwitchHandle(handle, 0); | |
2798 if(hswitch) | |
2799 { | |
2800 WinQuerySwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl); | |
2801 swcntrl.uchVisibility = SWL_INVISIBLE; | |
2802 WinChangeSwitchEntry(hswitch, &swcntrl); | |
2803 } | |
2804 return WinShowWindow(handle, FALSE); | |
2805 } | 2710 } |
2806 | 2711 |
2807 /* | 2712 /* |
2808 * Destroys a window and all of it's children. | 2713 * Destroys a window and all of it's children. |
2809 * Parameters: | 2714 * Parameters: |
2810 * handle: The window handle to destroy. | 2715 * handle: The window handle to destroy. |
2811 */ | 2716 */ |
2812 int dw_window_destroy(HWND handle) | 2717 int dw_window_destroy(HWND handle) |
2813 { | 2718 { |
2814 HWND parent = WinQueryWindow(handle, QW_PARENT); | 2719 HWND parent = GetParent(handle); |
2815 Box *thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(parent, QWP_USER); | 2720 Box *thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(parent, GWL_USERDATA); |
2816 | |
2817 if(!handle) | |
2818 return -1; | |
2819 | 2721 |
2820 if(parent != HWND_DESKTOP && thisbox && thisbox->count) | 2722 if(parent != HWND_DESKTOP && thisbox && thisbox->count) |
2821 { | 2723 { |
2822 int z, index = -1; | 2724 int z, index = -1; |
2823 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; | 2725 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; |
2845 | 2747 |
2846 thisbox->items = tmpitem; | 2748 thisbox->items = tmpitem; |
2847 free(thisitem); | 2749 free(thisitem); |
2848 thisbox->count--; | 2750 thisbox->count--; |
2849 } | 2751 } |
2850 _disconnect_windows(handle); | 2752 return DestroyWindow(handle); |
2851 return WinDestroyWindow(handle); | |
2852 } | 2753 } |
2853 | 2754 |
2854 /* Causes entire window to be invalidated and redrawn. | 2755 /* Causes entire window to be invalidated and redrawn. |
2855 * Parameters: | 2756 * Parameters: |
2856 * handle: Toplevel window handle to be redrawn. | 2757 * handle: Toplevel window handle to be redrawn. |
2857 */ | 2758 */ |
2858 void dw_window_redraw(HWND handle) | 2759 void dw_window_redraw(HWND handle) |
2859 { | 2760 { |
2860 HWND window = WinWindowFromID(handle, FID_CLIENT); | 2761 Box *mybox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
2861 Box *mybox = (Box *)WinQueryWindowPtr(window, QWP_USER); | 2762 |
2862 | 2763 if(mybox) |
2863 if(window && mybox) | 2764 { |
2864 { | 2765 RECT rect; |
2865 unsigned long width, height; | 2766 |
2866 | 2767 GetClientRect(handle, &rect); |
2867 dw_window_get_pos_size(window, NULL, NULL, &width, &height); | 2768 |
2868 | 2769 ShowWindow(mybox->items[0].hwnd, SW_HIDE); |
2869 WinShowWindow(mybox->items[0].hwnd, FALSE); | 2770 _do_resize(mybox, rect.right - rect.left, rect.bottom - rect.top); |
2870 _do_resize(mybox, width, height); | 2771 ShowWindow(mybox->items[0].hwnd, SW_SHOW); |
2871 WinShowWindow(mybox->items[0].hwnd, TRUE); | |
2872 } | 2772 } |
2873 } | 2773 } |
2874 | 2774 |
2875 /* | 2775 /* |
2876 * Changes a window's parent to newparent. | 2776 * Changes a window's parent to newparent. |
2878 * handle: The window handle to destroy. | 2778 * handle: The window handle to destroy. |
2879 * newparent: The window's new parent window. | 2779 * newparent: The window's new parent window. |
2880 */ | 2780 */ |
2881 void dw_window_reparent(HWND handle, HWND newparent) | 2781 void dw_window_reparent(HWND handle, HWND newparent) |
2882 { | 2782 { |
2883 HWND blah = WinWindowFromID(newparent, FID_CLIENT); | 2783 SetParent(handle, newparent); |
2884 WinSetParent(handle, blah ? blah : newparent, TRUE); | 2784 } |
2785 | |
2786 HFONT _aquire_font(char *fontname) | |
2787 { | |
2788 HFONT hfont; | |
2789 int z, size = 9; | |
2790 LOGFONT lf; | |
2791 | |
2792 if(fontname == DefaultFont) | |
2793 hfont = GetStockObject(DEFAULT_GUI_FONT); | |
2794 else | |
2795 { | |
2796 for(z=0;z<strlen(fontname);z++) | |
2797 { | |
2798 if(fontname[z]=='.') | |
2799 break; | |
2800 } | |
2801 size = atoi(fontname) + 5; | |
2802 | |
2803 lf.lfHeight = size; | |
2804 lf.lfWidth = 0; | |
2805 lf.lfEscapement = 0; | |
2806 lf.lfOrientation = 0; | |
2807 lf.lfItalic = 0; | |
2808 lf.lfUnderline = 0; | |
2809 lf.lfStrikeOut = 0; | |
2810 lf.lfWeight = FW_NORMAL; | |
2811 lf.lfCharSet = DEFAULT_CHARSET; | |
2812 lf.lfOutPrecision = 0; | |
2813 lf.lfClipPrecision = 0; | |
2814 lf.lfQuality = DEFAULT_QUALITY; | |
2815 lf.lfPitchAndFamily = DEFAULT_PITCH | FW_DONTCARE; | |
2816 strcpy(lf.lfFaceName, &fontname[z+1]); | |
2817 | |
2818 hfont = CreateFontIndirect(&lf); | |
2819 } | |
2820 return hfont; | |
2885 } | 2821 } |
2886 | 2822 |
2887 /* | 2823 /* |
2888 * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle. | 2824 * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle. |
2889 * Parameters: | 2825 * Parameters: |
2890 * handle: The window (widget) handle. | 2826 * handle: The window (widget) handle. |
2891 * fontname: Name and size of the font in the form "size.fontname" | 2827 * fontname: Name and size of the font in the form "size.fontname" |
2892 */ | 2828 */ |
2893 int dw_window_set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname) | 2829 int dw_window_set_font(HWND handle, char *fontname) |
2894 { | 2830 { |
2895 return WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FONTNAMESIZE, strlen(fontname)+1, fontname); | 2831 HFONT hfont = _aquire_font(fontname); |
2832 ColorInfo *cinfo; | |
2833 | |
2834 cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
2835 | |
2836 if(fontname) | |
2837 { | |
2838 if(cinfo) | |
2839 { | |
2840 strcpy(cinfo->fontname, fontname); | |
2841 } | |
2842 else | |
2843 { | |
2844 cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); | |
2845 cinfo->fore = cinfo->back = -1; | |
2846 cinfo->buddy = 0; | |
2847 | |
2848 strcpy(cinfo->fontname, fontname); | |
2849 | |
2850 cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(handle, _colorwndproc); | |
2851 SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
2852 } | |
2853 } | |
2854 SendMessage(handle, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)hfont, FALSE); | |
2855 return 0; | |
2896 } | 2856 } |
2897 | 2857 |
2898 /* | 2858 /* |
2899 * Sets the colors used by a specified window (widget) handle. | 2859 * Sets the colors used by a specified window (widget) handle. |
2900 * Parameters: | 2860 * Parameters: |
2901 * handle: The window (widget) handle. | 2861 * handle: The window (widget) handle. |
2902 * fore: Foreground color in DW_RGB format or a default color index. | 2862 * fore: Foreground color in RGB format. |
2903 * back: Background color in DW_RGB format or a default color index. | 2863 * back: Background color in RGB format. |
2904 */ | 2864 */ |
2905 int dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, ULONG fore, ULONG back) | 2865 int dw_window_set_color(HWND handle, ULONG fore, ULONG back) |
2906 { | 2866 { |
2907 if((fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR) | 2867 ColorInfo *cinfo; |
2908 { | 2868 char tmpbuf[100]; |
2909 RGB2 rgb2; | 2869 |
2910 | 2870 cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
2911 rgb2.bBlue = DW_BLUE_VALUE(fore); | 2871 |
2912 rgb2.bGreen = DW_GREEN_VALUE(fore); | 2872 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
2913 rgb2.bRed = DW_RED_VALUE(fore); | 2873 |
2914 rgb2.fcOptions = 0; | 2874 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, WC_LISTVIEW, strlen(WC_LISTVIEW))==0) |
2915 | 2875 { |
2916 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FOREGROUNDCOLOR, sizeof(RGB2), &rgb2); | 2876 ListView_SetTextColor(handle, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(fore), |
2917 | 2877 DW_GREEN_VALUE(fore), |
2918 } | 2878 DW_BLUE_VALUE(fore))); |
2919 if((back & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR) | 2879 ListView_SetTextBkColor(handle, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(back), |
2920 { | 2880 DW_GREEN_VALUE(back), |
2921 RGB2 rgb2; | 2881 DW_BLUE_VALUE(back))); |
2922 | 2882 ListView_SetBkColor(handle, RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(back), |
2923 rgb2.bBlue = DW_BLUE_VALUE(back); | 2883 DW_GREEN_VALUE(back), |
2924 rgb2.bGreen = DW_GREEN_VALUE(back); | 2884 DW_BLUE_VALUE(back))); |
2925 rgb2.bRed = DW_RED_VALUE(back); | 2885 InvalidateRgn(handle, NULL, TRUE); |
2926 rgb2.fcOptions = 0; | 2886 return TRUE; |
2927 | 2887 } |
2928 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLOR, sizeof(RGB2), &rgb2); | 2888 |
2929 return 0; | 2889 if(cinfo) |
2930 } | 2890 { |
2931 if((fore & DW_RGB_COLOR) == DW_RGB_COLOR) | 2891 cinfo->fore = fore; |
2932 return 0; | 2892 cinfo->back = back; |
2933 | 2893 } |
2934 /* Slight conversion */ | 2894 else |
2935 if(fore == DW_CLR_BLACK) | 2895 { |
2936 fore = CLR_BLACK; | 2896 cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); |
2937 if(fore == DW_CLR_WHITE) | 2897 |
2938 fore = CLR_WHITE; | 2898 cinfo->fore = fore; |
2939 | 2899 cinfo->back = back; |
2940 if(back == DW_CLR_BLACK) | 2900 cinfo->buddy = 0; |
2941 back = CLR_BLACK; | 2901 |
2942 if(back == DW_CLR_WHITE) | 2902 cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(handle, _colorwndproc); |
2943 back = CLR_WHITE; | 2903 SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); |
2944 | 2904 } |
2945 return (WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_FOREGROUNDCOLORINDEX, sizeof(ULONG), &fore) | | 2905 InvalidateRgn(handle, NULL, TRUE); |
2946 WinSetPresParam(handle, PP_BACKGROUNDCOLORINDEX, sizeof(ULONG), &back)); | 2906 return TRUE; |
2947 } | 2907 } |
2948 | 2908 |
2949 /* | 2909 /* |
2950 * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle. | 2910 * Sets the font used by a specified window (widget) handle. |
2951 * Parameters: | 2911 * Parameters: |
2952 * handle: The window (widget) handle. | 2912 * handle: The window (widget) handle. |
2953 * border: Size of the window border in pixels. | 2913 * border: Size of the window border in pixels. |
2954 */ | 2914 */ |
2955 int dw_window_set_border(HWND handle, int border) | 2915 int dw_window_set_border(HWND handle, int border) |
2956 { | 2916 { |
2957 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_SETBORDERSIZE, MPFROMSHORT(border), MPFROMSHORT(border)); | |
2958 return 0; | 2917 return 0; |
2959 } | 2918 } |
2960 | 2919 |
2961 /* | 2920 /* |
2962 * Captures the mouse input to this window. | 2921 * Captures the mouse input to this window. |
2963 * Parameters: | 2922 * Parameters: |
2964 * handle: Handle to receive mouse input. | 2923 * handle: Handle to receive mouse input. |
2965 */ | 2924 */ |
2966 void dw_window_capture(HWND handle) | 2925 void dw_window_capture(HWND handle) |
2967 { | 2926 { |
2968 WinSetCapture(HWND_DESKTOP, handle); | 2927 SetCapture(handle); |
2969 } | 2928 } |
2970 | 2929 |
2971 /* | 2930 /* |
2972 * Releases previous mouse capture. | 2931 * Releases previous mouse capture. |
2973 */ | 2932 */ |
2974 void dw_window_release(void) | 2933 void dw_window_release(void) |
2975 { | 2934 { |
2976 WinSetCapture(HWND_DESKTOP, NULLHANDLE); | 2935 ReleaseCapture(); |
2977 } | |
2978 | |
2979 /* | |
2980 * Tracks this window movement. | |
2981 * Parameters: | |
2982 * handle: Handle to frame to be tracked. | |
2983 */ | |
2984 void dw_window_track(HWND handle) | |
2985 { | |
2986 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_TRACKFRAME, MPFROMSHORT(TF_MOVE), 0); | |
2987 } | 2936 } |
2988 | 2937 |
2989 /* | 2938 /* |
2990 * Changes the appearance of the mouse pointer. | 2939 * Changes the appearance of the mouse pointer. |
2991 * Parameters: | 2940 * Parameters: |
2992 * handle: Handle to widget for which to change. | 2941 * handle: Handle to widget for which to change. |
2993 * cursortype: ID of the pointer you want. | 2942 * cursortype: ID of the pointer you want. |
2994 */ | 2943 */ |
2995 void dw_window_pointer(HWND handle, int pointertype) | 2944 void dw_window_pointer(HWND handle, int pointertype) |
2996 { | 2945 { |
2997 WinSetPointer(handle, | 2946 SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, MAKEINTRESOURCE(pointertype))); |
2998 WinQuerySysPointer(HWND_DESKTOP, | |
2999 pointertype, | |
3000 FALSE)); | |
3001 } | 2947 } |
3002 | 2948 |
3003 /* | 2949 /* |
3004 * Create a new Window Frame. | 2950 * Create a new Window Frame. |
3005 * Parameters: | 2951 * Parameters: |
3006 * owner: The Owner's window handle or HWND_DESKTOP. | 2952 * owner: The Owner's window handle or HWND_DESKTOP. |
3007 * title: The Window title. | 2953 * title: The Window title. |
3008 * flStyle: Style flags, see the PM reference. | 2954 * flStyle: Style flags, see the DW reference. |
3009 */ | 2955 */ |
3010 HWND dw_window_new(HWND hwndOwner, char *title, ULONG flStyle) | 2956 HWND dw_window_new(HWND hwndOwner, char *title, ULONG flStyle) |
3011 { | 2957 { |
3012 HWND hwndclient = 0, hwndframe; | 2958 HWND hwndframe; |
3013 Box *newbox = calloc(1, sizeof(Box)); | 2959 Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box)); |
3014 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP)); | 2960 ULONG flStyleEx = 0; |
3015 | 2961 |
3016 newbox->pad = 0; | 2962 newbox->pad = 0; |
3017 newbox->type = BOXVERT; | 2963 newbox->type = BOXVERT; |
3018 newbox->count = 0; | 2964 newbox->count = 0; |
3019 | 2965 |
3020 flStyle |= FCF_NOBYTEALIGN; | 2966 if(hwndOwner) |
3021 | 2967 flStyleEx |= WS_EX_MDICHILD; |
3022 if(flStyle & DW_FCF_TITLEBAR) | 2968 |
3023 newbox->titlebar = 1; | 2969 if(!(flStyle & WS_CAPTION)) |
2970 flStyle |= WS_POPUPWINDOW; | |
2971 | |
2972 if(flStyle & DW_FCF_TASKLIST) | |
2973 { | |
2974 ULONG newflags = (flStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN) & ~DW_FCF_TASKLIST; | |
2975 | |
2976 hwndframe = CreateWindowEx(flStyleEx, ClassName, title, newflags, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, | |
2977 CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, hwndOwner, NULL, NULL, NULL); | |
2978 } | |
3024 else | 2979 else |
3025 flStyle |= FCF_TITLEBAR; | 2980 { |
3026 | 2981 flStyleEx |= WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW; |
3027 hwndframe = WinCreateStdWindow(hwndOwner, 0L, &flStyle, ClassName, title, 0L, NULLHANDLE, 0L, &hwndclient); | 2982 |
3028 newbox->hwndtitle = WinWindowFromID(hwndframe, FID_TITLEBAR); | 2983 hwndframe = CreateWindowEx(flStyleEx, ClassName, title, flStyle | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, |
3029 if(!newbox->titlebar && newbox->hwndtitle) | 2984 CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, hwndOwner, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
3030 WinSetParent(newbox->hwndtitle, HWND_OBJECT, FALSE); | 2985 } |
3031 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _sizeproc); | 2986 SetWindowLong(hwndframe, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)newbox); |
3032 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, blah); | 2987 |
3033 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndclient, QWP_USER, newbox); | 2988 #if 0 |
2989 if(hwndOwner) | |
2990 SetParent(hwndframe, hwndOwner); | |
2991 #endif | |
3034 | 2992 |
3035 return hwndframe; | 2993 return hwndframe; |
3036 } | 2994 } |
3037 | 2995 |
3038 /* | 2996 /* |
3041 * type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal). | 2999 * type: Either BOXVERT (vertical) or BOXHORZ (horizontal). |
3042 * pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box. | 3000 * pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box. |
3043 */ | 3001 */ |
3044 HWND dw_box_new(int type, int pad) | 3002 HWND dw_box_new(int type, int pad) |
3045 { | 3003 { |
3046 Box *newbox = calloc(1, sizeof(Box)); | 3004 Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box)); |
3047 HWND hwndframe; | 3005 HWND hwndframe; |
3048 | 3006 |
3049 newbox->pad = pad; | 3007 newbox->pad = pad; |
3050 newbox->type = type; | 3008 newbox->type = type; |
3051 newbox->count = 0; | 3009 newbox->count = 0; |
3052 newbox->grouphwnd = NULLHANDLE; | 3010 newbox->grouphwnd = (HWND)NULL; |
3053 | 3011 |
3054 hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3012 hwndframe = CreateWindow(FRAMECLASSNAME, |
3055 WC_FRAME, | 3013 "", |
3056 NULL, | 3014 WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3057 WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | | 3015 0,0,2000,1000, |
3058 FS_NOBYTEALIGN, | 3016 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3059 0,0,2000,1000, | 3017 NULL, |
3060 NULLHANDLE, | 3018 NULL, |
3061 HWND_TOP, | 3019 NULL); |
3062 0L, | 3020 |
3063 NULL, | 3021 newbox->cinfo.pOldProc = SubclassWindow(hwndframe, _colorwndproc); |
3064 NULL); | 3022 newbox->cinfo.fore = newbox->cinfo.back = -1; |
3065 | 3023 |
3066 newbox->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _controlproc); | 3024 SetWindowLong(hwndframe, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)newbox); |
3067 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, newbox); | |
3068 dw_window_set_color(hwndframe, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3069 return hwndframe; | 3025 return hwndframe; |
3070 } | 3026 } |
3071 | 3027 |
3072 /* | 3028 /* |
3073 * Create a new Group Box to be packed. | 3029 * Create a new Group Box to be packed. |
3076 * pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box. | 3032 * pad: Number of pixels to pad around the box. |
3077 * title: Text to be displayined in the group outline. | 3033 * title: Text to be displayined in the group outline. |
3078 */ | 3034 */ |
3079 HWND dw_groupbox_new(int type, int pad, char *title) | 3035 HWND dw_groupbox_new(int type, int pad, char *title) |
3080 { | 3036 { |
3081 Box *newbox = calloc(1, sizeof(Box)); | 3037 Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box)); |
3082 HWND hwndframe; | 3038 HWND hwndframe; |
3083 | 3039 |
3084 newbox->pad = pad; | 3040 newbox->pad = pad; |
3085 newbox->type = type; | 3041 newbox->type = type; |
3086 newbox->count = 0; | 3042 newbox->count = 0; |
3087 | 3043 |
3088 hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3044 hwndframe = CreateWindow(FRAMECLASSNAME, |
3089 WC_FRAME, | 3045 "", |
3090 NULL, | 3046 WS_CHILD, |
3091 WS_VISIBLE | | 3047 0,0,2000,1000, |
3092 FS_NOBYTEALIGN, | 3048 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3093 0,0,2000,1000, | 3049 NULL, |
3094 NULLHANDLE, | 3050 NULL, |
3095 HWND_TOP, | 3051 NULL); |
3096 0L, | 3052 |
3097 NULL, | 3053 newbox->grouphwnd = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME, |
3098 NULL); | 3054 title, |
3099 | 3055 WS_CHILD | BS_GROUPBOX | |
3100 newbox->grouphwnd = WinCreateWindow(hwndframe, | 3056 WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3101 WC_STATIC, | 3057 0,0,2000,1000, |
3102 title, | 3058 hwndframe, |
3103 WS_VISIBLE | SS_GROUPBOX | | 3059 NULL, |
3104 WS_GROUP, | 3060 NULL, |
3105 0,0,2000,1000, | 3061 NULL); |
3106 NULLHANDLE, | 3062 |
3107 HWND_TOP, | 3063 SetWindowLong(hwndframe, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)newbox); |
3108 0L, | |
3109 NULL, | |
3110 NULL); | |
3111 | |
3112 WinSetWindowPtr(hwndframe, QWP_USER, newbox); | |
3113 dw_window_set_color(hwndframe, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3114 dw_window_set_color(newbox->grouphwnd, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3115 dw_window_set_font(newbox->grouphwnd, DefaultFont); | 3064 dw_window_set_font(newbox->grouphwnd, DefaultFont); |
3116 return hwndframe; | 3065 return hwndframe; |
3117 } | 3066 } |
3118 | 3067 |
3119 /* | 3068 /* |
3121 * Parameters: | 3070 * Parameters: |
3122 * id: An ID to be used with dw_window_from_id or 0L. | 3071 * id: An ID to be used with dw_window_from_id or 0L. |
3123 */ | 3072 */ |
3124 HWND dw_mdi_new(unsigned long id) | 3073 HWND dw_mdi_new(unsigned long id) |
3125 { | 3074 { |
3075 CLIENTCREATESTRUCT ccs; | |
3126 HWND hwndframe; | 3076 HWND hwndframe; |
3127 | 3077 |
3128 hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3078 ccs.hWindowMenu = NULL; |
3129 WC_FRAME, | 3079 ccs.idFirstChild = 0; |
3130 NULL, | 3080 |
3131 WS_VISIBLE | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | | 3081 hwndframe = CreateWindow("MDICLIENT", |
3132 FS_NOBYTEALIGN, | 3082 "", |
3133 0,0,2000,1000, | 3083 WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPSIBLINGS, |
3134 NULLHANDLE, | 3084 0,0,2000,1000, |
3135 HWND_TOP, | 3085 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3136 0L, | 3086 NULL, |
3137 NULL, | 3087 DWInstance, |
3138 NULL); | 3088 &ccs); |
3139 return hwndframe; | 3089 return hwndframe; |
3140 } | 3090 } |
3141 | 3091 |
3142 /* | 3092 /* |
3143 * Create a bitmap object to be packed. | 3093 * Create a bitmap object to be packed. |
3144 * Parameters: | 3094 * Parameters: |
3145 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | 3095 * id: An ID to be used with dw_window_from_id or 0L. |
3146 */ | 3096 */ |
3147 HWND dw_bitmap_new(ULONG id) | 3097 HWND dw_bitmap_new(ULONG id) |
3148 { | 3098 { |
3149 return WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3099 return CreateWindow(STATICCLASSNAME, |
3150 WC_STATIC, | 3100 "", |
3151 NULL, | 3101 SS_BITMAP | WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3152 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT, | 3102 0,0,2000,1000, |
3153 0,0,2000,1000, | 3103 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3154 NULLHANDLE, | 3104 NULL, |
3155 HWND_TOP, | 3105 NULL, |
3156 id, | 3106 NULL); |
3157 NULL, | |
3158 NULL); | |
3159 } | 3107 } |
3160 | 3108 |
3161 /* | 3109 /* |
3162 * Create a notebook object to be packed. | 3110 * Create a notebook object to be packed. |
3163 * Parameters: | 3111 * Parameters: |
3164 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | 3112 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the |
3165 * resource file. | 3113 * resource file. |
3166 */ | 3114 */ |
3167 HWND dw_notebook_new(ULONG id, int top) | 3115 HWND dw_notebook_new(ULONG id, int top) |
3168 { | 3116 { |
3169 ULONG flags; | 3117 ULONG flags = 0; |
3170 HWND tmp; | 3118 HWND tmp; |
3171 | 3119 NotebookPage **array = calloc(256, sizeof(NotebookPage *)); |
3172 if(top) | 3120 |
3173 flags = BKS_MAJORTABTOP; | 3121 if(!top) |
3174 else | 3122 flags = TCS_BOTTOM; |
3175 flags = BKS_MAJORTABBOTTOM; | 3123 |
3176 | 3124 tmp = CreateWindow(WC_TABCONTROL, |
3177 tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3125 "", |
3178 WC_NOTEBOOK, | 3126 WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3179 NULL, | 3127 0,0,2000,1000, |
3180 WS_VISIBLE | | 3128 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3181 BKS_TABBEDDIALOG | | 3129 NULL, |
3182 flags, | 3130 NULL, |
3183 0,0,2000,1000, | 3131 NULL); |
3184 NULLHANDLE, | 3132 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)array); |
3185 HWND_TOP, | |
3186 id, | |
3187 NULL, | |
3188 NULL); | |
3189 | |
3190 /* Fix tab sizes on Warp 3 */ | |
3191 if(!IS_WARP4()) | |
3192 { | |
3193 /* best sizes to be determined by trial and error */ | |
3194 WinSendMsg(tmp, BKM_SETDIMENSIONS,MPFROM2SHORT(102, 28), MPFROMSHORT( BKA_MAJORTAB)); | |
3195 } | |
3196 | |
3197 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3133 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); |
3198 return tmp; | 3134 return tmp; |
3199 } | 3135 } |
3200 | 3136 |
3201 /* | 3137 /* |
3209 HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui)); | 3145 HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui)); |
3210 | 3146 |
3211 if(!tmp) | 3147 if(!tmp) |
3212 return NULL; | 3148 return NULL; |
3213 | 3149 |
3214 tmp->menu = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3150 tmp->menu = CreatePopupMenu(); |
3215 WC_MENU, | 3151 tmp->hwnd = NULL; |
3216 NULL, | |
3217 WS_VISIBLE, | |
3218 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3219 NULLHANDLE, | |
3220 HWND_TOP, | |
3221 id, | |
3222 NULL, | |
3223 NULL); | |
3224 return tmp; | 3152 return tmp; |
3225 } | 3153 } |
3226 | 3154 |
3227 /* | 3155 /* |
3228 * Create a menubar on a window. | 3156 * Create a menubar on a window. |
3234 HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui)); | 3162 HMENUI tmp = malloc(sizeof(struct _hmenui)); |
3235 | 3163 |
3236 if(!tmp) | 3164 if(!tmp) |
3237 return NULL; | 3165 return NULL; |
3238 | 3166 |
3239 tmp->menu = WinCreateWindow(location, | 3167 tmp->menu = CreateMenu(); |
3240 WC_MENU, | 3168 tmp->hwnd = location; |
3241 NULL, | 3169 |
3242 WS_VISIBLE | MS_ACTIONBAR, | 3170 SetMenu(location, tmp->menu); |
3243 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3244 location, | |
3245 HWND_TOP, | |
3246 FID_MENU, | |
3247 NULL, | |
3248 NULL); | |
3249 return tmp; | 3171 return tmp; |
3250 } | 3172 } |
3251 | 3173 |
3252 /* | 3174 /* |
3253 * Destroys a menu created with dw_menubar_new or dw_menu_new. | 3175 * Destroys a menu created with dw_menubar_new or dw_menu_new. |
3256 */ | 3178 */ |
3257 void dw_menu_destroy(HMENUI *menu) | 3179 void dw_menu_destroy(HMENUI *menu) |
3258 { | 3180 { |
3259 if(menu && *menu) | 3181 if(menu && *menu) |
3260 { | 3182 { |
3261 WinDestroyWindow((*menu)->menu); | 3183 DestroyMenu((*menu)->menu); |
3262 free(*menu); | 3184 free(*menu); |
3263 *menu = NULL; | 3185 *menu = NULL; |
3264 } | 3186 } |
3265 } | 3187 } |
3266 | 3188 |
3268 * Adds a menuitem or submenu to an existing menu. | 3190 * Adds a menuitem or submenu to an existing menu. |
3269 * Parameters: | 3191 * Parameters: |
3270 * menu: The handle the the existing menu. | 3192 * menu: The handle the the existing menu. |
3271 * title: The title text on the menu item to be added. | 3193 * title: The title text on the menu item to be added. |
3272 * id: An ID to be used for message passing. | 3194 * id: An ID to be used for message passing. |
3273 * flags: Extended attributes to set on the menu. | |
3274 * end: If TRUE memu is positioned at the end of the menu. | 3195 * end: If TRUE memu is positioned at the end of the menu. |
3275 * check: If TRUE menu is "check"able. | 3196 * check: If TRUE menu is "check"able. |
3197 * flags: Extended attributes to set on the menu. | |
3276 * submenu: Handle to an existing menu to be a submenu or NULL. | 3198 * submenu: Handle to an existing menu to be a submenu or NULL. |
3277 */ | 3199 */ |
3278 HWND dw_menu_append_item(HMENUI menux, char *title, ULONG id, ULONG flags, int end, int check, HMENUI submenu) | 3200 HWND dw_menu_append_item(HMENUI menux, char *title, ULONG id, ULONG flags, int end, int check, HMENUI submenu) |
3279 { | 3201 { |
3280 MENUITEM miSubMenu; | 3202 MENUITEMINFO mii; |
3281 HWND menu; | 3203 HMENU menu; |
3282 | 3204 |
3283 if(!menux) | 3205 if(!menux) |
3284 return NULLHANDLE; | 3206 return NULL; |
3285 | 3207 |
3286 menu = menux->menu; | 3208 menu = menux->menu; |
3287 | 3209 |
3288 if(end) | 3210 mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO); |
3289 miSubMenu.iPosition=MIT_END; | 3211 mii.fMask = MIIM_ID | MIIM_SUBMENU | MIIM_TYPE; |
3212 | |
3213 /* Convert from OS/2 style accellerators to Win32 style */ | |
3214 if(title) | |
3215 { | |
3216 char *tmp = title; | |
3217 | |
3218 while(*tmp) | |
3219 { | |
3220 if(*tmp == '~') | |
3221 *tmp = '&'; | |
3222 tmp++; | |
3223 } | |
3224 } | |
3225 | |
3226 if(title && *title) | |
3227 mii.fType = MFT_STRING; | |
3290 else | 3228 else |
3291 miSubMenu.iPosition=0; | 3229 mii.fType = MFT_SEPARATOR; |
3292 | 3230 |
3293 if(strlen(title) == 0) | 3231 mii.wID = id; |
3294 miSubMenu.afStyle=MIS_SEPARATOR | flags; | 3232 mii.hSubMenu = submenu ? submenu->menu : 0; |
3295 else | 3233 mii.dwTypeData = title; |
3296 miSubMenu.afStyle=MIS_TEXT | flags; | 3234 mii.cch = strlen(title); |
3297 miSubMenu.afAttribute=0; | 3235 |
3298 miSubMenu.id=id; | 3236 InsertMenuItem(menu, 65535, TRUE, &mii); |
3299 miSubMenu.hwndSubMenu = submenu ? submenu->menu : 0; | 3237 if(menux->hwnd) |
3300 miSubMenu.hItem=NULLHANDLE; | 3238 DrawMenuBar(menux->hwnd); |
3301 | |
3302 WinSendMsg(menu, | |
3303 MM_INSERTITEM, | |
3304 MPFROMP(&miSubMenu), | |
3305 MPFROMP(title)); | |
3306 return (HWND)id; | 3239 return (HWND)id; |
3307 } | 3240 } |
3308 | 3241 |
3309 /* | 3242 /* |
3310 * Sets the state of a menu item check. | 3243 * Sets the state of a menu item check. |
3313 * id: Menuitem id. | 3246 * id: Menuitem id. |
3314 * check: TRUE for checked FALSE for not checked. | 3247 * check: TRUE for checked FALSE for not checked. |
3315 */ | 3248 */ |
3316 void dw_menu_item_set_check(HMENUI menux, unsigned long id, int check) | 3249 void dw_menu_item_set_check(HMENUI menux, unsigned long id, int check) |
3317 { | 3250 { |
3318 HWND menu; | 3251 MENUITEMINFO mii; |
3252 HMENU menu; | |
3319 | 3253 |
3320 if(!menux) | 3254 if(!menux) |
3321 return; | 3255 return; |
3322 | 3256 |
3323 menu = menux->menu; | 3257 menu = menux->menu; |
3324 | 3258 |
3259 mii.cbSize = sizeof(MENUITEMINFO); | |
3260 mii.fMask = MIIM_STATE; | |
3325 if(check) | 3261 if(check) |
3326 WinSendMsg(menu, MM_SETITEMATTR, MPFROM2SHORT(id, TRUE), | 3262 mii.fState = MFS_CHECKED; |
3327 MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, MIA_CHECKED)); | |
3328 else | 3263 else |
3329 WinSendMsg(menu, MM_SETITEMATTR, MPFROM2SHORT(id, TRUE), | 3264 mii.fState = MFS_UNCHECKED; |
3330 MPFROM2SHORT(MIA_CHECKED, 0)); | 3265 SetMenuItemInfo(menu, id, FALSE, &mii); |
3331 } | 3266 } |
3332 | 3267 |
3333 /* | 3268 /* |
3334 * Pops up a context menu at given x and y coordinates. | 3269 * Pops up a context menu at given x and y coordinates. |
3335 * Parameters: | 3270 * Parameters: |
3340 */ | 3275 */ |
3341 void dw_menu_popup(HMENUI *menu, HWND parent, int x, int y) | 3276 void dw_menu_popup(HMENUI *menu, HWND parent, int x, int y) |
3342 { | 3277 { |
3343 if(menu && *menu) | 3278 if(menu && *menu) |
3344 { | 3279 { |
3345 WinPopupMenu(HWND_DESKTOP, parent, (*menu)->menu, x, dw_screen_height() - y, 0, PU_KEYBOARD | PU_MOUSEBUTTON1 | PU_VCONSTRAIN | PU_HCONSTRAIN); | 3280 TrackPopupMenu((*menu)->menu, 0, x, y, 0, parent, NULL); |
3346 free(*menu); | 3281 free(*menu); |
3347 *menu = NULL; | 3282 *menu = NULL; |
3348 } | 3283 } |
3349 } | 3284 } |
3350 | 3285 |
3286 | |
3287 /* | |
3288 * Create a container object to be packed. | |
3289 * Parameters: | |
3290 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | |
3291 * resource file. | |
3292 */ | |
3293 HWND dw_container_new(ULONG id) | |
3294 { | |
3295 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(WC_LISTVIEW, | |
3296 "", | |
3297 WS_CHILD | LVS_REPORT | | |
3298 LVS_SHAREIMAGELISTS | WS_BORDER | | |
3299 WS_CLIPCHILDREN, | |
3300 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3301 DW_HWND_OBJECT, | |
3302 (HMENU)id, | |
3303 NULL, | |
3304 NULL); | |
3305 ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)calloc(1, sizeof(ContainerInfo)); | |
3306 | |
3307 if(!cinfo) | |
3308 { | |
3309 DestroyWindow(tmp); | |
3310 return NULL; | |
3311 } | |
3312 | |
3313 cinfo->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _containerwndproc); | |
3314 | |
3315 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3316 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3317 return tmp; | |
3318 } | |
3319 | |
3320 /* | |
3321 * Create a tree object to be packed. | |
3322 * Parameters: | |
3323 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | |
3324 * resource file. | |
3325 */ | |
3326 HWND dw_tree_new(ULONG id) | |
3327 { | |
3328 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(WC_TREEVIEW, | |
3329 "", | |
3330 WS_CHILD | TVS_HASLINES | | |
3331 TVS_HASBUTTONS | TVS_LINESATROOT | | |
3332 WS_BORDER | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, | |
3333 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3334 DW_HWND_OBJECT, | |
3335 (HMENU)id, | |
3336 NULL, | |
3337 NULL); | |
3338 TreeView_SetItemHeight(tmp, 16); | |
3339 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3340 return tmp; | |
3341 } | |
3342 | |
3351 /* | 3343 /* |
3352 * Returns the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer. | 3344 * Returns the current X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer. |
3353 * Parameters: | 3345 * Parameters: |
3354 * x: Pointer to variable to store X coordinate. | 3346 * x: Pointer to variable to store X coordinate. |
3355 * y: Pointer to variable to store Y coordinate. | 3347 * y: Pointer to variable to store Y coordinate. |
3356 */ | 3348 */ |
3357 void dw_pointer_query_pos(long *x, long *y) | 3349 void dw_pointer_query_pos(long *x, long *y) |
3358 { | 3350 { |
3359 POINTL ptl; | 3351 POINT ptl; |
3360 | 3352 |
3361 WinQueryPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP, &ptl); | 3353 GetCursorPos(&ptl); |
3362 if(x && y) | 3354 if(x && y) |
3363 { | 3355 { |
3364 *x = ptl.x; | 3356 *x = ptl.x; |
3365 *y = dw_screen_height() - ptl.y; | 3357 *y = ptl.y; |
3366 } | 3358 } |
3367 } | 3359 } |
3368 | 3360 |
3369 /* | 3361 /* |
3370 * Sets the X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer. | 3362 * Sets the X and Y coordinates of the mouse pointer. |
3372 * x: X coordinate. | 3364 * x: X coordinate. |
3373 * y: Y coordinate. | 3365 * y: Y coordinate. |
3374 */ | 3366 */ |
3375 void dw_pointer_set_pos(long x, long y) | 3367 void dw_pointer_set_pos(long x, long y) |
3376 { | 3368 { |
3377 WinSetPointerPos(HWND_DESKTOP, x, dw_screen_height() - y); | 3369 SetCursorPos(x, y); |
3378 } | 3370 } |
3379 | 3371 |
3380 /* | 3372 /* |
3381 * Create a container object to be packed. | 3373 * Create a new static text window (widget) to be packed. |
3382 * Parameters: | 3374 * Parameters: |
3383 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | 3375 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. |
3384 * resource file. | 3376 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3385 */ | 3377 */ |
3386 HWND dw_container_new(ULONG id) | 3378 HWND dw_text_new(char *text, ULONG id) |
3387 { | 3379 { |
3388 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3380 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(STATICCLASSNAME, |
3389 WC_CONTAINER, | 3381 text, |
3390 NULL, | 3382 BS_TEXT | WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3391 WS_VISIBLE | CCS_READONLY | | 3383 0,0,2000,1000, |
3392 CCS_SINGLESEL | CCS_AUTOPOSITION, | 3384 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3393 0,0,2000,1000, | 3385 (HMENU)id, |
3394 NULLHANDLE, | 3386 NULL, |
3395 HWND_TOP, | 3387 NULL); |
3396 id, | |
3397 NULL, | |
3398 NULL); | |
3399 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3388 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); |
3400 return tmp; | 3389 return tmp; |
3401 } | 3390 } |
3402 | 3391 |
3403 /* | 3392 /* |
3404 * Create a tree object to be packed. | 3393 * Create a new status text window (widget) to be packed. |
3405 * Parameters: | 3394 * Parameters: |
3406 * id: An ID to be used for getting the resource from the | 3395 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. |
3407 * resource file. | 3396 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3408 */ | 3397 */ |
3409 HWND dw_tree_new(ULONG id) | 3398 HWND dw_status_text_new(char *text, ULONG id) |
3410 { | 3399 { |
3411 CNRINFO cnrinfo; | 3400 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(STATICCLASSNAME, |
3412 Box *newbox = calloc(1, sizeof(Box)); | 3401 text, |
3413 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3402 BS_TEXT | WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3414 WC_CONTAINER, | 3403 0,0,2000,1000, |
3415 NULL, | 3404 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3416 WS_VISIBLE | CCS_READONLY | | 3405 (HMENU)id, |
3417 CCS_SINGLESEL | CCS_AUTOPOSITION, | 3406 NULL, |
3418 0,0,2000,1000, | 3407 NULL); |
3419 NULLHANDLE, | 3408 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); |
3420 HWND_TOP, | 3409 SubclassWindow(tmp, _statuswndproc); |
3421 id, | 3410 return tmp; |
3422 NULL, | 3411 } |
3423 NULL); | 3412 |
3424 | 3413 /* |
3425 cnrinfo.flWindowAttr = CV_TREE | CA_TREELINE; | 3414 * Create a new Multiline Editbox window (widget) to be packed. |
3426 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cx = 16; | 3415 * Parameters: |
3427 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cy = 16; | 3416 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3428 | 3417 */ |
3429 WinSendMsg(tmp, CM_SETCNRINFO, &cnrinfo, MPFROMLONG(CMA_FLWINDOWATTR | CMA_SLBITMAPORICON)); | 3418 HWND dw_mle_new(ULONG id) |
3430 newbox->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _TreeProc); | 3419 { |
3431 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, newbox); | 3420 |
3421 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(EDITCLASSNAME, | |
3422 "", | |
3423 WS_BORDER | | |
3424 WS_VSCROLL | ES_MULTILINE | | |
3425 ES_WANTRETURN | WS_CHILD | | |
3426 WS_CLIPCHILDREN, | |
3427 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3428 DW_HWND_OBJECT, | |
3429 (HMENU)id, | |
3430 NULL, | |
3431 NULL); | |
3432 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3432 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); |
3433 return tmp; | 3433 return tmp; |
3434 } | 3434 } |
3435 | 3435 |
3436 /* | 3436 /* |
3437 * Create a new static text window (widget) to be packed. | 3437 * Create a new Entryfield window (widget) to be packed. |
3438 * Parameters: | |
3439 * text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget. | |
3440 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3441 */ | |
3442 HWND dw_entryfield_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3443 { | |
3444 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(EDITCLASSNAME, | |
3445 text, | |
3446 ES_WANTRETURN | WS_CHILD | | |
3447 WS_BORDER | ES_AUTOHSCROLL | | |
3448 WS_CLIPCHILDREN, | |
3449 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3450 DW_HWND_OBJECT, | |
3451 (HMENU)id, | |
3452 NULL, | |
3453 NULL); | |
3454 ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); | |
3455 | |
3456 cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1; | |
3457 cinfo->buddy = 0; | |
3458 | |
3459 cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _colorwndproc); | |
3460 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3461 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3462 return tmp; | |
3463 } | |
3464 | |
3465 /* | |
3466 * Create a new Entryfield passwird window (widget) to be packed. | |
3467 * Parameters: | |
3468 * text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget. | |
3469 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3470 */ | |
3471 HWND dw_entryfield_password_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3472 { | |
3473 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(EDITCLASSNAME, | |
3474 text, | |
3475 ES_WANTRETURN | WS_CHILD | | |
3476 ES_PASSWORD | WS_BORDER | | |
3477 ES_AUTOHSCROLL | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, | |
3478 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3479 DW_HWND_OBJECT, | |
3480 (HMENU)id, | |
3481 NULL, | |
3482 NULL); | |
3483 ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); | |
3484 | |
3485 cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1; | |
3486 cinfo->buddy = 0; | |
3487 | |
3488 cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _colorwndproc); | |
3489 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3490 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3491 return tmp; | |
3492 } | |
3493 | |
3494 BOOL CALLBACK _subclass_child(HWND handle, LPARAM lp) | |
3495 { | |
3496 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)lp; | |
3497 | |
3498 if(cinfo) | |
3499 { | |
3500 cinfo->buddy = handle; | |
3501 cinfo->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(handle, _colorwndproc); | |
3502 SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3503 } | |
3504 return FALSE; | |
3505 } | |
3506 | |
3507 /* | |
3508 * Create a new Combobox window (widget) to be packed. | |
3509 * Parameters: | |
3510 * text: The default text to be in the combpbox widget. | |
3511 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3512 */ | |
3513 HWND dw_combobox_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3514 { | |
3515 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, | |
3516 "", | |
3517 WS_CHILD | CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, | |
3518 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3519 DW_HWND_OBJECT, | |
3520 (HMENU)id, | |
3521 NULL, | |
3522 NULL); | |
3523 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); | |
3524 ColorInfo *cinfo2 = (ColorInfo *)calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); | |
3525 | |
3526 if(!cinfo) | |
3527 { | |
3528 DestroyWindow(tmp); | |
3529 return NULL; | |
3530 } | |
3531 | |
3532 cinfo2->fore = cinfo->fore = -1; | |
3533 cinfo2->back = cinfo->back = -1; | |
3534 cinfo2->combo = cinfo->combo = tmp; | |
3535 EnumChildWindows(tmp, _subclass_child, (LPARAM)cinfo2); | |
3536 | |
3537 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3538 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3539 return tmp; | |
3540 } | |
3541 | |
3542 /* | |
3543 * Create a new button window (widget) to be packed. | |
3438 * Parameters: | 3544 * Parameters: |
3439 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | 3545 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. |
3440 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | 3546 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3441 */ | 3547 */ |
3442 HWND dw_text_new(char *text, ULONG id) | 3548 HWND dw_button_new(char *text, ULONG id) |
3443 { | 3549 { |
3444 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3550 BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton)); |
3445 WC_STATIC, | 3551 |
3446 text, | 3552 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME, |
3447 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT, | 3553 text, |
3448 0,0,2000,1000, | 3554 WS_CHILD | BS_PUSHBUTTON | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3449 NULLHANDLE, | 3555 0,0,2000,1000, |
3450 HWND_TOP, | 3556 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3451 id, | 3557 (HMENU)id, |
3452 NULL, | 3558 NULL, |
3453 NULL); | 3559 NULL); |
3454 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3560 |
3455 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | 3561 bubble->id = id; |
3456 return tmp; | 3562 bubble->bubbletext[0] = '\0'; |
3457 } | 3563 bubble->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc); |
3458 | 3564 |
3459 /* | 3565 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)bubble); |
3460 * Create a new status text window (widget) to be packed. | |
3461 * Parameters: | |
3462 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | |
3463 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3464 */ | |
3465 HWND dw_status_text_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3466 { | |
3467 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP)); | |
3468 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3469 WC_STATIC, | |
3470 text, | |
3471 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT, | |
3472 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3473 NULLHANDLE, | |
3474 HWND_TOP, | |
3475 id, | |
3476 NULL, | |
3477 NULL); | |
3478 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3479 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3480 | |
3481 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _statusproc); | |
3482 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3483 return tmp; | |
3484 } | |
3485 | |
3486 /* | |
3487 * Create a new Multiline Editbox window (widget) to be packed. | |
3488 * Parameters: | |
3489 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3490 */ | |
3491 HWND dw_mle_new(ULONG id) | |
3492 { | |
3493 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3494 WC_MLE, | |
3495 "", | |
3496 WS_VISIBLE | | |
3497 MLS_BORDER | MLS_IGNORETAB | | |
3498 MLS_READONLY | MLS_VSCROLL, | |
3499 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3500 NULLHANDLE, | |
3501 HWND_TOP, | |
3502 id, | |
3503 NULL, | |
3504 NULL); | |
3505 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3506 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3566 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); |
3507 return tmp; | 3567 return tmp; |
3508 } | 3568 } |
3509 | 3569 |
3510 /* | 3570 /* |
3511 * Create a new Entryfield window (widget) to be packed. | |
3512 * Parameters: | |
3513 * text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget. | |
3514 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3515 */ | |
3516 HWND dw_entryfield_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3517 { | |
3518 | |
3519 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
3520 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3521 WC_ENTRYFIELD, | |
3522 text, | |
3523 WS_VISIBLE | ES_MARGIN | | |
3524 ES_AUTOSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP, | |
3525 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3526 NULLHANDLE, | |
3527 HWND_TOP, | |
3528 id, | |
3529 NULL, | |
3530 NULL); | |
3531 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3532 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
3533 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3534 return tmp; | |
3535 } | |
3536 | |
3537 /* | |
3538 * Create a new Entryfield (password) window (widget) to be packed. | |
3539 * Parameters: | |
3540 * text: The default text to be in the entryfield widget. | |
3541 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3542 */ | |
3543 HWND dw_entryfield_password_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3544 { | |
3545 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
3546 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3547 WC_ENTRYFIELD, | |
3548 text, | |
3549 WS_VISIBLE | ES_MARGIN | ES_UNREADABLE | | |
3550 ES_AUTOSCROLL | WS_TABSTOP, | |
3551 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3552 NULLHANDLE, | |
3553 HWND_TOP, | |
3554 id, | |
3555 NULL, | |
3556 NULL); | |
3557 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3558 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
3559 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3560 return tmp; | |
3561 } | |
3562 | |
3563 /* | |
3564 * Create a new Combobox window (widget) to be packed. | |
3565 * Parameters: | |
3566 * text: The default text to be in the combpbox widget. | |
3567 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3568 */ | |
3569 HWND dw_combobox_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3570 { | |
3571 WindowData *blah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
3572 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3573 WC_COMBOBOX, | |
3574 text, | |
3575 WS_VISIBLE | CBS_DROPDOWN | WS_GROUP, | |
3576 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3577 NULLHANDLE, | |
3578 HWND_TOP, | |
3579 id, | |
3580 NULL, | |
3581 NULL); | |
3582 HENUM henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(tmp); | |
3583 HWND child; | |
3584 | |
3585 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
3586 { | |
3587 WindowData *moreblah = calloc(1, sizeof(WindowData)); | |
3588 moreblah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(child, _comboentryproc); | |
3589 WinSetWindowPtr(child, QWP_USER, moreblah); | |
3590 } | |
3591 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
3592 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3593 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_WHITE); | |
3594 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _comboproc); | |
3595 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3596 return tmp; | |
3597 } | |
3598 | |
3599 /* | |
3600 * Create a new button window (widget) to be packed. | |
3601 * Parameters: | |
3602 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | |
3603 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | |
3604 */ | |
3605 HWND dw_button_new(char *text, ULONG id) | |
3606 { | |
3607 BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton)); | |
3608 | |
3609 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | |
3610 WC_BUTTON, | |
3611 text, | |
3612 WS_VISIBLE, | |
3613 0,0,2000,1000, | |
3614 NULLHANDLE, | |
3615 HWND_TOP, | |
3616 id, | |
3617 NULL, | |
3618 NULL); | |
3619 | |
3620 bubble->id = id; | |
3621 bubble->bubbletext[0] = '\0'; | |
3622 bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc); | |
3623 | |
3624 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble); | |
3625 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3626 return tmp; | |
3627 } | |
3628 | |
3629 /* Function: GenResIDStr | |
3630 ** Abstract: Generate string '#nnnn' for a given ID for using with Button | |
3631 ** controls | |
3632 */ | |
3633 | |
3634 void _GenResIDStr(CHAR *buff, ULONG ulID) | |
3635 { | |
3636 char *str; | |
3637 int slen = 0; | |
3638 | |
3639 *buff++ = '#'; | |
3640 | |
3641 str = buff; | |
3642 | |
3643 do | |
3644 { | |
3645 *str++ = (ulID % 10) + '0'; | |
3646 ulID /= 10; | |
3647 slen++; | |
3648 } | |
3649 while(ulID); | |
3650 | |
3651 *str-- = 0; | |
3652 | |
3653 for(; str > buff; str--, buff++) | |
3654 { | |
3655 *buff ^= *str; | |
3656 *str ^= *buff; | |
3657 *buff ^= *str; | |
3658 } | |
3659 } | |
3660 | |
3661 | |
3662 /* | |
3663 * Create a new bitmap button window (widget) to be packed. | 3571 * Create a new bitmap button window (widget) to be packed. |
3664 * Parameters: | 3572 * Parameters: |
3665 * text: Bubble help text to be displayed. | 3573 * text: Bubble help text to be displayed. |
3666 * id: An ID of a bitmap in the resource file. | 3574 * id: An ID of a bitmap in the resource file. |
3667 */ | 3575 */ |
3668 HWND dw_bitmapbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) | 3576 HWND dw_bitmapbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) |
3669 { | 3577 { |
3670 char idbuf[256]; | |
3671 HWND tmp; | 3578 HWND tmp; |
3672 BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton)); | 3579 BubbleButton *bubble = malloc(sizeof(BubbleButton)); |
3673 | 3580 HBITMAP hbitmap = LoadBitmap(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id)); |
3674 _GenResIDStr(idbuf, id); | 3581 |
3675 | 3582 tmp = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME, |
3676 tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3583 "", |
3677 WC_BUTTON, | 3584 WS_CHILD | BS_PUSHBUTTON | |
3678 idbuf, | 3585 BS_BITMAP | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3679 WS_VISIBLE | BS_PUSHBUTTON | | 3586 0,0,2000,1000, |
3680 BS_BITMAP | BS_AUTOSIZE | | 3587 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3681 BS_NOPOINTERFOCUS, | 3588 (HMENU)id, |
3682 0,0,2000,1000, | 3589 NULL, |
3683 NULLHANDLE, | 3590 NULL); |
3684 HWND_TOP, | |
3685 id, | |
3686 NULL, | |
3687 NULL); | |
3688 | 3591 |
3689 bubble->id = id; | 3592 bubble->id = id; |
3690 strncpy(bubble->bubbletext, text, BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1); | 3593 strncpy(bubble->bubbletext, text, BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1); |
3691 bubble->bubbletext[BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1] = '\0'; | 3594 bubble->bubbletext[BUBBLE_HELP_MAX - 1] = '\0'; |
3692 bubble->pOldProc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc); | 3595 bubble->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _BtProc); |
3693 | 3596 |
3694 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, bubble); | 3597 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)bubble); |
3598 | |
3599 SendMessage(tmp, BM_SETIMAGE, | |
3600 (WPARAM) IMAGE_BITMAP, | |
3601 (LPARAM) hbitmap); | |
3695 return tmp; | 3602 return tmp; |
3696 } | 3603 } |
3697 | 3604 |
3698 /* | 3605 /* |
3699 * Create a new spinbutton window (widget) to be packed. | 3606 * Create a new spinbutton window (widget) to be packed. |
3701 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | 3608 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. |
3702 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | 3609 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3703 */ | 3610 */ |
3704 HWND dw_spinbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) | 3611 HWND dw_spinbutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) |
3705 { | 3612 { |
3706 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP)); | 3613 ULONG *data = malloc(sizeof(ULONG)); |
3707 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3614 HWND buddy = CreateWindow(EDITCLASSNAME, |
3708 WC_SPINBUTTON, | 3615 text, |
3709 text, | 3616 WS_CHILD | WS_BORDER | |
3710 WS_VISIBLE | SPBS_MASTER, | 3617 ES_NUMBER | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3711 0,0,2000,1000, | 3618 0,0,2000,1000, |
3712 NULLHANDLE, | 3619 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3713 HWND_TOP, | 3620 NULL, |
3714 id, | 3621 NULL, |
3715 NULL, | 3622 NULL); |
3716 NULL); | 3623 HWND tmp = CreateUpDownControl( |
3717 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3624 WS_CHILD | UDS_ALIGNRIGHT | |
3718 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | 3625 UDS_ARROWKEYS | UDS_SETBUDDYINT | |
3719 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | 3626 UDS_WRAP | UDS_NOTHOUSANDS, |
3627 0, | |
3628 0, | |
3629 2000, | |
3630 1000, | |
3631 DW_HWND_OBJECT, | |
3632 id, | |
3633 DWInstance, | |
3634 buddy, | |
3635 0, | |
3636 100, | |
3637 0); | |
3638 ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); | |
3639 | |
3640 cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1; | |
3641 cinfo->buddy = tmp; | |
3642 | |
3643 cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(buddy, _colorwndproc); | |
3644 SetWindowLong(buddy, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3645 | |
3646 cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); | |
3647 cinfo->buddy = buddy; | |
3648 cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _spinnerwndproc); | |
3649 | |
3650 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3651 dw_window_set_font(buddy, DefaultFont); | |
3720 return tmp; | 3652 return tmp; |
3721 } | 3653 } |
3722 | 3654 |
3723 /* | 3655 /* |
3724 * Create a new radiobutton window (widget) to be packed. | 3656 * Create a new radiobutton window (widget) to be packed. |
3726 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | 3658 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. |
3727 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | 3659 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3728 */ | 3660 */ |
3729 HWND dw_radiobutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) | 3661 HWND dw_radiobutton_new(char *text, ULONG id) |
3730 { | 3662 { |
3731 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP)); | 3663 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME, |
3732 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3664 text, |
3733 WC_BUTTON, | 3665 WS_CHILD | BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON | |
3734 text, | 3666 WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3735 WS_VISIBLE | | 3667 0,0,2000,1000, |
3736 BS_AUTORADIOBUTTON, | 3668 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3737 0,0,2000,1000, | 3669 (HMENU)id, |
3738 NULLHANDLE, | 3670 NULL, |
3739 HWND_TOP, | 3671 NULL); |
3740 id, | 3672 |
3741 NULL, | 3673 ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); |
3742 NULL); | 3674 |
3675 cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1; | |
3676 cinfo->buddy = 0; | |
3677 cinfo->user = 0; | |
3678 | |
3679 cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _colorwndproc); | |
3680 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3743 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3681 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); |
3744 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3745 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
3746 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3747 return tmp; | 3682 return tmp; |
3748 } | 3683 } |
3749 | 3684 |
3685 | |
3750 /* | 3686 /* |
3751 * Create a new percent bar window (widget) to be packed. | 3687 * Create a new percent bar window (widget) to be packed. |
3752 * Parameters: | 3688 * Parameters: |
3753 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | 3689 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3754 */ | 3690 */ |
3755 HWND dw_percent_new(ULONG id) | 3691 HWND dw_percent_new(ULONG id) |
3756 { | 3692 { |
3757 PercentBar *blah = malloc(sizeof(PercentBar)); | 3693 return CreateWindow(PROGRESS_CLASS, |
3758 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3694 "", |
3759 WC_STATIC, | 3695 WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3760 "", | 3696 0,0,2000,1000, |
3761 WS_VISIBLE | SS_TEXT, | 3697 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3762 0,0,2000,1000, | 3698 NULL, |
3763 NULLHANDLE, | 3699 NULL, |
3764 HWND_TOP, | 3700 NULL); |
3765 id, | |
3766 NULL, | |
3767 NULL); | |
3768 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | |
3769 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLUE, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3770 | |
3771 blah->oldproc = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _percentproc); | |
3772 blah->pos = 0; | |
3773 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3774 return tmp; | |
3775 } | 3701 } |
3776 | 3702 |
3777 /* | 3703 /* |
3778 * Create a new checkbox window (widget) to be packed. | 3704 * Create a new checkbox window (widget) to be packed. |
3779 * Parameters: | 3705 * Parameters: |
3780 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. | 3706 * text: The text to be display by the static text widget. |
3781 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | 3707 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3782 */ | 3708 */ |
3783 HWND dw_checkbox_new(char *text, ULONG id) | 3709 HWND dw_checkbox_new(char *text, ULONG id) |
3784 { | 3710 { |
3785 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP)); | 3711 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(BUTTONCLASSNAME, |
3786 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3712 text, |
3787 WC_BUTTON, | 3713 WS_CHILD | BS_AUTOCHECKBOX | |
3788 text, | 3714 BS_TEXT | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
3789 WS_VISIBLE | BS_AUTOCHECKBOX, | 3715 0,0,2000,1000, |
3790 0,0,2000,1000, | 3716 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3791 NULLHANDLE, | 3717 NULL, |
3792 HWND_TOP, | 3718 NULL, |
3793 id, | 3719 NULL); |
3794 NULL, | 3720 ColorInfo *cinfo = calloc(1, sizeof(ColorInfo)); |
3795 NULL); | 3721 |
3722 cinfo->back = cinfo->fore = -1; | |
3723 cinfo->buddy = 0; | |
3724 cinfo->user = 1; | |
3725 | |
3726 cinfo->pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _colorwndproc); | |
3727 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3796 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3728 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); |
3797 dw_window_set_color(tmp, DW_CLR_BLACK, DW_CLR_PALEGRAY); | |
3798 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
3799 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3800 return tmp; | 3729 return tmp; |
3801 } | 3730 } |
3802 | 3731 |
3803 /* | 3732 /* |
3804 * Create a new listbox window (widget) to be packed. | 3733 * Create a new listbox window (widget) to be packed. |
3806 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. | 3735 * id: An ID to be used with WinWindowFromID() or 0L. |
3807 * multi: Multiple select TRUE or FALSE. | 3736 * multi: Multiple select TRUE or FALSE. |
3808 */ | 3737 */ |
3809 HWND dw_listbox_new(ULONG id, int multi) | 3738 HWND dw_listbox_new(ULONG id, int multi) |
3810 { | 3739 { |
3811 PFNWP *blah = malloc(sizeof(PFNWP)); | 3740 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(LISTBOXCLASSNAME, |
3812 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 3741 "", |
3813 WC_LISTBOX, | 3742 LBS_NOINTEGRALHEIGHT | WS_CHILD | LBS_HASSTRINGS | |
3814 NULL, | 3743 LBS_NOTIFY | WS_BORDER | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | |
3815 WS_VISIBLE | LS_NOADJUSTPOS | | 3744 WS_VSCROLL | (multi ? LBS_EXTENDEDSEL : 0) , |
3816 (multi ? LS_MULTIPLESEL : 0), | 3745 0,0,2000,1000, |
3817 0,0,2000,1000, | 3746 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
3818 NULLHANDLE, | 3747 NULL, |
3819 HWND_TOP, | 3748 NULL, |
3820 id, | 3749 NULL); |
3821 NULL, | 3750 ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)calloc(1, sizeof(ContainerInfo)); |
3822 NULL); | 3751 |
3752 if(!cinfo) | |
3753 { | |
3754 DestroyWindow(tmp); | |
3755 return NULL; | |
3756 } | |
3757 | |
3758 cinfo->cinfo.fore = -1; | |
3759 cinfo->cinfo.back = -1; | |
3760 cinfo->pOldProc = (WNDPROC)SubclassWindow(tmp, _containerwndproc); | |
3761 | |
3762 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)cinfo); | |
3823 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); | 3763 dw_window_set_font(tmp, DefaultFont); |
3824 *blah = WinSubclassWindow(tmp, _entryproc); | |
3825 WinSetWindowPtr(tmp, QWP_USER, blah); | |
3826 return tmp; | 3764 return tmp; |
3827 } | 3765 } |
3828 | 3766 |
3829 /* | 3767 /* |
3830 * Sets the icon used for a given window. | 3768 * Sets the icon used for a given window. |
3832 * handle: Handle to the window. | 3770 * handle: Handle to the window. |
3833 * id: An ID to be used to specify the icon. | 3771 * id: An ID to be used to specify the icon. |
3834 */ | 3772 */ |
3835 void dw_window_set_icon(HWND handle, ULONG id) | 3773 void dw_window_set_icon(HWND handle, ULONG id) |
3836 { | 3774 { |
3837 HPOINTER icon; | 3775 HICON hicon = LoadIcon(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id)); |
3838 | 3776 |
3839 icon = WinLoadPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,NULLHANDLE,id); | 3777 SendMessage(handle, WM_SETICON, |
3840 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_SETICON, (MPARAM)icon, 0); | 3778 (WPARAM) IMAGE_ICON, |
3779 (LPARAM) hicon); | |
3841 } | 3780 } |
3842 | 3781 |
3843 /* | 3782 /* |
3844 * Sets the bitmap used for a given static window. | 3783 * Sets the bitmap used for a given static window. |
3845 * Parameters: | 3784 * Parameters: |
3846 * handle: Handle to the window. | 3785 * handle: Handle to the window. |
3847 * id: An ID to be used to specify the icon. | 3786 * id: An ID to be used to specify the icon. |
3848 */ | 3787 */ |
3849 void dw_window_set_bitmap(HWND handle, ULONG id) | 3788 void dw_window_set_bitmap(HWND handle, ULONG id) |
3850 { | 3789 { |
3851 HBITMAP hbm; | 3790 HBITMAP hbitmap = LoadBitmap(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id)); |
3852 HPS hps = WinGetPS(handle); | 3791 |
3853 | 3792 SendMessage(handle, STM_SETIMAGE, |
3854 hbm = GpiLoadBitmap(hps, NULLHANDLE, id, 0, 0); | 3793 (WPARAM) IMAGE_BITMAP, |
3855 WinSetWindowBits(handle,QWL_STYLE,SS_BITMAP,SS_BITMAP | 0x7f); | 3794 (LPARAM) hbitmap); |
3856 WinSendMsg( handle, SM_SETHANDLE, MPFROMP(hbm), NULL ); | |
3857 /*WinSetWindowULong( hwndDlg, QWL_USER, (ULONG) hbm );*/ | |
3858 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
3859 } | 3795 } |
3860 | 3796 |
3861 /* | 3797 /* |
3862 * Sets the text used for a given window. | 3798 * Sets the text used for a given window. |
3863 * Parameters: | 3799 * Parameters: |
3864 * handle: Handle to the window. | 3800 * handle: Handle to the window. |
3865 * text: The text associsated with a given window. | 3801 * text: The text associsated with a given window. |
3866 */ | 3802 */ |
3867 void dw_window_set_text(HWND handle, char *text) | 3803 void dw_window_set_text(HWND handle, char *text) |
3868 { | 3804 { |
3869 WinSetWindowText(handle, text); | 3805 SetWindowText(handle, text); |
3870 } | 3806 } |
3871 | 3807 |
3872 /* | 3808 /* |
3873 * Gets the text used for a given window. | 3809 * Gets the text used for a given window. |
3874 * Parameters: | 3810 * Parameters: |
3878 */ | 3814 */ |
3879 char *dw_window_get_text(HWND handle) | 3815 char *dw_window_get_text(HWND handle) |
3880 { | 3816 { |
3881 char tempbuf[4096] = ""; | 3817 char tempbuf[4096] = ""; |
3882 | 3818 |
3883 WinQueryWindowText(handle, 4095, tempbuf); | 3819 GetWindowText(handle, tempbuf, 4095); |
3884 tempbuf[4095] = 0; | 3820 tempbuf[4095] = 0; |
3885 | 3821 |
3886 return strdup(tempbuf); | 3822 return strdup(tempbuf); |
3887 } | 3823 } |
3888 | 3824 |
3891 * Parameters: | 3827 * Parameters: |
3892 * handle: Handle to the window. | 3828 * handle: Handle to the window. |
3893 */ | 3829 */ |
3894 void dw_window_disable(HWND handle) | 3830 void dw_window_disable(HWND handle) |
3895 { | 3831 { |
3896 WinEnableWindow(handle, FALSE); | 3832 EnableWindow(handle, FALSE); |
3897 } | 3833 } |
3898 | 3834 |
3899 /* | 3835 /* |
3900 * Enables given window (widget). | 3836 * Enables given window (widget). |
3901 * Parameters: | 3837 * Parameters: |
3902 * handle: Handle to the window. | 3838 * handle: Handle to the window. |
3903 */ | 3839 */ |
3904 void dw_window_enable(HWND handle) | 3840 void dw_window_enable(HWND handle) |
3905 { | 3841 { |
3906 WinEnableWindow(handle, TRUE); | 3842 EnableWindow(handle, TRUE); |
3907 } | 3843 } |
3908 | 3844 |
3909 /* | 3845 /* |
3910 * Gets the child window handle with specified ID. | 3846 * Gets the child window handle with specified ID. |
3911 * Parameters: | 3847 * Parameters: |
3912 * handle: Handle to the parent window. | 3848 * handle: Handle to the parent window. |
3913 * id: Integer ID of the child. | 3849 * id: Integer ID of the child. |
3914 */ | 3850 */ |
3915 HWND dw_window_from_id(HWND handle, int id) | 3851 HWND dw_window_from_id(HWND handle, int id) |
3916 { | 3852 { |
3917 HENUM henum; | 3853 return 0L; |
3918 HWND child; | 3854 } |
3919 char tmpbuf[100]; | 3855 /* |
3920 | 3856 * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the start (or top). |
3921 henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(handle); | |
3922 while((child = WinGetNextWindow(henum)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
3923 { | |
3924 int windowid = WinQueryWindowUShort(child, QWS_ID); | |
3925 HWND found; | |
3926 | |
3927 WinQueryClassName(child, 99, tmpbuf); | |
3928 | |
3929 /* If the child is a box (frame) then recurse into it */ | |
3930 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 3)==0) | |
3931 if((found = dw_window_from_id(child, id)) != NULLHANDLE) | |
3932 return found; | |
3933 | |
3934 if(windowid && windowid == id) | |
3935 { | |
3936 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
3937 return child; | |
3938 } | |
3939 } | |
3940 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
3941 return NULLHANDLE; | |
3942 } | |
3943 | |
3944 /* | |
3945 * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the end (or bottom). | |
3946 * Parameters: | 3857 * Parameters: |
3947 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. | 3858 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. |
3948 * item: Window handle of the item to be back. | 3859 * item: Window handle of the item to be back. |
3949 * width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. | 3860 * width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. |
3950 * height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. | 3861 * height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. |
3951 * hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given. | 3862 * hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given. |
3952 * vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given. | 3863 * vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given. |
3953 * pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item. | 3864 * pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item. |
3954 */ | 3865 */ |
3955 void dw_box_pack_end(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) | 3866 void dw_box_pack_start(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) |
3956 { | 3867 { |
3957 Box *thisbox; | 3868 Box *thisbox; |
3958 | 3869 |
3959 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | 3870 thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box, GWL_USERDATA); |
3960 { | |
3961 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
3962 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
3963 } | |
3964 else | |
3965 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
3966 if(thisbox) | |
3967 { | |
3968 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
3969 dw_box_pack_start_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad); | |
3970 else | |
3971 dw_box_pack_end_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad); | |
3972 } | |
3973 } | |
3974 | |
3975 void dw_box_pack_end_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) | |
3976 { | |
3977 HWND boxowner = NULLHANDLE; | |
3978 Box *thisbox; | |
3979 | |
3980 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | |
3981 { | |
3982 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
3983 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
3984 hsize = TRUE; | |
3985 vsize = TRUE; | |
3986 } | |
3987 else | |
3988 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
3989 if(!thisbox) | |
3990 { | |
3991 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
3992 if(box) | |
3993 { | |
3994 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
3995 hsize = TRUE; | |
3996 vsize = TRUE; | |
3997 } | |
3998 } | |
3999 if(thisbox) | 3871 if(thisbox) |
4000 { | 3872 { |
4001 int z; | 3873 int z; |
4002 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; | 3874 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; |
4003 char tmpbuf[100]; | 3875 char tmpbuf[100]; |
4007 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | 3879 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) |
4008 { | 3880 { |
4009 tmpitem[z] = thisitem[z]; | 3881 tmpitem[z] = thisitem[z]; |
4010 } | 3882 } |
4011 | 3883 |
4012 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf); | 3884 GetClassName(item, tmpbuf, 99); |
4013 | 3885 |
4014 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 3)==0) | 3886 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, FRAMECLASSNAME, 2)==0) |
4015 tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEBOX; | 3887 tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEBOX; |
4016 else | 3888 else |
4017 tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEITEM; | 3889 tmpitem[thisbox->count].type = TYPEITEM; |
4018 | 3890 |
4019 tmpitem[thisbox->count].hwnd = item; | 3891 tmpitem[thisbox->count].hwnd = item; |
4035 if(thisbox->count) | 3907 if(thisbox->count) |
4036 free(thisitem); | 3908 free(thisitem); |
4037 | 3909 |
4038 thisbox->count++; | 3910 thisbox->count++; |
4039 | 3911 |
4040 /* Don't set the ownership if it's an entryfield or spinbutton */ | 3912 SetParent(item, box); |
4041 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf); | 3913 ShowWindow(item, SW_SHOW); |
4042 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)!=0 && strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 3)!=0) | 3914 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0) |
4043 { | 3915 { |
4044 if((boxowner = WinQueryWindow(box, QW_OWNER)) != 0) | 3916 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(item, GWL_USERDATA); |
4045 WinSetOwner(item, boxowner); | 3917 |
4046 else | 3918 if(cinfo) |
4047 WinSetOwner(item, box); | 3919 { |
4048 } | 3920 SetParent(cinfo->buddy, box); |
4049 WinSetParent(item, box, FALSE); | 3921 ShowWindow(cinfo->buddy, SW_SHOW); |
3922 SendMessage(item, UDM_SETBUDDY, (WPARAM)cinfo->buddy, 0); | |
3923 } | |
3924 } | |
4050 } | 3925 } |
4051 } | 3926 } |
4052 | 3927 |
4053 /* | 3928 /* |
4054 * Sets the size of a given window (widget). | 3929 * Sets the size of a given window (widget). |
4057 * width: New width in pixels. | 3932 * width: New width in pixels. |
4058 * height: New height in pixels. | 3933 * height: New height in pixels. |
4059 */ | 3934 */ |
4060 void dw_window_set_usize(HWND handle, ULONG width, ULONG height) | 3935 void dw_window_set_usize(HWND handle, ULONG width, ULONG height) |
4061 { | 3936 { |
4062 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, 0, 0, width, height, SWP_SHOW | SWP_SIZE); | 3937 SetWindowPos(handle, (HWND)NULL, 0, 0, width, height, SWP_SHOWWINDOW | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOMOVE); |
4063 } | 3938 } |
4064 | 3939 |
4065 /* | 3940 /* |
4066 * Returns the width of the screen. | 3941 * Returns the width of the screen. |
4067 */ | 3942 */ |
4068 int dw_screen_width(void) | 3943 int dw_screen_width(void) |
4069 { | 3944 { |
4070 return WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP,SV_CXSCREEN); | 3945 return GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXSCREEN); |
4071 } | 3946 } |
4072 | 3947 |
4073 /* | 3948 /* |
4074 * Returns the height of the screen. | 3949 * Returns the height of the screen. |
4075 */ | 3950 */ |
4076 int dw_screen_height(void) | 3951 int dw_screen_height(void) |
4077 { | 3952 { |
4078 return WinQuerySysValue(HWND_DESKTOP,SV_CYSCREEN); | 3953 return GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYSCREEN); |
4079 } | 3954 } |
4080 | 3955 |
4081 /* This should return the current color depth */ | 3956 /* This should return the current color depth */ |
4082 unsigned long dw_color_depth(void) | 3957 unsigned long dw_color_depth(void) |
4083 { | 3958 { |
4084 HDC hdc = WinOpenWindowDC(HWND_DESKTOP); | 3959 int bpp; |
4085 long colors; | 3960 HDC hdc = GetDC(HWND_DESKTOP); |
4086 | 3961 |
4087 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_BITCOUNT, 1, &colors); | 3962 bpp = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, BITSPIXEL); |
4088 DevCloseDC(hdc); | 3963 |
4089 return colors; | 3964 ReleaseDC(HWND_DESKTOP, hdc); |
3965 | |
3966 return bpp; | |
4090 } | 3967 } |
4091 | 3968 |
4092 | 3969 |
4093 /* | 3970 /* |
4094 * Sets the position of a given window (widget). | 3971 * Sets the position of a given window (widget). |
4097 * x: X location from the bottom left. | 3974 * x: X location from the bottom left. |
4098 * y: Y location from the bottom left. | 3975 * y: Y location from the bottom left. |
4099 */ | 3976 */ |
4100 void dw_window_set_pos(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y) | 3977 void dw_window_set_pos(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y) |
4101 { | 3978 { |
4102 int myy = _get_frame_height(handle) - (y + _get_height(handle)); | 3979 SetWindowPos(handle, (HWND)NULL, x, y, 0, 0, SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
4103 | |
4104 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, x, myy, 0, 0, SWP_MOVE); | |
4105 } | 3980 } |
4106 | 3981 |
4107 /* | 3982 /* |
4108 * Sets the position and size of a given window (widget). | 3983 * Sets the position and size of a given window (widget). |
4109 * Parameters: | 3984 * Parameters: |
4113 * width: Width of the widget. | 3988 * width: Width of the widget. |
4114 * height: Height of the widget. | 3989 * height: Height of the widget. |
4115 */ | 3990 */ |
4116 void dw_window_set_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y, ULONG width, ULONG height) | 3991 void dw_window_set_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG x, ULONG y, ULONG width, ULONG height) |
4117 { | 3992 { |
4118 int myy = _get_frame_height(handle) - (y + height); | 3993 SetWindowPos(handle, (HWND)NULL, x, y, width, height, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_SHOWWINDOW | SWP_NOACTIVATE); |
4119 | |
4120 WinSetWindowPos(handle, NULLHANDLE, x, myy, width, height, SWP_MOVE | SWP_SIZE | SWP_SHOW); | |
4121 } | 3994 } |
4122 | 3995 |
4123 /* | 3996 /* |
4124 * Gets the position and size of a given window (widget). | 3997 * Gets the position and size of a given window (widget). |
4125 * Parameters: | 3998 * Parameters: |
4129 * width: Width of the widget. | 4002 * width: Width of the widget. |
4130 * height: Height of the widget. | 4003 * height: Height of the widget. |
4131 */ | 4004 */ |
4132 void dw_window_get_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG *x, ULONG *y, ULONG *width, ULONG *height) | 4005 void dw_window_get_pos_size(HWND handle, ULONG *x, ULONG *y, ULONG *width, ULONG *height) |
4133 { | 4006 { |
4134 SWP swp; | 4007 WINDOWPLACEMENT wp; |
4135 WinQueryWindowPos(handle, &swp); | 4008 |
4009 wp.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT); | |
4010 | |
4011 GetWindowPlacement(handle, &wp); | |
4136 if(x) | 4012 if(x) |
4137 *x = swp.x; | 4013 *x = wp.rcNormalPosition.left; |
4138 if(y) | 4014 if(y) |
4139 *y = _get_frame_height(handle) - (swp.y + swp.cy); | 4015 *y = wp.rcNormalPosition.top; |
4140 if(width) | 4016 if(width) |
4141 *width = swp.cx; | 4017 *width = wp.rcNormalPosition.right - wp.rcNormalPosition.left; |
4142 if(height) | 4018 if(height) |
4143 *height = swp.cy; | 4019 *height = wp.rcNormalPosition.bottom - wp.rcNormalPosition.top; |
4020 | |
4144 } | 4021 } |
4145 | 4022 |
4146 /* | 4023 /* |
4147 * Sets the style of a given window (widget). | 4024 * Sets the style of a given window (widget). |
4148 * Parameters: | 4025 * Parameters: |
4150 * width: New width in pixels. | 4027 * width: New width in pixels. |
4151 * height: New height in pixels. | 4028 * height: New height in pixels. |
4152 */ | 4029 */ |
4153 void dw_window_set_style(HWND handle, ULONG style, ULONG mask) | 4030 void dw_window_set_style(HWND handle, ULONG style, ULONG mask) |
4154 { | 4031 { |
4155 WinSetWindowBits(handle, QWL_STYLE, style, mask); | 4032 ULONG tmp, currentstyle = GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_STYLE); |
4033 | |
4034 tmp = currentstyle | mask; | |
4035 tmp ^= mask; | |
4036 tmp |= style; | |
4037 | |
4038 SetWindowLong(handle, GWL_STYLE, tmp); | |
4039 } | |
4040 | |
4041 /* Finds the physical ID from the reference ID */ | |
4042 int _findnotebookid(NotebookPage **array, int pageid) | |
4043 { | |
4044 int z; | |
4045 | |
4046 for(z=0;z<256;z++) | |
4047 { | |
4048 if(array[z] && array[z]->realid == pageid) | |
4049 return z; | |
4050 } | |
4051 return -1; | |
4156 } | 4052 } |
4157 | 4053 |
4158 /* | 4054 /* |
4159 * Adds a new page to specified notebook. | 4055 * Adds a new page to specified notebook. |
4160 * Parameters: | 4056 * Parameters: |
4162 * flags: Any additional page creation flags. | 4058 * flags: Any additional page creation flags. |
4163 * front: If TRUE page is added at the beginning. | 4059 * front: If TRUE page is added at the beginning. |
4164 */ | 4060 */ |
4165 ULONG dw_notebook_page_new(HWND handle, ULONG flags, int front) | 4061 ULONG dw_notebook_page_new(HWND handle, ULONG flags, int front) |
4166 { | 4062 { |
4167 if(front) | 4063 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
4168 return (ULONG)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_INSERTPAGE, 0L, | 4064 |
4169 MPFROM2SHORT((BKA_STATUSTEXTON | BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE | BKA_MAJOR | flags), BKA_FIRST)); | 4065 if(array) |
4170 return (ULONG)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_INSERTPAGE, 0L, | 4066 { |
4171 MPFROM2SHORT((BKA_STATUSTEXTON | BKA_AUTOPAGESIZE | BKA_MAJOR | flags), BKA_LAST)); | 4067 int z, refid = -1; |
4172 } | 4068 |
4173 | 4069 for(z=0;z<256;z++) |
4174 /* | 4070 { |
4175 * Remove a page from a notebook. | 4071 if(_findnotebookid(array, z) == -1) |
4176 * Parameters: | 4072 { |
4177 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | 4073 refid = z; |
4178 * pageid: ID of the page to be destroyed. | 4074 break; |
4179 */ | 4075 } |
4180 void dw_notebook_page_destroy(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid) | 4076 } |
4181 { | 4077 |
4182 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_DELETEPAGE, | 4078 if(refid == -1) |
4183 MPFROMLONG(pageid), (MPARAM)BKA_SINGLE); | 4079 return -1; |
4184 } | 4080 |
4185 | 4081 for(z=0;z<256;z++) |
4186 /* | 4082 { |
4187 * Queries the currently visible page ID. | 4083 if(!array[z]) |
4188 * Parameters: | 4084 { |
4189 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | 4085 int oldpage = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(handle); |
4190 */ | 4086 |
4191 unsigned int dw_notebook_page_query(HWND handle) | 4087 array[z] = calloc(1, sizeof(NotebookPage)); |
4192 { | 4088 array[z]->realid = refid; |
4193 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_QUERYPAGEID,0L, MPFROM2SHORT(BKA_TOP, BKA_MAJOR)); | 4089 array[z]->item.mask = TCIF_TEXT; |
4194 } | 4090 array[z]->item.iImage = -1; |
4195 | 4091 array[z]->item.pszText = ""; |
4196 /* | 4092 TabCtrl_InsertItem(handle, z, &(array[z]->item)); |
4197 * Sets the currently visibale page ID. | 4093 |
4198 * Parameters: | 4094 if(oldpage > -1 && array[oldpage]) |
4199 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | 4095 SetParent(array[oldpage]->hwnd, DW_HWND_OBJECT); |
4200 * pageid: ID of the page to be made visible. | 4096 |
4201 */ | 4097 TabCtrl_SetCurSel(handle, z); |
4202 void dw_notebook_page_set(HWND handle, unsigned int pageid) | 4098 return refid; |
4203 { | 4099 } |
4204 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_TURNTOPAGE, MPFROMLONG(pageid), 0L); | 4100 } |
4101 } | |
4102 return -1; | |
4205 } | 4103 } |
4206 | 4104 |
4207 /* | 4105 /* |
4208 * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab. | 4106 * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab. |
4209 * Parameters: | 4107 * Parameters: |
4210 * handle: Notebook handle. | 4108 * handle: Notebook handle. |
4211 * pageid: Page ID of the tab to set. | 4109 * pageid: Page ID of the tab to set. |
4212 * text: Pointer to the text to set. | 4110 * text: Pointer to the text to set. |
4213 */ | 4111 */ |
4214 void dw_notebook_page_set_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text) | 4112 void dw_notebook_page_set_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageidx, char *text) |
4215 { | 4113 { |
4216 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETTABTEXT, | 4114 |
4217 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMP(text)); | 4115 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
4116 int pageid; | |
4117 | |
4118 if(!array) | |
4119 return; | |
4120 | |
4121 pageid = _findnotebookid(array, pageidx); | |
4122 | |
4123 if(pageid > -1 && array[pageid]) | |
4124 { | |
4125 array[pageid]->item.mask = TCIF_TEXT; | |
4126 array[pageid]->item.pszText = text; | |
4127 TabCtrl_SetItem(handle, pageid, &(array[pageid]->item)); | |
4128 _resize_notebook_page(handle, pageid); | |
4129 } | |
4218 } | 4130 } |
4219 | 4131 |
4220 /* | 4132 /* |
4221 * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab status area. | 4133 * Sets the text on the specified notebook tab status area. |
4222 * Parameters: | 4134 * Parameters: |
4224 * pageid: Page ID of the tab to set. | 4136 * pageid: Page ID of the tab to set. |
4225 * text: Pointer to the text to set. | 4137 * text: Pointer to the text to set. |
4226 */ | 4138 */ |
4227 void dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text) | 4139 void dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, char *text) |
4228 { | 4140 { |
4229 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETSTATUSLINETEXT, | |
4230 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMP(text)); | |
4231 } | 4141 } |
4232 | 4142 |
4233 /* | 4143 /* |
4234 * Packs the specified box into the notebook page. | 4144 * Packs the specified box into the notebook page. |
4235 * Parameters: | 4145 * Parameters: |
4236 * handle: Handle to the notebook to be packed. | 4146 * handle: Handle to the notebook to be packed. |
4237 * pageid: Page ID in the notebook which is being packed. | 4147 * pageid: Page ID in the notebook which is being packed. |
4238 * page: Box handle to be packed. | 4148 * page: Box handle to be packed. |
4239 */ | 4149 */ |
4240 void dw_notebook_pack(HWND handle, ULONG pageid, HWND page) | 4150 void dw_notebook_pack(HWND handle, ULONG pageidx, HWND page) |
4241 { | 4151 { |
4242 HWND tmpbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0); | 4152 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
4243 | 4153 int pageid; |
4244 dw_box_pack_start(tmpbox, page, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | 4154 |
4245 WinSubclassWindow(tmpbox, _wndproc); | 4155 if(!array) |
4246 WinSendMsg(handle, BKM_SETPAGEWINDOWHWND, | 4156 return; |
4247 MPFROMLONG(pageid), MPFROMHWND(tmpbox)); | 4157 |
4158 pageid = _findnotebookid(array, pageidx); | |
4159 | |
4160 if(pageid > -1 && array[pageid]) | |
4161 { | |
4162 HWND tmpbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0); | |
4163 | |
4164 dw_box_pack_start(tmpbox, page, 0, 0, TRUE, TRUE, 0); | |
4165 SubclassWindow(tmpbox, _wndproc); | |
4166 if(array[pageid]->hwnd) | |
4167 dw_window_destroy(array[pageid]->hwnd); | |
4168 array[pageid]->hwnd = tmpbox; | |
4169 if(pageidx == dw_notebook_page_query(handle)) | |
4170 { | |
4171 SetParent(tmpbox, handle); | |
4172 _resize_notebook_page(handle, pageid); | |
4173 } | |
4174 } | |
4175 } | |
4176 | |
4177 /* | |
4178 * Remove a page from a notebook. | |
4179 * Parameters: | |
4180 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | |
4181 * pageid: ID of the page to be destroyed. | |
4182 */ | |
4183 void dw_notebook_page_destroy(HWND handle, unsigned int pageidx) | |
4184 { | |
4185 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
4186 int newid = -1, z, pageid; | |
4187 | |
4188 if(!array) | |
4189 return; | |
4190 | |
4191 pageid = _findnotebookid(array, pageidx); | |
4192 | |
4193 if(pageid < 0) | |
4194 return; | |
4195 | |
4196 if(array[pageid]) | |
4197 { | |
4198 SetParent(array[pageid]->hwnd, DW_HWND_OBJECT); | |
4199 free(array[pageid]); | |
4200 array[pageid] = NULL; | |
4201 } | |
4202 | |
4203 TabCtrl_DeleteItem(handle, pageid); | |
4204 | |
4205 /* Shift the pages over 1 */ | |
4206 for(z=pageid;z<255;z++) | |
4207 array[z] = array[z+1]; | |
4208 array[255] = NULL; | |
4209 | |
4210 for(z=0;z<256;z++) | |
4211 { | |
4212 if(array[z]) | |
4213 { | |
4214 newid = z; | |
4215 break; | |
4216 } | |
4217 } | |
4218 if(newid > -1) | |
4219 { | |
4220 SetParent(array[newid]->hwnd, handle); | |
4221 _resize_notebook_page(handle, newid); | |
4222 dw_notebook_page_set(handle, array[newid]->realid); | |
4223 } | |
4224 } | |
4225 | |
4226 /* | |
4227 * Queries the currently visible page ID. | |
4228 * Parameters: | |
4229 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | |
4230 */ | |
4231 unsigned int dw_notebook_page_query(HWND handle) | |
4232 { | |
4233 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
4234 int physid = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(handle); | |
4235 | |
4236 if(physid > -1 && physid < 256 && array && array[physid]) | |
4237 return array[physid]->realid; | |
4238 return -1; | |
4239 } | |
4240 | |
4241 /* | |
4242 * Sets the currently visible page ID. | |
4243 * Parameters: | |
4244 * handle: Handle to the notebook widget. | |
4245 * pageid: ID of the page to be made visible. | |
4246 */ | |
4247 void dw_notebook_page_set(HWND handle, unsigned int pageidx) | |
4248 { | |
4249 NotebookPage **array = (NotebookPage **)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
4250 int pageid; | |
4251 | |
4252 if(!array) | |
4253 return; | |
4254 | |
4255 pageid = _findnotebookid(array, pageidx); | |
4256 | |
4257 if(pageid > -1 && pageid < 256) | |
4258 { | |
4259 int oldpage = TabCtrl_GetCurSel(handle); | |
4260 | |
4261 if(oldpage > -1 && array && array[oldpage]) | |
4262 SetParent(array[oldpage]->hwnd, DW_HWND_OBJECT); | |
4263 | |
4264 TabCtrl_SetCurSel(handle, pageid); | |
4265 | |
4266 SetParent(array[pageid]->hwnd, handle); | |
4267 _resize_notebook_page(handle, pageid); | |
4268 } | |
4248 } | 4269 } |
4249 | 4270 |
4250 /* | 4271 /* |
4251 * Appends the specified text to the listbox's (or combobox) entry list. | 4272 * Appends the specified text to the listbox's (or combobox) entry list. |
4252 * Parameters: | 4273 * Parameters: |
4253 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be appended to. | 4274 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be appended to. |
4254 * text: Text to append into listbox. | 4275 * text: Text to append into listbox. |
4255 */ | 4276 */ |
4256 void dw_listbox_append(HWND handle, char *text) | 4277 void dw_listbox_append(HWND handle, char *text) |
4257 { | 4278 { |
4258 WinSendMsg(handle, | 4279 char tmpbuf[100]; |
4259 LM_INSERTITEM, | 4280 |
4260 MPFROMSHORT(LIT_END), | 4281 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
4261 MPFROMP(text)); | 4282 |
4283 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0) | |
4284 SendMessage(handle, | |
4285 CB_ADDSTRING, | |
4286 0, (LPARAM)text); | |
4287 else | |
4288 SendMessage(handle, | |
4289 LB_ADDSTRING, | |
4290 0, (LPARAM)text); | |
4262 } | 4291 } |
4263 | 4292 |
4264 /* | 4293 /* |
4265 * Clears the listbox's (or combobox) list of all entries. | 4294 * Clears the listbox's (or combobox) list of all entries. |
4266 * Parameters: | 4295 * Parameters: |
4267 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. | 4296 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. |
4268 */ | 4297 */ |
4269 void dw_listbox_clear(HWND handle) | 4298 void dw_listbox_clear(HWND handle) |
4270 { | 4299 { |
4271 WinSendMsg(handle, | 4300 char tmpbuf[100]; |
4272 LM_DELETEALL, 0L, 0L); | 4301 |
4273 } | 4302 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
4274 | 4303 |
4275 /* | 4304 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0) |
4276 * Returns the listbox's item count. | 4305 { |
4277 * Parameters: | 4306 char *buf = dw_window_get_text(handle); |
4278 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. | 4307 |
4279 */ | 4308 SendMessage(handle, |
4280 int dw_listbox_count(HWND handle) | 4309 CB_RESETCONTENT, 0L, 0L); |
4281 { | 4310 |
4282 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, | 4311 if(buf) |
4283 LM_QUERYITEMCOUNT,0L, 0L); | 4312 { |
4284 } | 4313 dw_window_set_text(handle, buf); |
4285 | 4314 free(buf); |
4286 /* | 4315 } |
4287 * Sets the topmost item in the viewport. | 4316 } |
4288 * Parameters: | 4317 else |
4289 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. | 4318 SendMessage(handle, |
4290 * top: Index to the top item. | 4319 LB_RESETCONTENT, 0L, 0L); |
4291 */ | 4320 } |
4292 void dw_listbox_set_top(HWND handle, int top) | 4321 |
4293 { | 4322 /* |
4294 WinSendMsg(handle, | 4323 * Sets the text of a given listbox entry. |
4295 LM_SETTOPINDEX, | 4324 * Parameters: |
4296 MPFROMSHORT(top), | 4325 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. |
4297 0L); | 4326 * index: Index into the list to be queried. |
4327 * buffer: Buffer where text will be copied. | |
4328 */ | |
4329 void dw_listbox_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer) | |
4330 { | |
4331 unsigned int sel = (unsigned int)SendMessage(handle, LB_GETCURSEL, 0, 0); | |
4332 SendMessage(handle, LB_DELETESTRING, (WPARAM)index, 0); | |
4333 SendMessage(handle, LB_INSERTSTRING, (WPARAM)index, (LPARAM)buffer); | |
4334 SendMessage(handle, LB_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)sel, 0); | |
4335 SendMessage(handle, LB_SETSEL, (WPARAM)TRUE, (LPARAM)sel); | |
4298 } | 4336 } |
4299 | 4337 |
4300 /* | 4338 /* |
4301 * Copies the given index item's text into buffer. | 4339 * Copies the given index item's text into buffer. |
4302 * Parameters: | 4340 * Parameters: |
4305 * buffer: Buffer where text will be copied. | 4343 * buffer: Buffer where text will be copied. |
4306 * length: Length of the buffer (including NULL). | 4344 * length: Length of the buffer (including NULL). |
4307 */ | 4345 */ |
4308 void dw_listbox_query_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer, unsigned int length) | 4346 void dw_listbox_query_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer, unsigned int length) |
4309 { | 4347 { |
4310 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_QUERYITEMTEXT, MPFROM2SHORT(index, length), (MPARAM)buffer); | 4348 SendMessage(handle, |
4311 } | 4349 LB_GETTEXT, (WPARAM)index, (LPARAM)buffer); |
4312 | 4350 } |
4313 /* | 4351 |
4314 * Sets the text of a given listbox entry. | 4352 /* |
4353 * Returns the index to the item in the list currently selected. | |
4315 * Parameters: | 4354 * Parameters: |
4316 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. | 4355 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. |
4317 * index: Index into the list to be queried. | |
4318 * buffer: Buffer where text will be copied. | |
4319 */ | |
4320 void dw_listbox_set_text(HWND handle, unsigned int index, char *buffer) | |
4321 { | |
4322 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_SETITEMTEXT, MPFROMSHORT(index), (MPARAM)buffer); | |
4323 } | |
4324 | |
4325 /* | |
4326 * Returns the index to the item in the list currently selected. | |
4327 * Parameters: | |
4328 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. | |
4329 */ | 4356 */ |
4330 unsigned int dw_listbox_selected(HWND handle) | 4357 unsigned int dw_listbox_selected(HWND handle) |
4331 { | 4358 { |
4332 return (unsigned int)WinSendMsg(handle, | 4359 char tmpbuf[100]; |
4333 LM_QUERYSELECTION, | 4360 |
4334 MPFROMSHORT(LIT_CURSOR), | 4361 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
4335 0); | 4362 |
4363 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0) | |
4364 return (unsigned int)SendMessage(handle, | |
4365 CB_GETCURSEL, | |
4366 0, 0); | |
4367 | |
4368 return (unsigned int)SendMessage(handle, | |
4369 LB_GETCURSEL, | |
4370 0, 0); | |
4336 } | 4371 } |
4337 | 4372 |
4338 /* | 4373 /* |
4339 * Returns the index to the current selected item or -1 when done. | 4374 * Returns the index to the current selected item or -1 when done. |
4340 * Parameters: | 4375 * Parameters: |
4341 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. | 4376 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be queried. |
4342 * where: Either the previous return or -1 to restart. | 4377 * where: Either the previous return or -1 to restart. |
4343 */ | 4378 */ |
4344 int dw_listbox_selected_multi(HWND handle, int where) | 4379 int dw_listbox_selected_multi(HWND handle, int where) |
4345 { | 4380 { |
4346 int place = where; | 4381 int *array, count, z; |
4347 | 4382 |
4348 if(where == -1) | 4383 count = (int)SendMessage(handle, LB_GETSELCOUNT, 0, 0); |
4349 place = LIT_FIRST; | 4384 if(count > 0) |
4350 | 4385 { |
4351 place = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, | 4386 array = malloc(sizeof(int)*count); |
4352 LM_QUERYSELECTION, | 4387 SendMessage(handle, LB_GETSELITEMS, (WPARAM)count, (LPARAM)array); |
4353 MPFROMSHORT(place),0L); | 4388 |
4354 if(place == LIT_NONE) | 4389 if(where == -1) |
4355 return -1; | 4390 { |
4356 return place; | 4391 int ret = array[0]; |
4392 free(array); | |
4393 return ret; | |
4394 } | |
4395 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | |
4396 { | |
4397 if(array[z] == where && (z+1) < count) | |
4398 { | |
4399 int ret = array[z+1]; | |
4400 free(array); | |
4401 return ret; | |
4402 } | |
4403 } | |
4404 free(array); | |
4405 } | |
4406 return -1; | |
4357 } | 4407 } |
4358 | 4408 |
4359 /* | 4409 /* |
4360 * Sets the selection state of a given index. | 4410 * Sets the selection state of a given index. |
4361 * Parameters: | 4411 * Parameters: |
4365 */ | 4415 */ |
4366 void dw_listbox_select(HWND handle, int index, int state) | 4416 void dw_listbox_select(HWND handle, int index, int state) |
4367 { | 4417 { |
4368 char tmpbuf[100]; | 4418 char tmpbuf[100]; |
4369 | 4419 |
4370 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_SELECTITEM, MPFROMSHORT(index), (MPARAM)state); | 4420 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); |
4371 | 4421 |
4372 WinQueryClassName(handle, 99, tmpbuf); | 4422 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0) |
4373 | 4423 SendMessage(handle, CB_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)index, 0); |
4374 /* If we are setting a combobox call the event handler manually */ | 4424 else |
4375 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)==0) | 4425 { |
4376 _run_event(handle, WM_CONTROL, MPFROM2SHORT(0, LN_SELECT), (MPARAM)handle); | 4426 SendMessage(handle, LB_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)index, 0); |
4427 SendMessage(handle, LB_SETSEL, (WPARAM)state, (LPARAM)index); | |
4428 } | |
4429 _wndproc(handle, WM_COMMAND, (WPARAM)(LBN_SELCHANGE << 16), (LPARAM)handle); | |
4377 } | 4430 } |
4378 | 4431 |
4379 /* | 4432 /* |
4380 * Deletes the item with given index from the list. | 4433 * Deletes the item with given index from the list. |
4381 * Parameters: | 4434 * Parameters: |
4382 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be set. | 4435 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be set. |
4383 * index: Item index. | 4436 * index: Item index. |
4384 */ | 4437 */ |
4385 void dw_listbox_delete(HWND handle, int index) | 4438 void dw_listbox_delete(HWND handle, int index) |
4386 { | 4439 { |
4387 WinSendMsg(handle, LM_DELETEITEM, MPFROMSHORT(index), 0); | 4440 SendMessage(handle, LB_DELETESTRING, (WPARAM)index, 0); |
4388 } | 4441 } |
4389 | 4442 |
4443 /* | |
4444 * Returns the listbox's item count. | |
4445 * Parameters: | |
4446 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. | |
4447 */ | |
4448 int dw_listbox_count(HWND handle) | |
4449 { | |
4450 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
4451 | |
4452 GetClassName(handle, tmpbuf, 99); | |
4453 | |
4454 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, COMBOBOXCLASSNAME, strlen(COMBOBOXCLASSNAME))==0) | |
4455 return (int)SendMessage(handle, | |
4456 CB_GETCOUNT,0L, 0L); | |
4457 | |
4458 return (int)SendMessage(handle, | |
4459 LB_GETCOUNT,0L, 0L); | |
4460 } | |
4461 | |
4462 /* | |
4463 * Sets the topmost item in the viewport. | |
4464 * Parameters: | |
4465 * handle: Handle to the listbox to be cleared. | |
4466 * top: Index to the top item. | |
4467 */ | |
4468 void dw_listbox_set_top(HWND handle, int top) | |
4469 { | |
4470 SendMessage(handle, LB_SETTOPINDEX, (WPARAM)top, 0); | |
4471 } | |
4472 | |
4473 #define MLE_MAX 200000 | |
4390 /* | 4474 /* |
4391 * Adds text to an MLE box and returns the current point. | 4475 * Adds text to an MLE box and returns the current point. |
4392 * Parameters: | 4476 * Parameters: |
4393 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried. | 4477 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be queried. |
4394 * buffer: Text buffer to be imported. | 4478 * buffer: Text buffer to be imported. |
4395 * startpoint: Point to start entering text. | 4479 * startpoint: Point to start entering text. |
4396 */ | 4480 */ |
4397 unsigned int dw_mle_import(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint) | 4481 unsigned int dw_mle_import(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint) |
4398 { | 4482 { |
4399 unsigned long point = startpoint; | 4483 char *tmpbuf = calloc(1, MLE_MAX+1); |
4400 PBYTE mlebuf; | 4484 int len; |
4401 | 4485 |
4402 /* Work around 64K limit */ | 4486 if(strlen(buffer) < 1) |
4403 if(!DosAllocMem((PPVOID) &mlebuf, 65536, PAG_COMMIT | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | OBJ_TILE)) | 4487 return startpoint; |
4404 { | 4488 |
4405 int amount, len = strlen(buffer), written = 0; | 4489 startpoint++; |
4406 | 4490 |
4407 while(written < len) | 4491 if(startpoint < 0) |
4408 { | 4492 startpoint = 0; |
4409 if((len - written) > 65535) | 4493 |
4410 amount = 65535; | 4494 GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX); |
4411 else | 4495 |
4412 amount = len - written; | 4496 len = strlen(tmpbuf); |
4413 | 4497 if(len) |
4414 memcpy(mlebuf, &buffer[written], amount); | 4498 { |
4415 mlebuf[amount] = '\0'; | 4499 char *dest = &tmpbuf[startpoint+strlen(buffer)-1], *start = &tmpbuf[startpoint]; |
4416 | 4500 int copylen = len - startpoint; |
4417 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT, MPFROMP(mlebuf), MPFROMLONG(amount+1)); | 4501 |
4418 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_IMPORT, MPFROMP(&point), MPFROMLONG(amount + 1)); | 4502 if(copylen > 0) |
4419 dw_mle_delete(handle, point, 1); | 4503 memcpy(dest, start, copylen); |
4420 | 4504 } |
4421 written += amount; | 4505 memcpy(&tmpbuf[startpoint], buffer, strlen(buffer)); |
4422 } | 4506 |
4423 DosFreeMem(mlebuf); | 4507 SetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf); |
4424 } | 4508 |
4425 return point - 1; | 4509 free(tmpbuf); |
4510 return startpoint+strlen(buffer) - 1; | |
4426 } | 4511 } |
4427 | 4512 |
4428 /* | 4513 /* |
4429 * Grabs text from an MLE box. | 4514 * Grabs text from an MLE box. |
4430 * Parameters: | 4515 * Parameters: |
4433 * startpoint: Point to start grabbing text. | 4518 * startpoint: Point to start grabbing text. |
4434 * length: Amount of text to be grabbed. | 4519 * length: Amount of text to be grabbed. |
4435 */ | 4520 */ |
4436 void dw_mle_export(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint, int length) | 4521 void dw_mle_export(HWND handle, char *buffer, int startpoint, int length) |
4437 { | 4522 { |
4438 PBYTE mlebuf; | 4523 char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1); |
4439 | 4524 |
4440 /* Work around 64K limit */ | 4525 GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX); |
4441 if(!DosAllocMem((PPVOID) &mlebuf, 65535, PAG_COMMIT | PAG_READ | PAG_WRITE | OBJ_TILE)) | 4526 tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0; |
4442 { | 4527 |
4443 int amount, copied, written = 0; | 4528 memcpy(buffer, &tmpbuf[startpoint], length); |
4444 | 4529 |
4445 while(written < length) | 4530 free(tmpbuf); |
4446 { | |
4447 if((length - written) > 65535) | |
4448 amount = 65535; | |
4449 else | |
4450 amount = length - written; | |
4451 | |
4452 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETIMPORTEXPORT, MPFROMP(mlebuf), MPFROMLONG(amount)); | |
4453 copied = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_EXPORT, MPFROMP(&startpoint), MPFROMLONG(&amount)); | |
4454 | |
4455 if(copied) | |
4456 { | |
4457 memcpy(&buffer[written], mlebuf, copied); | |
4458 | |
4459 written += copied; | |
4460 } | |
4461 else | |
4462 break; | |
4463 } | |
4464 DosFreeMem(mlebuf); | |
4465 } | |
4466 } | 4531 } |
4467 | 4532 |
4468 /* | 4533 /* |
4469 * Obtains information about an MLE box. | 4534 * Obtains information about an MLE box. |
4470 * Parameters: | 4535 * Parameters: |
4472 * bytes: A pointer to a variable to return the total bytes. | 4537 * bytes: A pointer to a variable to return the total bytes. |
4473 * lines: A pointer to a variable to return the number of lines. | 4538 * lines: A pointer to a variable to return the number of lines. |
4474 */ | 4539 */ |
4475 void dw_mle_query(HWND handle, unsigned long *bytes, unsigned long *lines) | 4540 void dw_mle_query(HWND handle, unsigned long *bytes, unsigned long *lines) |
4476 { | 4541 { |
4542 char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1); | |
4543 | |
4544 GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX); | |
4545 tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0; | |
4546 | |
4477 if(bytes) | 4547 if(bytes) |
4478 *bytes = (unsigned long)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYTEXTLENGTH, 0, 0); | 4548 *bytes = strlen(tmpbuf); |
4479 if(lines) | 4549 if(lines) |
4480 *lines = (unsigned long)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYLINECOUNT, 0, 0); | 4550 *lines = (unsigned long)SendMessage(handle, EM_GETLINECOUNT, 0, 0); |
4551 | |
4552 free(tmpbuf); | |
4481 } | 4553 } |
4482 | 4554 |
4483 /* | 4555 /* |
4484 * Deletes text from an MLE box. | 4556 * Deletes text from an MLE box. |
4485 * Parameters: | 4557 * Parameters: |
4487 * startpoint: Point to start deleting text. | 4559 * startpoint: Point to start deleting text. |
4488 * length: Amount of text to be deleted. | 4560 * length: Amount of text to be deleted. |
4489 */ | 4561 */ |
4490 void dw_mle_delete(HWND handle, int startpoint, int length) | 4562 void dw_mle_delete(HWND handle, int startpoint, int length) |
4491 { | 4563 { |
4492 char *buf = malloc(length+1); | 4564 char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1); |
4493 int z, dellen = length; | 4565 int len; |
4494 | 4566 |
4495 dw_mle_export(handle, buf, startpoint, length); | 4567 GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX); |
4496 | 4568 tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0; |
4497 for(z=0;z<length-1;z++) | 4569 |
4498 { | 4570 len = strlen(tmpbuf); |
4499 if(strncmp(&buf[z], "\r\n", 2) == 0) | 4571 |
4500 dellen--; | 4572 strcpy(&tmpbuf[startpoint], &tmpbuf[startpoint+length]); |
4501 } | 4573 |
4502 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DELETE, MPFROMLONG(startpoint), MPFROMLONG(dellen)); | 4574 SetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf); |
4503 free(buf); | 4575 |
4576 free(tmpbuf); | |
4504 } | 4577 } |
4505 | 4578 |
4506 /* | 4579 /* |
4507 * Clears all text from an MLE box. | 4580 * Clears all text from an MLE box. |
4508 * Parameters: | 4581 * Parameters: |
4509 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared. | 4582 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be cleared. |
4510 */ | 4583 */ |
4511 void dw_mle_clear(HWND handle) | 4584 void dw_mle_clear(HWND handle) |
4512 { | 4585 { |
4513 unsigned long bytes; | 4586 SetWindowText(handle, ""); |
4514 | |
4515 dw_mle_query(handle, &bytes, NULL); | |
4516 | |
4517 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DELETE, MPFROMLONG(0), MPFROMLONG(bytes)); | |
4518 } | 4587 } |
4519 | 4588 |
4520 /* | 4589 /* |
4521 * Sets the visible line of an MLE box. | 4590 * Sets the visible line of an MLE box. |
4522 * Parameters: | 4591 * Parameters: |
4523 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned. | 4592 * handle: Handle to the MLE. |
4524 * line: Line to be visible. | 4593 * line: Line to be visible. |
4525 */ | 4594 */ |
4526 void dw_mle_set_visible(HWND handle, int line) | 4595 void dw_mle_set_visible(HWND handle, int line) |
4527 { | 4596 { |
4528 int tmppnt; | 4597 int point = (int)SendMessage(handle, EM_LINEINDEX, (WPARAM)line, 0); |
4529 | 4598 dw_mle_set(handle, point); |
4530 if(line > 10) | |
4531 { | |
4532 tmppnt = (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_CHARFROMLINE, MPFROMLONG(line - 10), 0); | |
4533 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETFIRSTCHAR, MPFROMLONG(tmppnt), 0); | |
4534 } | |
4535 } | 4599 } |
4536 | 4600 |
4537 /* | 4601 /* |
4538 * Sets the editablity of an MLE box. | 4602 * Sets the editablity of an MLE box. |
4539 * Parameters: | 4603 * Parameters: |
4540 * handle: Handle to the MLE. | 4604 * handle: Handle to the MLE. |
4541 * state: TRUE if it can be edited, FALSE for readonly. | 4605 * state: TRUE if it can be edited, FALSE for readonly. |
4542 */ | 4606 */ |
4543 void dw_mle_set_editable(HWND handle, int state) | 4607 void dw_mle_set_editable(HWND handle, int state) |
4544 { | 4608 { |
4545 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETREADONLY, MPFROMLONG(state ? FALSE : TRUE), 0); | 4609 SendMessage(handle, EM_SETREADONLY, (WPARAM)(state ? FALSE : TRUE), 0); |
4546 } | 4610 } |
4547 | 4611 |
4548 /* | 4612 /* |
4549 * Sets the word wrap state of an MLE box. | 4613 * Sets the word wrap state of an MLE box. |
4550 * Parameters: | 4614 * Parameters: |
4551 * handle: Handle to the MLE. | 4615 * handle: Handle to the MLE. |
4552 * state: TRUE if it wraps, FALSE if it doesn't. | 4616 * state: TRUE if it wraps, FALSE if it doesn't. |
4553 */ | 4617 */ |
4554 void dw_mle_set_word_wrap(HWND handle, int state) | 4618 void dw_mle_set_word_wrap(HWND handle, int state) |
4555 { | 4619 { |
4556 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETWRAP, MPFROMLONG(state), 0); | 4620 /* If ES_AUTOHSCROLL is not set and there is not |
4621 * horizontal scrollbar it word wraps. | |
4622 */ | |
4623 if(state) | |
4624 dw_window_set_style(handle, 0, ES_AUTOHSCROLL); | |
4625 else | |
4626 dw_window_set_style(handle, ES_AUTOHSCROLL, ES_AUTOHSCROLL); | |
4557 } | 4627 } |
4558 | 4628 |
4559 /* | 4629 /* |
4560 * Sets the current cursor position of an MLE box. | 4630 * Sets the current cursor position of an MLE box. |
4561 * Parameters: | 4631 * Parameters: |
4562 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned. | 4632 * handle: Handle to the MLE to be positioned. |
4563 * point: Point to position cursor. | 4633 * point: Point to position cursor. |
4564 */ | 4634 */ |
4565 void dw_mle_set(HWND handle, int point) | 4635 void dw_mle_set(HWND handle, int point) |
4566 { | 4636 { |
4567 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SETSEL, MPFROMLONG(point), MPFROMLONG(point)); | 4637 SendMessage(handle, EM_SETSEL, (WPARAM)point, (LPARAM)point); |
4638 SendMessage(handle, EM_SCROLLCARET, 0, 0); | |
4568 } | 4639 } |
4569 | 4640 |
4570 /* | 4641 /* |
4571 * Finds text in an MLE box. | 4642 * Finds text in an MLE box. |
4572 * Parameters: | 4643 * Parameters: |
4575 * point: Start point of search. | 4646 * point: Start point of search. |
4576 * flags: Search specific flags. | 4647 * flags: Search specific flags. |
4577 */ | 4648 */ |
4578 int dw_mle_search(HWND handle, char *text, int point, unsigned long flags) | 4649 int dw_mle_search(HWND handle, char *text, int point, unsigned long flags) |
4579 { | 4650 { |
4580 MLE_SEARCHDATA msd; | 4651 char *tmpbuf = malloc(MLE_MAX+1); |
4581 | 4652 int z, len, textlen, retval = 0; |
4582 /* This code breaks with structure packing set to 1 (/Sp1 in VAC) | 4653 |
4583 * if this is needed we need to add a pragma here. | 4654 GetWindowText(handle, tmpbuf, MLE_MAX); |
4584 */ | 4655 tmpbuf[MLE_MAX] = 0; |
4585 msd.cb = sizeof(msd); | 4656 |
4586 msd.pchFind = text; | 4657 len = strlen(tmpbuf); |
4587 msd.pchReplace = NULL; | 4658 textlen = strlen(text); |
4588 msd.cchFind = strlen(text); | 4659 |
4589 msd.cchReplace = 0; | 4660 if(flags & DW_MLE_CASESENSITIVE) |
4590 msd.iptStart = point; | 4661 { |
4591 msd.iptStop = -1; | 4662 for(z=point;z<(len-textlen) && !retval;z++) |
4592 | 4663 { |
4593 if(WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_SEARCH, MPFROMLONG(MLFSEARCH_SELECTMATCH | flags), (MPARAM)&msd)) | 4664 if(strncmp(&tmpbuf[z], text, textlen) == 0) |
4594 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_QUERYSEL,(MPARAM)MLFQS_MAXSEL, 0); | 4665 retval = z + textlen; |
4595 return 0; | 4666 } |
4667 } | |
4668 else | |
4669 { | |
4670 for(z=point;z<(len-textlen) && !retval;z++) | |
4671 { | |
4672 if(strnicmp(&tmpbuf[z], text, textlen) == 0) | |
4673 retval = z + textlen; | |
4674 } | |
4675 } | |
4676 | |
4677 if(retval) | |
4678 { | |
4679 SendMessage(handle, EM_SETSEL, (WPARAM)retval - textlen, (LPARAM)retval); | |
4680 SendMessage(handle, EM_SCROLLCARET, 0, 0); | |
4681 } | |
4682 | |
4683 free(tmpbuf); | |
4684 | |
4685 return retval; | |
4596 } | 4686 } |
4597 | 4687 |
4598 /* | 4688 /* |
4599 * Stops redrawing of an MLE box. | 4689 * Stops redrawing of an MLE box. |
4600 * Parameters: | 4690 * Parameters: |
4601 * handle: Handle to the MLE to freeze. | 4691 * handle: Handle to the MLE to freeze. |
4602 */ | 4692 */ |
4603 void dw_mle_freeze(HWND handle) | 4693 void dw_mle_freeze(HWND handle) |
4604 { | 4694 { |
4605 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_DISABLEREFRESH, 0, 0); | |
4606 } | 4695 } |
4607 | 4696 |
4608 /* | 4697 /* |
4609 * Resumes redrawing of an MLE box. | 4698 * Resumes redrawing of an MLE box. |
4610 * Parameters: | 4699 * Parameters: |
4611 * handle: Handle to the MLE to thaw. | 4700 * handle: Handle to the MLE to thaw. |
4612 */ | 4701 */ |
4613 void dw_mle_thaw(HWND handle) | 4702 void dw_mle_thaw(HWND handle) |
4614 { | 4703 { |
4615 WinSendMsg(handle, MLM_ENABLEREFRESH, 0, 0); | |
4616 } | 4704 } |
4617 | 4705 |
4618 /* | 4706 /* |
4619 * Returns the range of the percent bar. | 4707 * Returns the range of the percent bar. |
4620 * Parameters: | 4708 * Parameters: |
4621 * handle: Handle to the slider to be queried. | 4709 * handle: Handle to the slider to be queried. |
4622 */ | 4710 */ |
4623 unsigned int dw_percent_query_range(HWND handle) | 4711 unsigned int dw_percent_query_range(HWND handle) |
4624 { | 4712 { |
4625 unsigned long width; | 4713 return (unsigned int)SendMessage(handle, PBM_GETRANGE, (WPARAM)FALSE, 0); |
4626 | |
4627 dw_window_get_pos_size(handle, 0, 0, &width, 0); | |
4628 | |
4629 if(width - 6 < 1) | |
4630 return 1; | |
4631 return width - 6; | |
4632 } | 4714 } |
4633 | 4715 |
4634 /* | 4716 /* |
4635 * Sets the percent bar position. | 4717 * Sets the percent bar position. |
4636 * Parameters: | 4718 * Parameters: |
4637 * handle: Handle to the slider to be set. | 4719 * handle: Handle to the slider to be set. |
4638 * position: Position of the slider withing the range. | 4720 * position: Position of the slider withing the range. |
4639 */ | 4721 */ |
4640 void dw_percent_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position) | 4722 void dw_percent_set_pos(HWND handle, unsigned int position) |
4641 { | 4723 { |
4642 PercentBar *pb = (PercentBar *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0); | 4724 SendMessage(handle, PBM_SETPOS, (WPARAM)position, 0); |
4643 | |
4644 if(pb) | |
4645 { | |
4646 RECTL rcl; | |
4647 | |
4648 pb->pos = position; | |
4649 WinQueryWindowRect(handle, &rcl); | |
4650 WinInvalidateRect(handle, &rcl, FALSE); | |
4651 } | |
4652 } | 4725 } |
4653 | 4726 |
4654 /* | 4727 /* |
4655 * Sets the spinbutton value. | 4728 * Sets the spinbutton value. |
4656 * Parameters: | 4729 * Parameters: |
4657 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. | 4730 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. |
4658 * position: Current value of the spinbutton. | 4731 * position: Current value of the spinbutton. |
4659 */ | 4732 */ |
4660 void dw_spinbutton_set_pos(HWND handle, long position) | 4733 void dw_spinbutton_set_pos(HWND handle, long position) |
4661 { | 4734 { |
4662 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_SETCURRENTVALUE, MPFROMLONG((long)position), 0L); | 4735 char tmpbuf[100]; |
4736 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
4737 | |
4738 sprintf(tmpbuf, "%d", position); | |
4739 | |
4740 if(cinfo && cinfo->buddy) | |
4741 SetWindowText(cinfo->buddy, tmpbuf); | |
4742 | |
4743 if(IS_WIN98PLUS) | |
4744 SendMessage(handle, UDM_SETPOS32, 0, (LPARAM)position); | |
4745 else | |
4746 SendMessage(handle, UDM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)MAKELONG((short)position, 0)); | |
4663 } | 4747 } |
4664 | 4748 |
4665 /* | 4749 /* |
4666 * Sets the spinbutton limits. | 4750 * Sets the spinbutton limits. |
4667 * Parameters: | 4751 * Parameters: |
4668 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. | 4752 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. |
4669 * upper: Upper limit. | 4753 * position: Current value of the spinbutton. |
4670 * lower: Lower limit. | 4754 * position: Current value of the spinbutton. |
4671 */ | 4755 */ |
4672 void dw_spinbutton_set_limits(HWND handle, long upper, long lower) | 4756 void dw_spinbutton_set_limits(HWND handle, long upper, long lower) |
4673 { | 4757 { |
4674 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_SETLIMITS, MPFROMLONG(upper), MPFROMLONG(lower)); | 4758 if(IS_WIN98PLUS) |
4759 SendMessage(handle, UDM_SETRANGE32, (WPARAM)lower,(LPARAM)upper); | |
4760 else | |
4761 SendMessage(handle, UDM_SETRANGE32, (WPARAM)((short)lower), | |
4762 (LPARAM)((short)upper)); | |
4675 } | 4763 } |
4676 | 4764 |
4677 /* | 4765 /* |
4678 * Sets the entryfield character limit. | 4766 * Sets the entryfield character limit. |
4679 * Parameters: | 4767 * Parameters: |
4680 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. | 4768 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be set. |
4681 * limit: Number of characters the entryfield will take. | 4769 * limit: Number of characters the entryfield will take. |
4682 */ | 4770 */ |
4683 void dw_entryfield_set_limit(HWND handle, ULONG limit) | 4771 void dw_entryfield_set_limit(HWND handle, ULONG limit) |
4684 { | 4772 { |
4685 WinSendMsg(handle, EM_SETTEXTLIMIT, (MPARAM)limit, (MPARAM)0); | 4773 SendMessage(handle, EM_SETLIMITTEXT, (WPARAM)limit, 0); |
4686 } | 4774 } |
4687 | |
4688 | 4775 |
4689 /* | 4776 /* |
4690 * Returns the current value of the spinbutton. | 4777 * Returns the current value of the spinbutton. |
4691 * Parameters: | 4778 * Parameters: |
4692 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be queried. | 4779 * handle: Handle to the spinbutton to be queried. |
4693 */ | 4780 */ |
4694 long dw_spinbutton_query(HWND handle) | 4781 long dw_spinbutton_query(HWND handle) |
4695 { | 4782 { |
4696 long tmpval = 0L; | 4783 if(IS_WIN98PLUS) |
4697 | 4784 return (long)SendMessage(handle, UDM_GETPOS32, 0, 0); |
4698 WinSendMsg(handle, SPBM_QUERYVALUE, (MPARAM)&tmpval,0L); | 4785 else |
4699 return tmpval; | 4786 return (long)SendMessage(handle, UDM_GETPOS, 0, 0); |
4700 } | 4787 } |
4701 | 4788 |
4702 /* | 4789 /* |
4703 * Returns the state of the checkbox. | 4790 * Returns the state of the checkbox. |
4704 * Parameters: | 4791 * Parameters: |
4705 * handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried. | 4792 * handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried. |
4706 */ | 4793 */ |
4707 int dw_checkbox_query(HWND handle) | 4794 int dw_checkbox_query(HWND handle) |
4708 { | 4795 { |
4709 return (int)WinSendMsg(handle,BM_QUERYCHECK,0,0); | 4796 if(SendMessage(handle, BM_GETCHECK, 0, 0) == BST_CHECKED) |
4797 return TRUE; | |
4798 return FALSE; | |
4710 } | 4799 } |
4711 | 4800 |
4712 /* | 4801 /* |
4713 * Sets the state of the checkbox. | 4802 * Sets the state of the checkbox. |
4714 * Parameters: | 4803 * Parameters: |
4715 * handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried. | 4804 * handle: Handle to the checkbox to be queried. |
4716 * value: TRUE for checked, FALSE for unchecked. | 4805 * value: TRUE for checked, FALSE for unchecked. |
4717 */ | 4806 */ |
4718 void dw_checkbox_set(HWND handle, int value) | 4807 void dw_checkbox_set(HWND handle, int value) |
4719 { | 4808 { |
4720 WinSendMsg(handle,BM_SETCHECK,MPFROMSHORT(value),0); | 4809 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
4810 | |
4811 if(cinfo && !cinfo->user) | |
4812 SendMessage(handle, BM_CLICK, 0, 0); | |
4813 SendMessage(handle, BM_SETCHECK, (WPARAM)value, 0); | |
4721 } | 4814 } |
4722 | 4815 |
4723 /* | 4816 /* |
4724 * Inserts an item into a tree window (widget). | 4817 * Inserts an item into a tree window (widget). |
4725 * Parameters: | 4818 * Parameters: |
4729 * parent: Parent handle or 0 if root. | 4822 * parent: Parent handle or 0 if root. |
4730 * itemdata: Item specific data. | 4823 * itemdata: Item specific data. |
4731 */ | 4824 */ |
4732 HWND dw_tree_insert(HWND handle, char *title, unsigned long icon, HWND parent, void *itemdata) | 4825 HWND dw_tree_insert(HWND handle, char *title, unsigned long icon, HWND parent, void *itemdata) |
4733 { | 4826 { |
4734 ULONG cbExtra; | 4827 TVITEM tvi; |
4735 PCNRITEM pci; | 4828 TVINSERTSTRUCT tvins; |
4736 RECORDINSERT ri; | 4829 HTREEITEM hti; |
4737 | 4830 void **ptrs= malloc(sizeof(void *) * 2); |
4738 /* Calculate extra bytes needed for each record besides that needed for the | 4831 |
4739 * MINIRECORDCORE structure | 4832 ptrs[0] = title; |
4740 */ | 4833 ptrs[1] = itemdata; |
4741 | 4834 |
4742 cbExtra = sizeof(CNRITEM) - sizeof(MINIRECORDCORE); | 4835 tvi.mask = TVIF_TEXT | TVIF_IMAGE | TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE | TVIF_PARAM; |
4743 | 4836 tvi.pszText = title; |
4744 /* Allocate memory for the parent record */ | 4837 tvi.lParam = (LONG)ptrs; |
4745 | 4838 tvi.cchTextMax = strlen(title); |
4746 pci = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCRECORD, MPFROMLONG(cbExtra), MPFROMSHORT(1)); | 4839 tvi.iSelectedImage = tvi.iImage = _lookup_icon(handle, (HICON)icon, 1); |
4747 | 4840 |
4748 /* Fill in the parent record data */ | 4841 tvins.item = tvi; |
4749 | 4842 tvins.hParent = (HTREEITEM)parent; |
4750 pci->rc.cb = sizeof(MINIRECORDCORE); | 4843 tvins.hInsertAfter = TVI_LAST; |
4751 pci->rc.pszIcon = strdup(title); | 4844 |
4752 pci->rc.hptrIcon = icon; | 4845 hti = TreeView_InsertItem(handle, &tvins); |
4753 | 4846 |
4754 pci->hptrIcon = icon; | 4847 return (HWND)hti; |
4755 pci->user = itemdata; | |
4756 | |
4757 memset(&ri, 0, sizeof(RECORDINSERT)); | |
4758 | |
4759 ri.cb = sizeof(RECORDINSERT); | |
4760 ri.pRecordOrder = (PRECORDCORE)CMA_END; | |
4761 ri.pRecordParent = (PRECORDCORE)NULL; | |
4762 ri.zOrder = (USHORT)CMA_TOP; | |
4763 ri.cRecordsInsert = 1; | |
4764 ri.fInvalidateRecord = TRUE; | |
4765 | |
4766 /* We are about to insert the child records. Set the parent record to be | |
4767 * the one we just inserted. | |
4768 */ | |
4769 ri.pRecordParent = (PRECORDCORE)parent; | |
4770 | |
4771 /* Insert the record */ | |
4772 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTRECORD, MPFROMP(pci), MPFROMP(&ri)); | |
4773 | |
4774 return (HWND)pci; | |
4775 } | 4848 } |
4776 | 4849 |
4777 /* | 4850 /* |
4778 * Sets the text and icon of an item in a tree window (widget). | 4851 * Sets the text and icon of an item in a tree window (widget). |
4779 * Parameters: | 4852 * Parameters: |
4782 * title: The text title of the entry. | 4855 * title: The text title of the entry. |
4783 * icon: Handle to coresponding icon. | 4856 * icon: Handle to coresponding icon. |
4784 */ | 4857 */ |
4785 void dw_tree_set(HWND handle, HWND item, char *title, unsigned long icon) | 4858 void dw_tree_set(HWND handle, HWND item, char *title, unsigned long icon) |
4786 { | 4859 { |
4787 PCNRITEM pci = (PCNRITEM)item; | 4860 TVITEM tvi; |
4788 | 4861 void **ptrs; |
4789 if(!pci) | 4862 |
4790 return; | 4863 tvi.mask = TVIF_HANDLE; |
4791 | 4864 tvi.hItem = (HTREEITEM)item; |
4792 if(pci->rc.pszIcon) | 4865 |
4793 free(pci->rc.pszIcon); | 4866 TreeView_GetItem(handle, &tvi); |
4794 | 4867 |
4795 pci->rc.pszIcon = strdup(title); | 4868 ptrs = (void **)tvi.lParam; |
4796 pci->rc.hptrIcon = icon; | 4869 ptrs[0] = title; |
4797 | 4870 |
4798 pci->hptrIcon = icon; | 4871 tvi.mask = TVIF_TEXT | TVIF_IMAGE | TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE; |
4799 | 4872 tvi.pszText = title; |
4800 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INVALIDATERECORD, (MPARAM)&pci, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_TEXTCHANGED)); | 4873 tvi.cchTextMax = strlen(title); |
4874 tvi.iSelectedImage = tvi.iImage = _lookup_icon(handle, (HICON)icon, 1); | |
4875 tvi.hItem = (HTREEITEM)item; | |
4876 | |
4877 TreeView_SetItem(handle, &tvi); | |
4801 } | 4878 } |
4802 | 4879 |
4803 /* | 4880 /* |
4804 * Sets the item data of a tree item. | 4881 * Sets the item data of a tree item. |
4805 * Parameters: | 4882 * Parameters: |
4807 * item: Handle of the item to be modified. | 4884 * item: Handle of the item to be modified. |
4808 * itemdata: User defined data to be associated with item. | 4885 * itemdata: User defined data to be associated with item. |
4809 */ | 4886 */ |
4810 void dw_tree_set_data(HWND handle, HWND item, void *itemdata) | 4887 void dw_tree_set_data(HWND handle, HWND item, void *itemdata) |
4811 { | 4888 { |
4812 PCNRITEM pci = (PCNRITEM)item; | 4889 TVITEM tvi; |
4813 | 4890 void **ptrs; |
4814 if(!pci) | 4891 |
4815 return; | 4892 tvi.mask = TVIF_HANDLE; |
4816 | 4893 tvi.hItem = (HTREEITEM)item; |
4817 pci->user = itemdata; | 4894 |
4895 TreeView_GetItem(handle, &tvi); | |
4896 | |
4897 ptrs = (void **)tvi.lParam; | |
4898 ptrs[1] = itemdata; | |
4818 } | 4899 } |
4819 | 4900 |
4820 /* | 4901 /* |
4821 * Sets this item as the active selection. | 4902 * Sets this item as the active selection. |
4822 * Parameters: | 4903 * Parameters: |
4823 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget) to be selected. | 4904 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget) to be selected. |
4824 * item: Handle to the item to be selected. | 4905 * item: Handle to the item to be selected. |
4825 */ | 4906 */ |
4826 void dw_tree_item_select(HWND handle, HWND item) | 4907 void dw_tree_item_select(HWND handle, HWND item) |
4827 { | 4908 { |
4828 PRECORDCORE pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | 4909 TreeView_SelectItem(handle, (HTREEITEM)item); |
4829 | 4910 SetFocus(handle); |
4830 while(pCore) | |
4831 { | |
4832 if(pCore->flRecordAttr & CRA_SELECTED) | |
4833 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETRECORDEMPHASIS, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(FALSE, CRA_SELECTED | CRA_CURSORED)); | |
4834 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
4835 } | |
4836 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETRECORDEMPHASIS, (MPARAM)item, MPFROM2SHORT(TRUE, CRA_SELECTED | CRA_CURSORED)); | |
4837 lastitem = 0; | |
4838 lasthcnr = 0; | |
4839 } | 4911 } |
4840 | 4912 |
4841 /* | 4913 /* |
4842 * Removes all nodes from a tree. | 4914 * Removes all nodes from a tree. |
4843 * Parameters: | 4915 * Parameters: |
4844 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. | 4916 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. |
4845 */ | 4917 */ |
4846 void dw_tree_clear(HWND handle) | 4918 void dw_tree_clear(HWND handle) |
4847 { | 4919 { |
4848 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(0, CMA_INVALIDATE | CMA_FREE)); | 4920 TreeView_DeleteAllItems(handle); |
4849 } | 4921 } |
4850 | 4922 |
4851 /* | 4923 /* |
4852 * Expands a node on a tree. | 4924 * Expands a node on a tree. |
4853 * Parameters: | 4925 * Parameters: |
4854 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget). | 4926 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget). |
4855 * item: Handle to node to be expanded. | 4927 * item: Handle to node to be expanded. |
4856 */ | 4928 */ |
4857 void dw_tree_expand(HWND handle, HWND item) | 4929 void dw_tree_expand(HWND handle, HWND item) |
4858 { | 4930 { |
4859 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_EXPANDTREE, MPFROMP(item), 0); | 4931 TreeView_Expand(handle, (HTREEITEM)item, TVE_EXPAND); |
4860 } | 4932 } |
4861 | 4933 |
4862 /* | 4934 /* |
4863 * Collapses a node on a tree. | 4935 * Collapses a node on a tree. |
4864 * Parameters: | 4936 * Parameters: |
4865 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget). | 4937 * handle: Handle to the tree window (widget). |
4866 * item: Handle to node to be collapsed. | 4938 * item: Handle to node to be collapsed. |
4867 */ | 4939 */ |
4868 void dw_tree_collapse(HWND handle, HWND item) | 4940 void dw_tree_collapse(HWND handle, HWND item) |
4869 { | 4941 { |
4870 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_COLLAPSETREE, MPFROMP(item), 0); | 4942 TreeView_Expand(handle, (HTREEITEM)item, TVE_COLLAPSE); |
4871 } | 4943 } |
4872 | 4944 |
4873 /* | 4945 /* |
4874 * Removes a node from a tree. | 4946 * Removes a node from a tree. |
4875 * Parameters: | 4947 * Parameters: |
4876 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. | 4948 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. |
4877 * item: Handle to node to be deleted. | 4949 * item: Handle to node to be deleted. |
4878 */ | 4950 */ |
4879 void dw_tree_delete(HWND handle, HWND item) | 4951 void dw_tree_delete(HWND handle, HWND item) |
4880 { | 4952 { |
4881 PCNRITEM pci = (PCNRITEM)item; | 4953 TreeView_DeleteItem(handle, (HTREEITEM)item); |
4882 | 4954 } |
4883 if(!item) | |
4884 return; | |
4885 | |
4886 if(pci->rc.pszIcon) | |
4887 free(pci->rc.pszIcon); | |
4888 | |
4889 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)&pci, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_INVALIDATE | CMA_FREE)); | |
4890 } | |
4891 | |
4892 /* Some OS/2 specific container structs */ | |
4893 typedef struct _containerinfo { | |
4894 int count; | |
4895 void *data; | |
4896 HWND handle; | |
4897 } ContainerInfo; | |
4898 | 4955 |
4899 /* | 4956 /* |
4900 * Sets up the container columns. | 4957 * Sets up the container columns. |
4901 * Parameters: | 4958 * Parameters: |
4902 * handle: Handle to the container to be configured. | 4959 * handle: Handle to the container to be configured. |
4903 * flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags. | 4960 * flags: An array of unsigned longs with column flags. |
4904 * titles: An array of strings with column text titles. | 4961 * titles: An array of strings with column text titles. |
4905 * count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays). | 4962 * count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays). |
4906 * separator: The column number that contains the main separator. | 4963 * separator: The column number that contains the main separator. |
4907 * (this item may only be used in OS/2) | 4964 * (only used on OS/2 but must be >= 0 on all) |
4908 */ | 4965 */ |
4909 int dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator) | 4966 int dw_container_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count, int separator) |
4910 { | 4967 { |
4911 PFIELDINFO details, first, left = NULL; | 4968 ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
4912 FIELDINFOINSERT detin; | 4969 int z, l = 0; |
4913 CNRINFO cnri; | 4970 unsigned long *tempflags = malloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * (count + 2)); |
4914 int z; | 4971 LV_COLUMN lvc; |
4915 ULONG size = sizeof(RECORDCORE); | 4972 |
4916 ULONG *offStruct = malloc(count * sizeof(ULONG)); | 4973 if(separator == -1) |
4917 ULONG *tempflags = malloc((count+1) * sizeof(ULONG)); | 4974 l = 1; |
4918 ULONG *oldflags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0); | 4975 |
4919 | 4976 memcpy(&tempflags[l], flags, sizeof(unsigned long) * count); |
4920 if(!offStruct || !tempflags) | 4977 tempflags[count + l] = 0; |
4921 return FALSE; | 4978 cinfo->flags = tempflags; |
4922 | 4979 |
4923 memcpy(tempflags, flags, count * sizeof(ULONG)); | 4980 |
4924 tempflags[count] = 0; | |
4925 | |
4926 WinSetWindowPtr(handle, 0, tempflags); | |
4927 | |
4928 if(oldflags) | |
4929 free(oldflags); | |
4930 | |
4931 while((first = (PFIELDINFO)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYDETAILFIELDINFO, 0, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_FIRST))) != NULL) | |
4932 { | |
4933 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVEDETAILFIELDINFO, (MPARAM)&first, MPFROM2SHORT(1, CMA_FREE)); | |
4934 } | |
4935 | |
4936 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */ | |
4937 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | 4981 for(z=0;z<count;z++) |
4938 { | 4982 { |
4939 offStruct[z] = size; | 4983 if(titles[z]) |
4940 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | 4984 { |
4941 size += sizeof(HPOINTER); | 4985 lvc.mask = LVCF_TEXT | LVCF_WIDTH | LVCF_SUBITEM /*| LVCF_FORMAT*/; |
4942 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING) | 4986 lvc.pszText = titles[z]; |
4943 size += sizeof(char *); | 4987 lvc.cchTextMax = strlen(titles[z]); |
4944 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | 4988 lvc.fmt = flags[z]; |
4945 size += sizeof(ULONG); | 4989 lvc.cx = 75; |
4946 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE) | 4990 lvc.iSubItem = count; |
4947 size += sizeof(CDATE); | 4991 SendMessage(handle, LVM_INSERTCOLUMN, (WPARAM)z + l, (LPARAM)&lvc); |
4948 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME) | 4992 } |
4949 size += sizeof(CTIME); | 4993 } |
4950 } | 4994 ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle(handle, LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT | LVS_EX_GRIDLINES); |
4951 | |
4952 first = details = (PFIELDINFO)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCDETAILFIELDINFO, MPFROMLONG(count), 0L); | |
4953 | |
4954 if(!first) | |
4955 { | |
4956 free(offStruct); | |
4957 return FALSE; | |
4958 } | |
4959 | |
4960 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | |
4961 { | |
4962 if(z==separator-1) | |
4963 left=details; | |
4964 details->cb = sizeof(FIELDINFO); | |
4965 details->flData = flags[z]; | |
4966 details->flTitle = CFA_FITITLEREADONLY; | |
4967 details->pTitleData = titles[z]; | |
4968 details->offStruct = offStruct[z]; | |
4969 details = details->pNextFieldInfo; | |
4970 } | |
4971 | |
4972 detin.cb = sizeof(FIELDINFOINSERT); | |
4973 detin.fInvalidateFieldInfo = FALSE; | |
4974 detin.pFieldInfoOrder = (PFIELDINFO) CMA_FIRST; | |
4975 detin.cFieldInfoInsert = (ULONG)count; | |
4976 | |
4977 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTDETAILFIELDINFO, MPFROMP(first), MPFROMP(&detin)); | |
4978 | |
4979 if(count > separator && separator > 0) | |
4980 { | |
4981 cnri.cb = sizeof(CNRINFO); | |
4982 cnri.pFieldInfoLast = left; | |
4983 cnri.xVertSplitbar = 150; | |
4984 | |
4985 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, MPFROMP(&cnri), MPFROMLONG(CMA_PFIELDINFOLAST | CMA_XVERTSPLITBAR)); | |
4986 } | |
4987 | |
4988 free(offStruct); | |
4989 return TRUE; | 4995 return TRUE; |
4990 } | 4996 } |
4991 | 4997 |
4992 /* | 4998 /* |
4993 * Sets up the filesystem columns, note: filesystem always has an icon/filename field. | 4999 * Sets up the filesystem columns, note: filesystem always has an icon/filename field. |
4997 * titles: An array of strings with column text titles. | 5003 * titles: An array of strings with column text titles. |
4998 * count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays). | 5004 * count: The number of columns (this should match the arrays). |
4999 */ | 5005 */ |
5000 int dw_filesystem_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count) | 5006 int dw_filesystem_setup(HWND handle, unsigned long *flags, char **titles, int count) |
5001 { | 5007 { |
5002 char **newtitles = malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count + 2)); | 5008 LV_COLUMN lvc; |
5003 unsigned long *newflags = malloc(sizeof(unsigned long) * (count + 2)); | 5009 |
5004 | 5010 lvc.mask = LVCF_TEXT | LVCF_WIDTH | LVCF_SUBITEM; |
5005 newtitles[0] = "Icon"; | 5011 lvc.pszText = "Filename"; |
5006 newtitles[1] = "Filename"; | 5012 lvc.cchTextMax = 8; |
5007 | 5013 lvc.fmt = 0; |
5008 newflags[0] = DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON | DW_CFA_CENTER | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR | DW_CFA_SEPARATOR; | 5014 if(!count) |
5009 newflags[1] = DW_CFA_STRING | DW_CFA_LEFT | DW_CFA_HORZSEPARATOR; | 5015 lvc.cx = 300; |
5010 | 5016 else |
5011 memcpy(&newtitles[2], titles, sizeof(char *) * count); | 5017 lvc.cx = 150; |
5012 memcpy(&newflags[2], flags, sizeof(unsigned long) * count); | 5018 lvc.iSubItem = count; |
5013 | 5019 SendMessage(handle, LVM_INSERTCOLUMN, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)&lvc); |
5014 dw_container_setup(handle, newflags, newtitles, count + 2, 2); | 5020 dw_container_setup(handle, flags, titles, count, -1); |
5015 | |
5016 free(newtitles); | |
5017 free(newflags); | |
5018 return TRUE; | 5021 return TRUE; |
5019 } | 5022 } |
5020 | 5023 |
5021 /* | 5024 /* |
5022 * Obtains an icon from a module (or header in GTK). | 5025 * Obtains an icon from a module (or header in GTK). |
5026 * Windows, on GTK this is converted to a pointer | 5029 * Windows, on GTK this is converted to a pointer |
5027 * to an embedded XPM. | 5030 * to an embedded XPM. |
5028 */ | 5031 */ |
5029 unsigned long dw_icon_load(unsigned long module, unsigned long id) | 5032 unsigned long dw_icon_load(unsigned long module, unsigned long id) |
5030 { | 5033 { |
5031 return WinLoadPointer(HWND_DESKTOP,module,id); | 5034 return (unsigned long)LoadIcon(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id)); |
5032 } | 5035 } |
5033 | 5036 |
5034 /* | 5037 /* |
5035 * Frees a loaded resource in OS/2 and Windows. | 5038 * Frees a loaded resource in OS/2 and Windows. |
5036 * Parameters: | 5039 * Parameters: |
5037 * handle: Handle to icon returned by dw_icon_load(). | 5040 * handle: Handle to icon returned by dw_icon_load(). |
5038 */ | 5041 */ |
5039 void dw_icon_free(unsigned long handle) | 5042 void dw_icon_free(unsigned long handle) |
5040 { | 5043 { |
5041 WinDestroyPointer(handle); | 5044 DestroyIcon((HICON)handle); |
5042 } | 5045 } |
5043 | 5046 |
5044 /* | 5047 /* |
5045 * Allocates memory used to populate a container. | 5048 * Allocates memory used to populate a container. |
5046 * Parameters: | 5049 * Parameters: |
5047 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget). | 5050 * handle: Handle to the container window (widget). |
5048 * rowcount: The number of items to be populated. | 5051 * rowcount: The number of items to be populated. |
5049 */ | 5052 */ |
5050 void *dw_container_alloc(HWND handle, int rowcount) | 5053 void *dw_container_alloc(HWND handle, int rowcount) |
5051 { | 5054 { |
5052 ULONG *flags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0); | 5055 LV_ITEM lvi; |
5053 int z, size = 0, totalsize, count = 0; | 5056 int z; |
5054 PRECORDCORE temp; | 5057 |
5055 ContainerInfo *ci; | 5058 lvi.mask = LVIF_DI_SETITEM | LVIF_TEXT | LVIF_IMAGE; |
5056 void *blah = NULL; | 5059 lvi.iSubItem = 0; |
5057 | 5060 /* Insert at the end */ |
5058 if(!flags || rowcount < 1) | 5061 lvi.iItem = 1000000; |
5059 return NULL; | 5062 lvi.pszText = ""; |
5060 | 5063 lvi.cchTextMax = 1; |
5061 while(flags[count]) | 5064 lvi.iImage = -1; |
5062 count++; | |
5063 | |
5064 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */ | |
5065 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | |
5066 { | |
5067 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | |
5068 size += sizeof(HPOINTER); | |
5069 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING) | |
5070 size += sizeof(char *); | |
5071 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | |
5072 size += sizeof(ULONG); | |
5073 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE) | |
5074 size += sizeof(CDATE); | |
5075 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME) | |
5076 size += sizeof(CTIME); | |
5077 } | |
5078 | |
5079 totalsize = size + sizeof(RECORDCORE); | |
5080 | |
5081 z = 0; | |
5082 | |
5083 while((blah = (void *)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_ALLOCRECORD, MPFROMLONG(size), MPFROMLONG(rowcount))) == NULL) | |
5084 { | |
5085 z++; | |
5086 if(z > 5000000) | |
5087 break; | |
5088 DosSleep(1); | |
5089 } | |
5090 | |
5091 if(!blah) | |
5092 return NULL; | |
5093 | |
5094 temp = (PRECORDCORE)blah; | |
5095 | 5065 |
5096 for(z=0;z<rowcount;z++) | 5066 for(z=0;z<rowcount;z++) |
5097 { | 5067 ListView_InsertItem(handle, &lvi); |
5098 temp->cb = totalsize; | 5068 return (void *)handle; |
5099 temp = temp->preccNextRecord; | 5069 } |
5100 } | 5070 |
5101 | 5071 /* Finds a icon in the table, otherwise it adds it to the table |
5102 ci = malloc(sizeof(struct _containerinfo)); | 5072 * and returns the index in the table. |
5103 | 5073 */ |
5104 ci->count = rowcount; | 5074 int _lookup_icon(HWND handle, HICON hicon, int type) |
5105 ci->data = blah; | 5075 { |
5106 ci->handle = handle; | 5076 int z; |
5107 | 5077 static HWND lasthwnd = NULL; |
5108 return (void *)ci; | 5078 |
5079 if(!hSmall || !hLarge) | |
5080 { | |
5081 hSmall = ImageList_Create(16, 16, ILC_COLOR16, ICON_INDEX_LIMIT, 0); | |
5082 hLarge = ImageList_Create(32, 32, ILC_COLOR16, ICON_INDEX_LIMIT, 0); | |
5083 } | |
5084 for(z=0;z<ICON_INDEX_LIMIT;z++) | |
5085 { | |
5086 if(!lookup[z]) | |
5087 { | |
5088 lookup[z] = hicon; | |
5089 ImageList_AddIcon(hSmall, hicon); | |
5090 ImageList_AddIcon(hLarge, hicon); | |
5091 if(type) | |
5092 { | |
5093 TreeView_SetImageList(handle, hSmall, TVSIL_NORMAL); | |
5094 } | |
5095 else | |
5096 { | |
5097 ListView_SetImageList(handle, hSmall, LVSIL_SMALL); | |
5098 ListView_SetImageList(handle, hLarge, LVSIL_NORMAL); | |
5099 } | |
5100 lasthwnd = handle; | |
5101 return z; | |
5102 } | |
5103 | |
5104 if(hicon == lookup[z]) | |
5105 { | |
5106 if(lasthwnd != handle) | |
5107 { | |
5108 if(type) | |
5109 { | |
5110 TreeView_SetImageList(handle, hSmall, TVSIL_NORMAL); | |
5111 } | |
5112 else | |
5113 { | |
5114 ListView_SetImageList(handle, hSmall, LVSIL_SMALL); | |
5115 ListView_SetImageList(handle, hLarge, LVSIL_NORMAL); | |
5116 } | |
5117 lasthwnd = handle; | |
5118 } | |
5119 return z; | |
5120 } | |
5121 } | |
5122 return -1; | |
5109 } | 5123 } |
5110 | 5124 |
5111 /* | 5125 /* |
5112 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. | 5126 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. |
5113 * Parameters: | 5127 * Parameters: |
5115 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | 5129 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). |
5116 * column: Zero based column of data being set. | 5130 * column: Zero based column of data being set. |
5117 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | 5131 * row: Zero based row of data being set. |
5118 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. | 5132 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. |
5119 */ | 5133 */ |
5120 void dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data) | 5134 void dw_filesystem_set_file(HWND handle, void *pointer, int row, char *filename, unsigned long icon) |
5121 { | 5135 { |
5122 ULONG totalsize, size = 0, *flags = (ULONG *)WinQueryWindowPtr(handle, 0); | 5136 LV_ITEM lvi; |
5123 int z, currentcount; | 5137 |
5124 ContainerInfo *ci = (ContainerInfo *)pointer; | 5138 lvi.iItem = row; |
5125 PRECORDCORE temp; | 5139 lvi.iSubItem = 0; |
5126 CNRINFO cnr; | 5140 lvi.mask = LVIF_DI_SETITEM | LVIF_IMAGE | LVIF_TEXT; |
5127 void *dest; | 5141 lvi.pszText = filename; |
5128 | 5142 lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(filename); |
5129 if(!ci) | 5143 lvi.iImage = _lookup_icon(handle, (HICON)icon, 0); |
5130 return; | 5144 |
5131 | 5145 ListView_SetItem(handle, &lvi); |
5132 if(!flags) | |
5133 return; | |
5134 | |
5135 temp = (PRECORDCORE)ci->data; | |
5136 | |
5137 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYCNRINFO, (MPARAM)&cnr, MPFROMSHORT(sizeof(CNRINFO))); | |
5138 currentcount = cnr.cRecords; | |
5139 | |
5140 /* Figure out the offsets to the items in the struct */ | |
5141 for(z=0;z<column;z++) | |
5142 { | |
5143 if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | |
5144 size += sizeof(HPOINTER); | |
5145 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_STRING) | |
5146 size += sizeof(char *); | |
5147 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | |
5148 size += sizeof(ULONG); | |
5149 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_DATE) | |
5150 size += sizeof(CDATE); | |
5151 else if(flags[z] & DW_CFA_TIME) | |
5152 size += sizeof(CTIME); | |
5153 } | |
5154 | |
5155 totalsize = size + sizeof(RECORDCORE); | |
5156 | |
5157 for(z=0;z<(row-currentcount);z++) | |
5158 temp = temp->preccNextRecord; | |
5159 | |
5160 dest = (void *)(((ULONG)temp)+((ULONG)totalsize)); | |
5161 | |
5162 if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | |
5163 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(HPOINTER)); | |
5164 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_STRING) | |
5165 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(char *)); | |
5166 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | |
5167 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(ULONG)); | |
5168 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_DATE) | |
5169 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(CDATE)); | |
5170 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_TIME) | |
5171 memcpy(dest, data, sizeof(CTIME)); | |
5172 } | 5146 } |
5173 | 5147 |
5174 /* | 5148 /* |
5175 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. | 5149 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. |
5176 * Parameters: | 5150 * Parameters: |
5178 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | 5152 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). |
5179 * column: Zero based column of data being set. | 5153 * column: Zero based column of data being set. |
5180 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | 5154 * row: Zero based row of data being set. |
5181 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. | 5155 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. |
5182 */ | 5156 */ |
5183 void dw_filesystem_set_file(HWND handle, void *pointer, int row, char *filename, unsigned long icon) | 5157 void dw_filesystem_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data) |
5184 { | 5158 { |
5185 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 0, row, (void *)&icon); | 5159 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, column + 1, row, data); |
5186 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, 1, row, (void *)&filename); | |
5187 } | 5160 } |
5188 | 5161 |
5189 /* | 5162 /* |
5190 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. | 5163 * Sets an item in specified row and column to the given data. |
5191 * Parameters: | 5164 * Parameters: |
5193 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | 5166 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). |
5194 * column: Zero based column of data being set. | 5167 * column: Zero based column of data being set. |
5195 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | 5168 * row: Zero based row of data being set. |
5196 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. | 5169 * data: Pointer to the data to be added. |
5197 */ | 5170 */ |
5198 void dw_filesystem_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data) | 5171 void dw_container_set_item(HWND handle, void *pointer, int column, int row, void *data) |
5199 { | 5172 { |
5200 dw_container_set_item(handle, pointer, column + 2, row, data); | 5173 ContainerInfo *cinfo = (ContainerInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
5174 ULONG *flags; | |
5175 LV_ITEM lvi; | |
5176 char textbuffer[100], *destptr = textbuffer; | |
5177 | |
5178 if(!cinfo || !cinfo->flags || !data) | |
5179 return; | |
5180 | |
5181 flags = cinfo->flags; | |
5182 | |
5183 lvi.mask = LVIF_DI_SETITEM | LVIF_TEXT; | |
5184 lvi.iItem = row; | |
5185 lvi.iSubItem = column; | |
5186 | |
5187 if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_BITMAPORICON) | |
5188 { | |
5189 HICON hicon = *((HICON *)data); | |
5190 | |
5191 lvi.mask = LVIF_DI_SETITEM | LVIF_IMAGE; | |
5192 lvi.pszText = NULL; | |
5193 lvi.cchTextMax = 0; | |
5194 | |
5195 lvi.iImage = _lookup_icon(handle, hicon, 0); | |
5196 } | |
5197 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_STRING) | |
5198 { | |
5199 char *tmp = *((char **)data); | |
5200 | |
5201 if(!tmp) | |
5202 tmp = ""; | |
5203 | |
5204 lvi.pszText = tmp; | |
5205 lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(tmp); | |
5206 destptr = tmp; | |
5207 } | |
5208 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_ULONG) | |
5209 { | |
5210 ULONG tmp = *((ULONG *)data); | |
5211 | |
5212 sprintf(textbuffer, "%lu", tmp); | |
5213 | |
5214 lvi.pszText = textbuffer; | |
5215 lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(textbuffer); | |
5216 } | |
5217 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_DATE) | |
5218 { | |
5219 CDATE fdate = *((CDATE *)data); | |
5220 | |
5221 if(fdate.month > 0) | |
5222 sprintf(textbuffer, "%s %d, %d", monthlist[fdate.month-1], fdate.day, fdate.year); | |
5223 else | |
5224 strcpy(textbuffer, ""); | |
5225 lvi.pszText = textbuffer; | |
5226 lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(textbuffer); | |
5227 } | |
5228 else if(flags[column] & DW_CFA_TIME) | |
5229 { | |
5230 CTIME ftime = *((CTIME *)data); | |
5231 | |
5232 if(ftime.hours > 12) | |
5233 sprintf(textbuffer, "%d:%s%dpm", ftime.hours - 12, (ftime.minutes < 10) ? "0" : "", ftime.minutes); | |
5234 else | |
5235 sprintf(textbuffer, "%d:%s%dam", ftime.hours ? ftime.hours : 12, (ftime.minutes < 10) ? "0" : "", ftime.minutes); | |
5236 lvi.pszText = textbuffer; | |
5237 lvi.cchTextMax = strlen(textbuffer); | |
5238 } | |
5239 | |
5240 ListView_SetItem(handle, &lvi); | |
5201 } | 5241 } |
5202 | 5242 |
5203 /* | 5243 /* |
5204 * Sets the width of a column in the container. | 5244 * Sets the width of a column in the container. |
5205 * Parameters: | 5245 * Parameters: |
5207 * column: Zero based column of width being set. | 5247 * column: Zero based column of width being set. |
5208 * width: Width of column in pixels. | 5248 * width: Width of column in pixels. |
5209 */ | 5249 */ |
5210 void dw_container_set_column_width(HWND handle, int column, int width) | 5250 void dw_container_set_column_width(HWND handle, int column, int width) |
5211 { | 5251 { |
5252 ListView_SetColumnWidth(handle, column, width); | |
5212 } | 5253 } |
5213 | 5254 |
5214 /* | 5255 /* |
5215 * Sets the title of a row in the container. | 5256 * Sets the title of a row in the container. |
5216 * Parameters: | 5257 * Parameters: |
5218 * row: Zero based row of data being set. | 5259 * row: Zero based row of data being set. |
5219 * title: String title of the item. | 5260 * title: String title of the item. |
5220 */ | 5261 */ |
5221 void dw_container_set_row_title(void *pointer, int row, char *title) | 5262 void dw_container_set_row_title(void *pointer, int row, char *title) |
5222 { | 5263 { |
5223 ContainerInfo *ci = (ContainerInfo *)pointer; | 5264 LV_ITEM lvi; |
5224 PRECORDCORE temp; | 5265 HWND container = (HWND)pointer; |
5225 int z, currentcount; | 5266 |
5226 CNRINFO cnr; | 5267 lvi.iItem = row; |
5227 | 5268 lvi.iSubItem = 0; |
5228 if(!ci) | 5269 lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM; |
5229 return; | 5270 lvi.lParam = (LPARAM)title; |
5230 | 5271 |
5231 temp = (PRECORDCORE)ci->data; | 5272 if(!ListView_SetItem(container, &lvi) && lvi.lParam) |
5232 | 5273 lvi.lParam = 0; |
5233 WinSendMsg(ci->handle, CM_QUERYCNRINFO, (MPARAM)&cnr, MPFROMSHORT(sizeof(CNRINFO))); | 5274 |
5234 currentcount = cnr.cRecords; | |
5235 | |
5236 for(z=0;z<(row-currentcount);z++) | |
5237 temp = temp->preccNextRecord; | |
5238 | |
5239 temp->pszIcon = title; | |
5240 temp->pszName = title; | |
5241 temp->pszText = title; | |
5242 } | 5275 } |
5243 | 5276 |
5244 /* | 5277 /* |
5245 * Sets the title of a row in the container. | 5278 * Sets the title of a row in the container. |
5246 * Parameters: | 5279 * Parameters: |
5248 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). | 5281 * pointer: Pointer to the allocated memory in dw_container_alloc(). |
5249 * rowcount: The number of rows to be inserted. | 5282 * rowcount: The number of rows to be inserted. |
5250 */ | 5283 */ |
5251 void dw_container_insert(HWND handle, void *pointer, int rowcount) | 5284 void dw_container_insert(HWND handle, void *pointer, int rowcount) |
5252 { | 5285 { |
5253 RECORDINSERT recin; | 5286 /* This isn't a separate step in windows. */ |
5254 ContainerInfo *ci = (ContainerInfo *)pointer; | |
5255 int z; | |
5256 | |
5257 if(!ci) | |
5258 return; | |
5259 | |
5260 recin.cb = sizeof(RECORDINSERT); | |
5261 recin.pRecordOrder = (PRECORDCORE)CMA_END; | |
5262 recin.pRecordParent = NULL; | |
5263 recin.zOrder = CMA_TOP; | |
5264 recin.fInvalidateRecord = TRUE; | |
5265 recin.cRecordsInsert = rowcount; | |
5266 | |
5267 z = 0; | |
5268 | |
5269 while(WinSendMsg(handle, CM_INSERTRECORD, MPFROMP(ci->data), MPFROMP(&recin)) == 0) | |
5270 { | |
5271 z++; | |
5272 if(z > 5000000) | |
5273 break; | |
5274 DosSleep(1); | |
5275 } | |
5276 } | 5287 } |
5277 | 5288 |
5278 /* | 5289 /* |
5279 * Removes all rows from a container. | 5290 * Removes all rows from a container. |
5280 * Parameters: | 5291 * Parameters: |
5281 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. | 5292 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. |
5282 * redraw: TRUE to cause the container to redraw immediately. | 5293 * redraw: TRUE to cause the container to redraw immediately. |
5283 */ | 5294 */ |
5284 void dw_container_clear(HWND handle, int redraw) | 5295 void dw_container_clear(HWND handle, int redraw) |
5285 { | 5296 { |
5286 int z = 0; | 5297 ListView_DeleteAllItems(handle); |
5287 | |
5288 while((int)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(0, (redraw ? CMA_INVALIDATE : 0) | CMA_FREE)) == -1) | |
5289 { | |
5290 z++; | |
5291 if(z > 5000000) | |
5292 break; | |
5293 DosSleep(1); | |
5294 } | |
5295 } | 5298 } |
5296 | 5299 |
5297 /* | 5300 /* |
5298 * Removes the first x rows from a container. | 5301 * Removes the first x rows from a container. |
5299 * Parameters: | 5302 * Parameters: |
5300 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be deleted from. | 5303 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be deleted from. |
5301 * rowcount: The number of rows to be deleted. | 5304 * rowcount: The number of rows to be deleted. |
5302 */ | 5305 */ |
5303 void dw_container_delete(HWND handle, int rowcount) | 5306 void dw_container_delete(HWND handle, int rowcount) |
5304 { | 5307 { |
5305 RECORDCORE *last, **prc = malloc(sizeof(RECORDCORE *) * rowcount); | 5308 int z; |
5306 int current = 1, z; | 5309 |
5307 | 5310 for(z=0;z<rowcount;z++) |
5308 prc[0] = last = (RECORDCORE *)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | 5311 { |
5309 | 5312 ListView_DeleteItem(handle, 0); |
5310 while(last && current < rowcount) | 5313 } |
5311 { | |
5312 prc[current] = last = (RECORDCORE *)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)last, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | |
5313 current++; | |
5314 } | |
5315 | |
5316 z = 0; | |
5317 | |
5318 while((int)WinSendMsg(handle, CM_REMOVERECORD, (MPARAM)prc, MPFROM2SHORT(current, CMA_INVALIDATE | CMA_FREE)) == -1) | |
5319 { | |
5320 z++; | |
5321 if(z > 5000000) | |
5322 break; | |
5323 DosSleep(1); | |
5324 } | |
5325 | |
5326 free(prc); | |
5327 } | 5314 } |
5328 | 5315 |
5329 /* | 5316 /* |
5330 * Scrolls container up or down. | 5317 * Scrolls container up or down. |
5331 * Parameters: | 5318 * Parameters: |
5337 void dw_container_scroll(HWND handle, int direction, long rows) | 5324 void dw_container_scroll(HWND handle, int direction, long rows) |
5338 { | 5325 { |
5339 switch(direction) | 5326 switch(direction) |
5340 { | 5327 { |
5341 case DW_SCROLL_TOP: | 5328 case DW_SCROLL_TOP: |
5342 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SCROLLWINDOW, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_VERTICAL), MPFROMLONG(-10000000)); | 5329 ListView_Scroll(handle, 0, -10000000); |
5343 break; | 5330 break; |
5344 case DW_SCROLL_BOTTOM: | 5331 case DW_SCROLL_BOTTOM: |
5345 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SCROLLWINDOW, MPFROMSHORT(CMA_VERTICAL), MPFROMLONG(10000000)); | 5332 ListView_Scroll(handle, 0, 10000000); |
5346 break; | 5333 break; |
5347 } | 5334 } |
5348 } | 5335 } |
5349 | 5336 |
5350 /* | 5337 /* |
5352 * Parameters: | 5339 * Parameters: |
5353 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. | 5340 * handle: Handle to the window (widget) to be cleared. |
5354 */ | 5341 */ |
5355 void dw_container_set_view(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int iconwidth, int iconheight) | 5342 void dw_container_set_view(HWND handle, unsigned long flags, int iconwidth, int iconheight) |
5356 { | 5343 { |
5357 CNRINFO cnrinfo; | |
5358 | |
5359 cnrinfo.flWindowAttr = flags; | |
5360 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cx = iconwidth; | |
5361 cnrinfo.slBitmapOrIcon.cy = iconheight; | |
5362 | |
5363 WinSendMsg(handle, CM_SETCNRINFO, &cnrinfo, MPFROMLONG(CMA_FLWINDOWATTR | CMA_SLBITMAPORICON)); | |
5364 } | 5344 } |
5365 | 5345 |
5366 /* | 5346 /* |
5367 * Starts a new query of a container. | 5347 * Starts a new query of a container. |
5368 * Parameters: | 5348 * Parameters: |
5371 * return items that are currently selected. Otherwise | 5351 * return items that are currently selected. Otherwise |
5372 * it will return all records in the container. | 5352 * it will return all records in the container. |
5373 */ | 5353 */ |
5374 char *dw_container_query_start(HWND handle, unsigned long flags) | 5354 char *dw_container_query_start(HWND handle, unsigned long flags) |
5375 { | 5355 { |
5376 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)0L, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_FIRST, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | 5356 LV_ITEM lvi; |
5377 if(pCore) | 5357 |
5378 { | 5358 if(flags) |
5379 if(flags) | 5359 _index = ListView_GetNextItem(handle, -1, LVNI_SELECTED); |
5380 { | 5360 else |
5381 while(pCore) | 5361 _index = ListView_GetNextItem(handle, -1, LVNI_ALL); |
5382 { | 5362 |
5383 if(pCore->flRecordAttr & CRA_SELECTED) | 5363 |
5384 return pCore->pszIcon; | 5364 lvi.iItem = _index; |
5385 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | 5365 lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM; |
5386 } | 5366 |
5387 } | 5367 ListView_GetItem(handle, &lvi); |
5388 else | 5368 |
5389 return pCore->pszIcon; | 5369 return (char *)lvi.lParam; |
5390 } | |
5391 return NULL; | |
5392 } | 5370 } |
5393 | 5371 |
5394 /* | 5372 /* |
5395 * Continues an existing query of a container. | 5373 * Continues an existing query of a container. |
5396 * Parameters: | 5374 * Parameters: |
5399 * return items that are currently selected. Otherwise | 5377 * return items that are currently selected. Otherwise |
5400 * it will return all records in the container. | 5378 * it will return all records in the container. |
5401 */ | 5379 */ |
5402 char *dw_container_query_next(HWND handle, unsigned long flags) | 5380 char *dw_container_query_next(HWND handle, unsigned long flags) |
5403 { | 5381 { |
5404 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | 5382 LV_ITEM lvi; |
5405 if(pCore) | 5383 |
5406 { | 5384 if(flags) |
5407 if(flags) | 5385 _index = ListView_GetNextItem(handle, _index, LVNI_SELECTED); |
5408 { | 5386 else |
5409 while(pCore) | 5387 _index = ListView_GetNextItem(handle, _index, LVNI_ALL); |
5410 { | 5388 |
5411 if(pCore->flRecordAttr & CRA_SELECTED) | 5389 if(_index == -1) |
5412 return pCore->pszIcon; | 5390 return NULL; |
5413 | 5391 |
5414 pCore = WinSendMsg(handle, CM_QUERYRECORD, (MPARAM)pCore, MPFROM2SHORT(CMA_NEXT, CMA_ITEMORDER)); | 5392 lvi.iItem = _index; |
5415 } | 5393 lvi.mask = LVIF_PARAM; |
5416 } | 5394 |
5417 else | 5395 ListView_GetItem(handle, &lvi); |
5418 return pCore->pszIcon; | 5396 |
5419 } | 5397 return (char *)lvi.lParam; |
5420 return NULL; | |
5421 } | 5398 } |
5422 | 5399 |
5423 /* | 5400 /* |
5424 * Creates a rendering context widget (window) to be packed. | 5401 * Creates a rendering context widget (window) to be packed. |
5425 * Parameters: | 5402 * Parameters: |
5427 * Returns: | 5404 * Returns: |
5428 * A handle to the widget or NULL on failure. | 5405 * A handle to the widget or NULL on failure. |
5429 */ | 5406 */ |
5430 HWND dw_render_new(unsigned long id) | 5407 HWND dw_render_new(unsigned long id) |
5431 { | 5408 { |
5432 HWND hwndframe = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 5409 Box *newbox = malloc(sizeof(Box)); |
5433 WC_FRAME, | 5410 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(ObjectClassName, |
5434 NULL, | 5411 "", |
5435 WS_VISIBLE | | 5412 WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
5436 FS_NOBYTEALIGN, | 5413 0,0,2000,1000, |
5437 0,0,2000,1000, | 5414 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
5438 NULLHANDLE, | 5415 NULL, |
5439 HWND_TOP, | 5416 NULL, |
5440 id, | 5417 NULL); |
5441 NULL, | 5418 newbox->pad = 0; |
5442 NULL); | 5419 newbox->type = 0; |
5443 WinSubclassWindow(hwndframe, _RendProc); | 5420 newbox->count = 0; |
5444 return hwndframe; | 5421 newbox->grouphwnd = (HWND)NULL; |
5422 newbox->cinfo.pOldProc = SubclassWindow(tmp, _rendwndproc); | |
5423 newbox->cinfo.fore = newbox->cinfo.back = -1; | |
5424 | |
5425 SetWindowLong(tmp, GWL_USERDATA, (ULONG)newbox); | |
5426 return tmp; | |
5445 } | 5427 } |
5446 | 5428 |
5447 /* Sets the current foreground drawing color. | 5429 /* Sets the current foreground drawing color. |
5448 * Parameters: | 5430 * Parameters: |
5449 * red: red value. | 5431 * red: red value. |
5450 * green: green value. | 5432 * green: green value. |
5451 * blue: blue value. | 5433 * blue: blue value. |
5452 */ | 5434 */ |
5453 void dw_color_foreground_set(unsigned long value) | 5435 void dw_color_foreground_set(unsigned long value) |
5454 { | 5436 { |
5455 _foreground = DW_RED_VALUE(value) << 16 | DW_GREEN_VALUE(value) << 8 | DW_BLUE_VALUE(value); | 5437 int threadid = dw_thread_id(); |
5438 | |
5439 if(threadid < 0 || threadid >= THREAD_LIMIT) | |
5440 threadid = 0; | |
5441 | |
5442 DeleteObject(_hPen[threadid]); | |
5443 DeleteObject(_hBrush[threadid]); | |
5444 _foreground[threadid] = RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(value), DW_GREEN_VALUE(value), DW_BLUE_VALUE(value)); | |
5445 _hPen[threadid] = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, _foreground[threadid]); | |
5446 _hBrush[threadid] = CreateSolidBrush(_foreground[threadid]); | |
5456 } | 5447 } |
5457 | 5448 |
5458 /* Sets the current background drawing color. | 5449 /* Sets the current background drawing color. |
5459 * Parameters: | 5450 * Parameters: |
5460 * red: red value. | 5451 * red: red value. |
5461 * green: green value. | 5452 * green: green value. |
5462 * blue: blue value. | 5453 * blue: blue value. |
5463 */ | 5454 */ |
5464 void dw_color_background_set(unsigned long value) | 5455 void dw_color_background_set(unsigned long value) |
5465 { | 5456 { |
5466 _background = DW_RED_VALUE(value) << 16 | DW_GREEN_VALUE(value) << 8 | DW_BLUE_VALUE(value); | 5457 int threadid = dw_thread_id(); |
5467 } | 5458 |
5468 | 5459 if(threadid < 0 || threadid >= THREAD_LIMIT) |
5469 HPS _set_hps(HPS hps) | 5460 threadid = 0; |
5470 { | 5461 |
5471 LONG alTable[18]; | 5462 _background[threadid] = RGB(DW_RED_VALUE(value), DW_GREEN_VALUE(value), DW_BLUE_VALUE(value)); |
5472 | |
5473 GpiQueryLogColorTable(hps, 0L, 0L, 18L, alTable); | |
5474 | |
5475 alTable[16] = _foreground; | |
5476 alTable[17] = _background; | |
5477 | |
5478 GpiCreateLogColorTable(hps, | |
5479 0L, | |
5480 LCOLF_CONSECRGB, | |
5481 0L, | |
5482 18, | |
5483 alTable); | |
5484 GpiSetColor(hps, 16); | |
5485 GpiSetBackColor(hps, 17); | |
5486 return hps; | |
5487 } | |
5488 | |
5489 HPS _set_colors(HWND handle) | |
5490 { | |
5491 HPS hps = WinGetPS(handle); | |
5492 | |
5493 _set_hps(hps); | |
5494 return hps; | |
5495 } | 5463 } |
5496 | 5464 |
5497 /* Draw a point on a window (preferably a render window). | 5465 /* Draw a point on a window (preferably a render window). |
5498 * Parameters: | 5466 * Parameters: |
5499 * handle: Handle to the window. | 5467 * handle: Handle to the window. |
5501 * x: X coordinate. | 5469 * x: X coordinate. |
5502 * y: Y coordinate. | 5470 * y: Y coordinate. |
5503 */ | 5471 */ |
5504 void dw_draw_point(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y) | 5472 void dw_draw_point(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y) |
5505 { | 5473 { |
5506 HPS hps; | 5474 HDC hdcPaint; |
5507 int height; | 5475 int threadid = dw_thread_id(); |
5508 POINTL ptl; | 5476 |
5477 if(threadid < 0 || threadid >= THREAD_LIMIT) | |
5478 threadid = 0; | |
5509 | 5479 |
5510 if(handle) | 5480 if(handle) |
5511 { | 5481 hdcPaint = GetDC(handle); |
5512 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
5513 height = _get_height(handle); | |
5514 } | |
5515 else if(pixmap) | 5482 else if(pixmap) |
5516 { | 5483 hdcPaint = pixmap->hdc; |
5517 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
5518 height = pixmap->height; | |
5519 } | |
5520 else | 5484 else |
5521 return; | 5485 return; |
5522 | 5486 |
5523 ptl.x = x; | 5487 SetPixel(hdcPaint, x, y, _foreground[threadid]); |
5524 ptl.y = height - y - 1; | |
5525 | |
5526 GpiSetPel(hps, &ptl); | |
5527 if(!pixmap) | 5488 if(!pixmap) |
5528 WinReleasePS(hps); | 5489 ReleaseDC(handle, hdcPaint); |
5529 } | 5490 } |
5530 | 5491 |
5531 /* Draw a line on a window (preferably a render window). | 5492 /* Draw a line on a window (preferably a render window). |
5532 * Parameters: | 5493 * Parameters: |
5533 * handle: Handle to the window. | 5494 * handle: Handle to the window. |
5537 * x2: Second X coordinate. | 5498 * x2: Second X coordinate. |
5538 * y2: Second Y coordinate. | 5499 * y2: Second Y coordinate. |
5539 */ | 5500 */ |
5540 void dw_draw_line(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) | 5501 void dw_draw_line(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x1, int y1, int x2, int y2) |
5541 { | 5502 { |
5542 HPS hps; | 5503 HDC hdcPaint; |
5543 int height; | 5504 HPEN oldPen; |
5544 POINTL ptl[2]; | 5505 int threadid = dw_thread_id(); |
5506 | |
5507 if(threadid < 0 || threadid >= THREAD_LIMIT) | |
5508 threadid = 0; | |
5545 | 5509 |
5546 if(handle) | 5510 if(handle) |
5547 { | 5511 hdcPaint = GetDC(handle); |
5548 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
5549 height = _get_height(handle); | |
5550 } | |
5551 else if(pixmap) | 5512 else if(pixmap) |
5552 { | 5513 hdcPaint = pixmap->hdc; |
5553 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
5554 height = pixmap->height; | |
5555 } | |
5556 else | 5514 else |
5557 return; | 5515 return; |
5558 | 5516 |
5559 ptl[0].x = x1; | 5517 oldPen = SelectObject(hdcPaint, _hPen[threadid]); |
5560 ptl[0].y = height - y1 - 1; | 5518 MoveToEx(hdcPaint, x1, y1, NULL); |
5561 ptl[1].x = x2; | 5519 LineTo(hdcPaint, x2, y2); |
5562 ptl[1].y = height - y2 - 1; | 5520 SelectObject(hdcPaint, oldPen); |
5563 | 5521 /* For some reason Win98 (at least) fails |
5564 GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]); | 5522 * to draw the last pixel. So I do it myself. |
5565 GpiLine(hps, &ptl[1]); | 5523 */ |
5566 | 5524 SetPixel(hdcPaint, x2, y2, _foreground[threadid]); |
5567 if(!pixmap) | 5525 if(!pixmap) |
5568 WinReleasePS(hps); | 5526 ReleaseDC(handle, hdcPaint); |
5569 } | 5527 } |
5570 | 5528 |
5571 | 5529 /* Draw a rectangle on a window (preferably a render window). |
5572 void _CopyFontSettings(HPS hpsSrc, HPS hpsDst) | 5530 * Parameters: |
5573 { | 5531 * handle: Handle to the window. |
5574 FONTMETRICS fm; | 5532 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these) |
5575 FATTRS fat; | 5533 * x: X coordinate. |
5576 SIZEF sizf; | 5534 * y: Y coordinate. |
5577 | 5535 * width: Width of rectangle. |
5578 GpiQueryFontMetrics(hpsSrc, sizeof(FONTMETRICS), &fm); | 5536 * height: Height of rectangle. |
5579 | 5537 */ |
5580 memset(&fat, 0, sizeof(fat)); | 5538 void dw_draw_rect(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height) |
5581 | 5539 { |
5582 fat.usRecordLength = sizeof(FATTRS); | 5540 HDC hdcPaint; |
5583 fat.lMatch = fm.lMatch; | 5541 HPEN oldPen; |
5584 strcpy(fat.szFacename, fm.szFacename); | 5542 HBRUSH oldBrush; |
5585 | 5543 int threadid = dw_thread_id(); |
5586 GpiCreateLogFont(hpsDst, 0, 1L, &fat); | 5544 |
5587 GpiSetCharSet(hpsDst, 1L); | 5545 if(threadid < 0 || threadid >= THREAD_LIMIT) |
5588 | 5546 threadid = 0; |
5589 sizf.cx = MAKEFIXED(fm.lEmInc,0); | 5547 |
5590 sizf.cy = MAKEFIXED(fm.lMaxBaselineExt,0); | 5548 if(handle) |
5591 GpiSetCharBox(hpsDst, &sizf ); | 5549 hdcPaint = GetDC(handle); |
5550 else if(pixmap) | |
5551 hdcPaint = pixmap->hdc; | |
5552 else | |
5553 return; | |
5554 | |
5555 oldPen = SelectObject(hdcPaint, _hPen[threadid]); | |
5556 oldBrush = SelectObject(hdcPaint, _hBrush[threadid]); | |
5557 Rectangle(hdcPaint, x, y, x + width, y + height); | |
5558 SelectObject(hdcPaint, oldPen); | |
5559 SelectObject(hdcPaint, oldBrush); | |
5560 if(!pixmap) | |
5561 ReleaseDC(handle, hdcPaint); | |
5592 } | 5562 } |
5593 | 5563 |
5594 /* Draw text on a window (preferably a render window). | 5564 /* Draw text on a window (preferably a render window). |
5595 * Parameters: | 5565 * Parameters: |
5596 * handle: Handle to the window. | 5566 * handle: Handle to the window. |
5599 * y: Y coordinate. | 5569 * y: Y coordinate. |
5600 * text: Text to be displayed. | 5570 * text: Text to be displayed. |
5601 */ | 5571 */ |
5602 void dw_draw_text(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y, char *text) | 5572 void dw_draw_text(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int x, int y, char *text) |
5603 { | 5573 { |
5604 HPS hps; | 5574 HDC hdc; |
5605 int size = 9, z, height; | 5575 int size = 9, z, mustdelete = 0; |
5606 RECTL rcl; | 5576 HFONT hFont, oldFont; |
5607 char fontname[128]; | 5577 int threadid = dw_thread_id(); |
5578 | |
5579 if(threadid < 0 || threadid >= THREAD_LIMIT) | |
5580 threadid = 0; | |
5608 | 5581 |
5609 if(handle) | 5582 if(handle) |
5610 { | 5583 hdc = GetDC(handle); |
5611 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
5612 height = _get_height(handle); | |
5613 _GetPPFont(handle, fontname); | |
5614 } | |
5615 else if(pixmap) | 5584 else if(pixmap) |
5616 { | 5585 hdc = pixmap->hdc; |
5617 HPS pixmaphps = WinGetPS(pixmap->handle); | |
5618 | |
5619 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
5620 height = pixmap->height; | |
5621 _GetPPFont(pixmap->handle, fontname); | |
5622 _CopyFontSettings(pixmaphps, hps); | |
5623 WinReleasePS(pixmaphps); | |
5624 } | |
5625 else | 5586 else |
5626 return; | 5587 return; |
5627 | 5588 |
5628 for(z=0;z<strlen(fontname);z++) | 5589 { |
5629 { | 5590 ColorInfo *cinfo; |
5630 if(fontname[z]=='.') | 5591 |
5631 break; | 5592 if(handle) |
5632 } | 5593 cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
5633 size = atoi(fontname); | 5594 else |
5634 | 5595 cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(pixmap->handle, GWL_USERDATA); |
5635 rcl.xLeft = x; | 5596 |
5636 rcl.yTop = height - y; | 5597 if(cinfo) |
5637 rcl.yBottom = rcl.yTop - (size*2); | 5598 { |
5638 rcl.xRight = rcl.xLeft + (size * strlen(text)); | 5599 hFont = _aquire_font(cinfo->fontname); |
5639 | 5600 mustdelete = 1; |
5640 WinDrawText(hps, -1, text, &rcl, DT_TEXTATTRS, DT_TEXTATTRS, DT_VCENTER | DT_LEFT | DT_TEXTATTRS); | 5601 } |
5641 | 5602 } |
5603 oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont); | |
5604 SetTextColor(hdc, _foreground[threadid]); | |
5605 SetBkMode(hdc, TRANSPARENT); | |
5606 TextOut(hdc, x, y, text, strlen(text)); | |
5607 SelectObject(hdc, oldFont); | |
5608 if(mustdelete) | |
5609 DeleteObject(hFont); | |
5642 if(!pixmap) | 5610 if(!pixmap) |
5643 WinReleasePS(hps); | 5611 ReleaseDC(handle, hdc); |
5644 } | 5612 } |
5645 | 5613 |
5646 /* Query the width and height of a text string. | 5614 /* Query the width and height of a text string. |
5647 * Parameters: | 5615 * Parameters: |
5648 * handle: Handle to the window. | 5616 * handle: Handle to the window. |
5651 * width: Pointer to a variable to be filled in with the width. | 5619 * width: Pointer to a variable to be filled in with the width. |
5652 * height Pointer to a variable to be filled in with the height. | 5620 * height Pointer to a variable to be filled in with the height. |
5653 */ | 5621 */ |
5654 void dw_font_text_extents(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, char *text, int *width, int *height) | 5622 void dw_font_text_extents(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, char *text, int *width, int *height) |
5655 { | 5623 { |
5656 HPS hps; | 5624 HDC hdc; |
5657 POINTL aptl[TXTBOX_COUNT]; | 5625 int mustdelete = 0; |
5626 HFONT hFont, oldFont; | |
5627 SIZE sz; | |
5658 | 5628 |
5659 if(handle) | 5629 if(handle) |
5660 { | 5630 hdc = GetDC(handle); |
5661 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
5662 } | |
5663 else if(pixmap) | 5631 else if(pixmap) |
5664 { | 5632 hdc = pixmap->hdc; |
5665 HPS pixmaphps = WinGetPS(pixmap->handle); | |
5666 | |
5667 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
5668 _CopyFontSettings(pixmaphps, hps); | |
5669 WinReleasePS(pixmaphps); | |
5670 } | |
5671 else | 5633 else |
5672 return; | 5634 return; |
5673 | 5635 |
5674 GpiQueryTextBox(hps, strlen(text), text, TXTBOX_COUNT, aptl); | 5636 { |
5637 ColorInfo *cinfo; | |
5638 | |
5639 if(handle) | |
5640 cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
5641 else | |
5642 cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(pixmap->handle, GWL_USERDATA); | |
5643 | |
5644 if(cinfo) | |
5645 { | |
5646 hFont = _aquire_font(cinfo->fontname); | |
5647 mustdelete = 1; | |
5648 } | |
5649 } | |
5650 oldFont = SelectObject(hdc, hFont); | |
5651 | |
5652 GetTextExtentPoint32(hdc, text, strlen(text), &sz); | |
5675 | 5653 |
5676 if(width) | 5654 if(width) |
5677 *width = aptl[TXTBOX_TOPRIGHT].x - aptl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT].x; | 5655 *width = sz.cx; |
5678 | 5656 |
5679 if(height) | 5657 if(height) |
5680 *height = aptl[TXTBOX_TOPLEFT].y - aptl[TXTBOX_BOTTOMLEFT].y; | 5658 *height = sz.cy; |
5681 | 5659 |
5660 SelectObject(hdc, oldFont); | |
5661 if(mustdelete) | |
5662 DeleteObject(hFont); | |
5682 if(!pixmap) | 5663 if(!pixmap) |
5683 WinReleasePS(hps); | 5664 ReleaseDC(handle, hdc); |
5684 } | |
5685 | |
5686 /* Draw a rectangle on a window (preferably a render window). | |
5687 * Parameters: | |
5688 * handle: Handle to the window. | |
5689 * pixmap: Handle to the pixmap. (choose only one of these) | |
5690 * fill: Fill box TRUE or FALSE. | |
5691 * x: X coordinate. | |
5692 * y: Y coordinate. | |
5693 * width: Width of rectangle. | |
5694 * height: Height of rectangle. | |
5695 */ | |
5696 void dw_draw_rect(HWND handle, HPIXMAP pixmap, int fill, int x, int y, int width, int height) | |
5697 { | |
5698 HPS hps; | |
5699 int thisheight; | |
5700 POINTL ptl[2]; | |
5701 | |
5702 if(handle) | |
5703 { | |
5704 hps = _set_colors(handle); | |
5705 thisheight = _get_height(handle); | |
5706 } | |
5707 else if(pixmap) | |
5708 { | |
5709 hps = _set_hps(pixmap->hps); | |
5710 thisheight = pixmap->height; | |
5711 } | |
5712 else | |
5713 return; | |
5714 | |
5715 ptl[0].x = x; | |
5716 ptl[0].y = thisheight - y - 1; | |
5717 ptl[1].x = x + width - 1; | |
5718 ptl[1].y = thisheight - y - height; | |
5719 | |
5720 GpiMove(hps, &ptl[0]); | |
5721 GpiBox(hps, fill ? DRO_OUTLINEFILL : DRO_OUTLINE, &ptl[1], 0, 0); | |
5722 | |
5723 if(!pixmap) | |
5724 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
5725 } | 5665 } |
5726 | 5666 |
5727 /* Call this after drawing to the screen to make sure | 5667 /* Call this after drawing to the screen to make sure |
5728 * anything you have drawn is visible. | 5668 * anything you have drawn is visible. |
5729 */ | 5669 */ |
5741 * Returns: | 5681 * Returns: |
5742 * A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure. | 5682 * A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure. |
5743 */ | 5683 */ |
5744 HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_new(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height, int depth) | 5684 HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_new(HWND handle, unsigned long width, unsigned long height, int depth) |
5745 { | 5685 { |
5746 BITMAPINFOHEADER bmih; | |
5747 SIZEL sizl = { 0, 0 }; | |
5748 HPIXMAP pixmap; | 5686 HPIXMAP pixmap; |
5687 BITMAP bm; | |
5749 HDC hdc; | 5688 HDC hdc; |
5750 HPS hps; | |
5751 ULONG ulFlags; | |
5752 LONG cPlanes, cBitCount; | |
5753 | 5689 |
5754 if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap)))) | 5690 if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap)))) |
5755 return NULL; | 5691 return NULL; |
5756 | 5692 |
5757 hps = WinGetPS(handle); | 5693 hdc = GetDC(handle); |
5758 | 5694 |
5759 hdc = GpiQueryDevice(hps); | 5695 pixmap->width = width; pixmap->height = height; |
5760 ulFlags = GpiQueryPS(hps, &sizl); | |
5761 | 5696 |
5762 pixmap->handle = handle; | 5697 pixmap->handle = handle; |
5763 pixmap->hdc = DevOpenDC(dwhab, OD_MEMORY, "*", 0L, NULL, hdc); | 5698 pixmap->hbm = CreateCompatibleBitmap(hdc, width, height); |
5764 pixmap->hps = GpiCreatePS (dwhab, pixmap->hdc, &sizl, ulFlags | GPIA_ASSOC); | 5699 pixmap->hdc = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc); |
5765 | 5700 |
5766 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_PLANES , 1L, &cPlanes); | 5701 SelectObject(pixmap->hdc, pixmap->hbm); |
5767 if (!depth) | 5702 |
5768 { | 5703 ReleaseDC(handle, hdc); |
5769 DevQueryCaps(hdc, CAPS_COLOR_BITCOUNT, 1L, &cBitCount); | |
5770 depth = cBitCount; | |
5771 } | |
5772 | |
5773 memset(&bmih, 0, sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER)); | |
5774 bmih.cbFix = sizeof(BITMAPINFOHEADER); | |
5775 bmih.cx = (SHORT)width; | |
5776 bmih.cy = (SHORT)height; | |
5777 bmih.cPlanes = (SHORT)cPlanes; | |
5778 bmih.cBitCount = (SHORT)depth; | |
5779 | |
5780 pixmap->width = width; pixmap->height = height; | |
5781 | |
5782 pixmap->hbm = GpiCreateBitmap(pixmap->hps, (PBITMAPINFOHEADER2)&bmih, 0L, NULL, NULL); | |
5783 | |
5784 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, pixmap->hbm); | |
5785 | |
5786 if (depth>8) | |
5787 GpiCreateLogColorTable(pixmap->hps, LCOL_PURECOLOR, LCOLF_RGB, 0, 0, NULL ); | |
5788 | |
5789 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
5790 | 5704 |
5791 return pixmap; | 5705 return pixmap; |
5792 } | 5706 } |
5793 | 5707 |
5794 /* | 5708 /* |
5799 * Returns: | 5713 * Returns: |
5800 * A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure. | 5714 * A handle to a pixmap or NULL on failure. |
5801 */ | 5715 */ |
5802 HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_grab(HWND handle, ULONG id) | 5716 HPIXMAP dw_pixmap_grab(HWND handle, ULONG id) |
5803 { | 5717 { |
5804 BITMAPINFOHEADER bmih; | |
5805 SIZEL sizl = { 0, 0 }; | |
5806 HPIXMAP pixmap; | 5718 HPIXMAP pixmap; |
5719 BITMAP bm; | |
5807 HDC hdc; | 5720 HDC hdc; |
5808 HPS hps; | |
5809 ULONG ulFlags; | |
5810 | 5721 |
5811 if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap)))) | 5722 if (!(pixmap = calloc(1,sizeof(struct _hpixmap)))) |
5812 return NULL; | 5723 return NULL; |
5813 | 5724 |
5814 hps = WinGetPS(handle); | 5725 hdc = GetDC(handle); |
5815 | 5726 |
5816 hdc = GpiQueryDevice(hps); | 5727 |
5817 ulFlags = GpiQueryPS(hps, &sizl); | 5728 pixmap->hbm = LoadBitmap(DWInstance, MAKEINTRESOURCE(id)); |
5818 | 5729 pixmap->hdc = CreateCompatibleDC(hdc); |
5819 pixmap->hdc = DevOpenDC(dwhab, OD_MEMORY, "*", 0L, NULL, hdc); | 5730 |
5820 pixmap->hps = GpiCreatePS (dwhab, pixmap->hdc, &sizl, ulFlags | GPIA_ASSOC); | 5731 GetObject(pixmap->hbm, sizeof(BITMAP), (void *)&bm); |
5821 | 5732 |
5822 pixmap->hbm = GpiLoadBitmap(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE, id, 0, 0); | 5733 pixmap->width = bm.bmWidth; pixmap->height = bm.bmHeight; |
5823 | 5734 |
5824 GpiQueryBitmapParameters(pixmap->hbm, &bmih); | 5735 SelectObject(pixmap->hdc, pixmap->hbm); |
5825 | 5736 |
5826 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, pixmap->hbm); | 5737 ReleaseDC(handle, hdc); |
5827 | |
5828 pixmap->width = bmih.cx; pixmap->height = bmih.cy; | |
5829 | |
5830 WinReleasePS(hps); | |
5831 | 5738 |
5832 return pixmap; | 5739 return pixmap; |
5833 } | 5740 } |
5834 | 5741 |
5835 /* | 5742 /* |
5838 * pixmap: Handle to a pixmap returned by | 5745 * pixmap: Handle to a pixmap returned by |
5839 * dw_pixmap_new.. | 5746 * dw_pixmap_new.. |
5840 */ | 5747 */ |
5841 void dw_pixmap_destroy(HPIXMAP pixmap) | 5748 void dw_pixmap_destroy(HPIXMAP pixmap) |
5842 { | 5749 { |
5843 GpiSetBitmap(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE); | 5750 if(pixmap) |
5844 GpiDeleteBitmap(pixmap->hbm); | 5751 { |
5845 GpiAssociate(pixmap->hps, NULLHANDLE); | 5752 DeleteDC(pixmap->hdc); |
5846 GpiDestroyPS(pixmap->hps); | 5753 DeleteObject(pixmap->hbm); |
5847 DevCloseDC(pixmap->hdc); | 5754 free(pixmap); |
5848 free(pixmap); | 5755 } |
5849 } | 5756 } |
5850 | 5757 |
5851 /* | 5758 /* |
5852 * Copies from one item to another. | 5759 * Copies from one item to another. |
5853 * Parameters: | 5760 * Parameters: |
5862 * xsrc: X coordinate of source. | 5769 * xsrc: X coordinate of source. |
5863 * ysrc: Y coordinate of source. | 5770 * ysrc: Y coordinate of source. |
5864 */ | 5771 */ |
5865 void dw_pixmap_bitblt(HWND dest, HPIXMAP destp, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, HWND src, HPIXMAP srcp, int xsrc, int ysrc) | 5772 void dw_pixmap_bitblt(HWND dest, HPIXMAP destp, int xdest, int ydest, int width, int height, HWND src, HPIXMAP srcp, int xsrc, int ysrc) |
5866 { | 5773 { |
5867 HPS hpsdest; | 5774 HDC hdcdest; |
5868 HPS hpssrc; | 5775 HDC hdcsrc; |
5869 POINTL ptl[4]; | |
5870 int destheight, srcheight; | |
5871 | 5776 |
5872 if(dest) | 5777 if(dest) |
5873 { | 5778 hdcdest = GetDC(dest); |
5874 hpsdest = WinGetPS(dest); | |
5875 destheight = _get_height(dest); | |
5876 } | |
5877 else if(destp) | 5779 else if(destp) |
5878 { | 5780 hdcdest = destp->hdc; |
5879 hpsdest = destp->hps; | |
5880 destheight = destp->height; | |
5881 } | |
5882 else | 5781 else |
5883 return; | 5782 return; |
5884 | 5783 |
5885 if(src) | 5784 if(src) |
5886 { | 5785 hdcsrc = GetDC(src); |
5887 hpssrc = WinGetPS(src); | |
5888 srcheight = _get_height(src); | |
5889 } | |
5890 else if(srcp) | 5786 else if(srcp) |
5891 { | 5787 hdcsrc = srcp->hdc; |
5892 hpssrc = srcp->hps; | |
5893 srcheight = srcp->height; | |
5894 } | |
5895 else | 5788 else |
5896 { | |
5897 if(!destp) | |
5898 WinReleasePS(hpsdest); | |
5899 return; | 5789 return; |
5900 } | 5790 |
5901 | 5791 BitBlt(hdcdest, xdest, ydest, width, height, hdcsrc, xsrc, ysrc, SRCCOPY); |
5902 ptl[0].x = xdest; | |
5903 ptl[0].y = (destheight - ydest) - height; | |
5904 ptl[1].x = ptl[0].x + width; | |
5905 ptl[1].y = destheight - ydest; | |
5906 ptl[2].x = xsrc; | |
5907 ptl[2].y = srcheight - (ysrc + height); | |
5908 ptl[3].x = ptl[2].x + width; | |
5909 ptl[3].y = ptl[2].y + height; | |
5910 | |
5911 GpiBitBlt(hpsdest, hpssrc, 4, ptl, ROP_SRCCOPY, BBO_IGNORE); | |
5912 | 5792 |
5913 if(!destp) | 5793 if(!destp) |
5914 WinReleasePS(hpsdest); | 5794 ReleaseDC(dest, hdcdest); |
5915 if(!srcp) | 5795 if(!srcp) |
5916 WinReleasePS(hpssrc); | 5796 ReleaseDC(src, hdcsrc); |
5917 } | 5797 } |
5918 | 5798 |
5919 /* | 5799 /* |
5920 * Emits a beep. | 5800 * Emits a beep. |
5921 * Parameters: | 5801 * Parameters: |
5922 * freq: Frequency. | 5802 * freq: Frequency. |
5923 * dur: Duration. | 5803 * dur: Duration. |
5924 */ | 5804 */ |
5925 void dw_beep(int freq, int dur) | 5805 void dw_beep(int freq, int dur) |
5926 { | 5806 { |
5927 DosBeep(freq, dur); | 5807 Beep(freq, dur); |
5928 } | 5808 } |
5929 | 5809 |
5930 /* | 5810 /* |
5931 * Returns the handle to an unnamed mutex semaphore. | 5811 * Returns the handle to an unnamed mutex semaphore. |
5932 */ | 5812 */ |
5933 HMTX dw_mutex_new(void) | 5813 HMTX dw_mutex_new(void) |
5934 { | 5814 { |
5935 HMTX mutex; | 5815 return (HMTX)CreateMutex(NULL, FALSE, NULL); |
5936 | |
5937 DosCreateMutexSem(NULL, &mutex, 0, FALSE); | |
5938 return mutex; | |
5939 } | 5816 } |
5940 | 5817 |
5941 /* | 5818 /* |
5942 * Closes a semaphore created by dw_mutex_new(). | 5819 * Closes a semaphore created by dw_mutex_new(). |
5943 * Parameters: | 5820 * Parameters: |
5944 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). | 5821 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). |
5945 */ | 5822 */ |
5946 void dw_mutex_close(HMTX mutex) | 5823 void dw_mutex_close(HMTX mutex) |
5947 { | 5824 { |
5948 DosCloseMutexSem(mutex); | 5825 CloseHandle((HANDLE)mutex); |
5949 } | 5826 } |
5950 | 5827 |
5951 /* | 5828 /* |
5952 * Tries to gain access to the semaphore, if it can't it blocks. | 5829 * Tries to gain access to the semaphore, if it can't it blocks. |
5953 * Parameters: | 5830 * Parameters: |
5954 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). | 5831 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). |
5955 */ | 5832 */ |
5956 void dw_mutex_lock(HMTX mutex) | 5833 void dw_mutex_lock(HMTX mutex) |
5957 { | 5834 { |
5958 DosRequestMutexSem(mutex, SEM_INDEFINITE_WAIT); | 5835 WaitForSingleObject((HANDLE)mutex, INFINITE); |
5959 } | 5836 } |
5960 | 5837 |
5961 /* | 5838 /* |
5962 * Reliquishes the access to the semaphore. | 5839 * Reliquishes the access to the semaphore. |
5963 * Parameters: | 5840 * Parameters: |
5964 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). | 5841 * mutex: The handle to the mutex returned by dw_mutex_new(). |
5965 */ | 5842 */ |
5966 void dw_mutex_unlock(HMTX mutex) | 5843 void dw_mutex_unlock(HMTX mutex) |
5967 { | 5844 { |
5968 DosReleaseMutexSem(mutex); | 5845 ReleaseMutex((HANDLE)mutex); |
5969 } | 5846 } |
5970 | 5847 |
5971 /* | 5848 /* |
5972 * Returns the handle to an unnamed event semaphore. | 5849 * Returns the handle to an unnamed event semaphore. |
5973 */ | 5850 */ |
5974 HEV dw_event_new(void) | 5851 HEV dw_event_new(void) |
5975 { | 5852 { |
5976 HEV blah; | 5853 return CreateEvent(NULL, TRUE, FALSE, NULL); |
5977 | |
5978 if(DosCreateEventSem (NULL, &blah, 0L, FALSE)) | |
5979 return 0; | |
5980 | |
5981 return blah; | |
5982 } | 5854 } |
5983 | 5855 |
5984 /* | 5856 /* |
5985 * Resets a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). | 5857 * Resets a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). |
5986 * Parameters: | 5858 * Parameters: |
5987 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). | 5859 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). |
5988 */ | 5860 */ |
5989 int dw_event_reset(HEV eve) | 5861 int dw_event_reset(HEV eve) |
5990 { | 5862 { |
5991 ULONG count; | 5863 return ResetEvent(eve); |
5992 | |
5993 if(DosResetEventSem(eve, &count)) | |
5994 return FALSE; | |
5995 return TRUE; | |
5996 } | 5864 } |
5997 | 5865 |
5998 /* | 5866 /* |
5999 * Posts a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). Causing all threads | 5867 * Posts a semaphore created by dw_event_new(). Causing all threads |
6000 * waiting on this event in dw_event_wait to continue. | 5868 * waiting on this event in dw_event_wait to continue. |
6001 * Parameters: | 5869 * Parameters: |
6002 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). | 5870 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). |
6003 */ | 5871 */ |
6004 int dw_event_post(HEV eve) | 5872 int dw_event_post(HEV eve) |
6005 { | 5873 { |
6006 if(DosPostEventSem(eve)) | 5874 return SetEvent(eve); |
6007 return FALSE; | 5875 } |
6008 return TRUE; | |
6009 } | |
6010 | |
6011 | 5876 |
6012 /* | 5877 /* |
6013 * Waits on a semaphore created by dw_event_new(), until the | 5878 * Waits on a semaphore created by dw_event_new(), until the |
6014 * event gets posted or until the timeout expires. | 5879 * event gets posted or until the timeout expires. |
6015 * Parameters: | 5880 * Parameters: |
6016 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). | 5881 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). |
6017 */ | 5882 */ |
6018 int dw_event_wait(HEV eve, unsigned long timeout) | 5883 int dw_event_wait(HEV eve, unsigned long timeout) |
6019 { | 5884 { |
6020 int rc = DosWaitEventSem(eve, timeout); | 5885 int rc; |
6021 if(!rc) | 5886 |
5887 rc = WaitForSingleObject(eve, timeout); | |
5888 if(rc == WAIT_OBJECT_0) | |
6022 return 1; | 5889 return 1; |
6023 if(rc == ERROR_TIMEOUT) | 5890 if(rc == WAIT_ABANDONED) |
6024 return -1; | 5891 return -1; |
6025 return 0; | 5892 return 0; |
6026 } | 5893 } |
6027 | 5894 |
6028 /* | 5895 /* |
6030 * Parameters: | 5897 * Parameters: |
6031 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). | 5898 * eve: The handle to the event returned by dw_event_new(). |
6032 */ | 5899 */ |
6033 int dw_event_close(HEV *eve) | 5900 int dw_event_close(HEV *eve) |
6034 { | 5901 { |
6035 if(!eve || ~DosCloseEventSem(*eve)) | 5902 if(eve) |
6036 return FALSE; | 5903 return CloseHandle(*eve); |
6037 return TRUE; | 5904 return FALSE; |
6038 } | |
6039 | |
6040 /* | |
6041 * Encapsulate the message queues on OS/2. | |
6042 */ | |
6043 void _dwthreadstart(void *data) | |
6044 { | |
6045 HAB thishab = WinInitialize(0); | |
6046 HMQ thishmq = WinCreateMsgQueue(dwhab, 0); | |
6047 void (*threadfunc)(void *) = NULL; | |
6048 void **tmp = (void **)data; | |
6049 | |
6050 threadfunc = (void (*)(void *))tmp[0]; | |
6051 threadfunc(tmp[1]); | |
6052 | |
6053 free(tmp); | |
6054 | |
6055 WinDestroyMsgQueue(thishmq); | |
6056 WinTerminate(thishab); | |
6057 } | 5905 } |
6058 | 5906 |
6059 /* | 5907 /* |
6060 * Creates a new thread with a starting point of func. | 5908 * Creates a new thread with a starting point of func. |
6061 * Parameters: | 5909 * Parameters: |
6063 * data: Parameter(s) passed to the function. | 5911 * data: Parameter(s) passed to the function. |
6064 * stack: Stack size of new thread (OS/2 and Windows only). | 5912 * stack: Stack size of new thread (OS/2 and Windows only). |
6065 */ | 5913 */ |
6066 DWTID dw_thread_new(void *func, void *data, int stack) | 5914 DWTID dw_thread_new(void *func, void *data, int stack) |
6067 { | 5915 { |
6068 void **tmp = malloc(sizeof(void *) * 2); | 5916 #if defined(__CYGWIN__) |
6069 | 5917 return 0; |
6070 tmp[0] = func; | 5918 #else |
6071 tmp[1] = data; | 5919 return (DWTID)_beginthread((void(*)(void *))func, stack, data); |
6072 | 5920 #endif |
6073 return (DWTID)_beginthread((void (*)(void *))_dwthreadstart, NULL, stack, (void *)tmp); | |
6074 } | 5921 } |
6075 | 5922 |
6076 /* | 5923 /* |
6077 * Ends execution of current thread immediately. | 5924 * Ends execution of current thread immediately. |
6078 */ | 5925 */ |
6079 void dw_thread_end(void) | 5926 void dw_thread_end(void) |
6080 { | 5927 { |
5928 #if !defined(__CYGWIN__) | |
6081 _endthread(); | 5929 _endthread(); |
5930 #endif | |
6082 } | 5931 } |
6083 | 5932 |
6084 /* | 5933 /* |
6085 * Returns the current thread's ID. | 5934 * Returns the current thread's ID. |
6086 */ | 5935 */ |
6087 DWTID dw_thread_id(void) | 5936 DWTID dw_thread_id(void) |
6088 { | 5937 { |
6089 return (DWTID)_threadid; | 5938 #if defined(__CYGWIN__) |
5939 return 0; | |
5940 #else | |
5941 return (DWTID)GetCurrentThreadId(); | |
5942 #endif | |
6090 } | 5943 } |
6091 | 5944 |
6092 /* | 5945 /* |
6093 * Cleanly terminates a DW session, should be signal handler safe. | 5946 * Cleanly terminates a DW session, should be signal handler safe. |
6094 * Parameters: | 5947 * Parameters: |
6095 * exitcode: Exit code reported to the operating system. | 5948 * exitcode: Exit code reported to the operating system. |
6096 */ | 5949 */ |
6097 void dw_exit(int exitcode) | 5950 void dw_exit(int exitcode) |
6098 { | 5951 { |
6099 /* In case we are in a signal handler, don't | |
6100 * try to free memory that could possibly be | |
6101 * free()'d by the runtime already. | |
6102 */ | |
6103 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | |
6104 Root = NULL; | |
6105 #endif | |
6106 exit(exitcode); | 5952 exit(exitcode); |
6107 } | 5953 } |
6108 | 5954 |
6109 /* | 5955 /* |
6110 * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the start. | 5956 * Pack a splitbar (sizer) into the specified box from the start. |
6111 * Parameters: | 5957 * Parameters: |
6112 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. | 5958 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. |
6113 */ | 5959 */ |
6114 void dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(HWND box) | 5960 void dw_box_pack_splitbar_start(HWND box) |
6115 { | 5961 { |
6116 Box *thisbox; | 5962 Box *thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box, GWL_USERDATA); |
6117 | 5963 |
6118 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | |
6119 { | |
6120 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
6121 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6122 } | |
6123 else | |
6124 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6125 if(thisbox) | 5964 if(thisbox) |
6126 { | 5965 { |
6127 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 5966 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(SplitbarClassName, |
6128 SplitbarClassName, | 5967 "", |
6129 NULL, | 5968 WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
6130 WS_VISIBLE, | 5969 0,0,2000,1000, |
6131 0,0,2000,1000, | 5970 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
6132 NULLHANDLE, | 5971 NULL, |
6133 HWND_TOP, | 5972 NULL, |
6134 0L, | 5973 NULL); |
6135 NULL, | |
6136 NULL); | |
6137 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | 5974 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) |
6138 dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0); | 5975 dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0); |
6139 else | 5976 else |
6140 dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); | 5977 dw_box_pack_start(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); |
6141 | 5978 |
6147 * Parameters: | 5984 * Parameters: |
6148 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. | 5985 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. |
6149 */ | 5986 */ |
6150 void dw_box_pack_splitbar_end(HWND box) | 5987 void dw_box_pack_splitbar_end(HWND box) |
6151 { | 5988 { |
6152 Box *thisbox; | 5989 Box *thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box, GWL_USERDATA); |
6153 | 5990 |
6154 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | |
6155 { | |
6156 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
6157 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6158 } | |
6159 else | |
6160 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6161 if(thisbox) | 5991 if(thisbox) |
6162 { | 5992 { |
6163 HWND tmp = WinCreateWindow(HWND_OBJECT, | 5993 HWND tmp = CreateWindow(SplitbarClassName, |
6164 SplitbarClassName, | 5994 "", |
6165 NULL, | 5995 WS_CHILD | WS_CLIPCHILDREN, |
6166 WS_VISIBLE, | 5996 0,0,2000,1000, |
6167 0,0,2000,1000, | 5997 DW_HWND_OBJECT, |
6168 NULLHANDLE, | 5998 NULL, |
6169 HWND_TOP, | 5999 NULL, |
6170 0L, | 6000 NULL); |
6171 NULL, | |
6172 NULL); | |
6173 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) | 6001 if(thisbox->type == BOXVERT) |
6174 dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0); | 6002 dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, 1, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, TRUE, FALSE, 0); |
6175 else | 6003 else |
6176 dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); | 6004 dw_box_pack_end(box, tmp, SPLITBAR_WIDTH, 1, FALSE, TRUE, 0); |
6177 | 6005 |
6178 } | 6006 } |
6179 } | 6007 } |
6180 | 6008 |
6181 /* | 6009 /* |
6182 * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the start (or top). | 6010 * Pack windows (widgets) into a box from the end (or bottom). |
6183 * Parameters: | 6011 * Parameters: |
6184 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. | 6012 * box: Window handle of the box to be packed into. |
6185 * item: Window handle of the item to be back. | 6013 * item: Window handle of the item to be back. |
6186 * width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. | 6014 * width: Width in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. |
6187 * height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. | 6015 * height: Height in pixels of the item or -1 to be self determined. |
6188 * hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given. | 6016 * hsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand horizontally to fill space given. |
6189 * vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given. | 6017 * vsize: TRUE if the window (widget) should expand vertically to fill space given. |
6190 * pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item. | 6018 * pad: Number of pixels of padding around the item. |
6191 */ | 6019 */ |
6192 void dw_box_pack_start(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) | 6020 void dw_box_pack_end(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) |
6193 { | 6021 { |
6194 Box *thisbox; | 6022 Box *thisbox; |
6195 | 6023 |
6196 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | 6024 thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(box, GWL_USERDATA); |
6197 { | |
6198 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
6199 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6200 } | |
6201 else | |
6202 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6203 if(thisbox) | |
6204 { | |
6205 if(thisbox->type == BOXHORZ) | |
6206 dw_box_pack_end_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad); | |
6207 else | |
6208 dw_box_pack_start_stub(box, item, width, height, hsize, vsize, pad); | |
6209 } | |
6210 } | |
6211 | |
6212 void dw_box_pack_start_stub(HWND box, HWND item, int width, int height, int hsize, int vsize, int pad) | |
6213 { | |
6214 HWND boxowner = NULLHANDLE; | |
6215 Box *thisbox; | |
6216 | |
6217 if(WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT)) | |
6218 { | |
6219 box = WinWindowFromID(box, FID_CLIENT); | |
6220 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6221 hsize = TRUE; | |
6222 vsize = TRUE; | |
6223 } | |
6224 else | |
6225 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6226 if(thisbox) | 6025 if(thisbox) |
6227 { | 6026 { |
6228 int z; | 6027 int z; |
6229 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; | 6028 Item *tmpitem, *thisitem = thisbox->items; |
6230 char tmpbuf[100]; | 6029 char tmpbuf[100]; |
6234 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) | 6033 for(z=0;z<thisbox->count;z++) |
6235 { | 6034 { |
6236 tmpitem[z+1] = thisitem[z]; | 6035 tmpitem[z+1] = thisitem[z]; |
6237 } | 6036 } |
6238 | 6037 |
6239 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf); | 6038 GetClassName(item, tmpbuf, 99); |
6240 | 6039 |
6241 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#1", 3)==0) | 6040 if(strnicmp(tmpbuf, FRAMECLASSNAME, 2)==0) |
6242 tmpitem[0].type = TYPEBOX; | 6041 tmpitem[0].type = TYPEBOX; |
6243 else | 6042 else |
6244 tmpitem[0].type = TYPEITEM; | 6043 tmpitem[0].type = TYPEITEM; |
6245 | 6044 |
6246 tmpitem[0].hwnd = item; | 6045 tmpitem[0].hwnd = item; |
6262 if(thisbox->count) | 6061 if(thisbox->count) |
6263 free(thisitem); | 6062 free(thisitem); |
6264 | 6063 |
6265 thisbox->count++; | 6064 thisbox->count++; |
6266 | 6065 |
6267 WinQueryClassName(item, 99, tmpbuf); | 6066 SetParent(item, box); |
6268 /* Don't set the ownership if it's an entryfield or spinbutton */ | 6067 ShowWindow(item, SW_SHOW); |
6269 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3)!=0 && strncmp(tmpbuf, "#32", 3)!=0) | 6068 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, UPDOWN_CLASS, strlen(UPDOWN_CLASS))==0) |
6270 { | 6069 { |
6271 if((boxowner = WinQueryWindow(box, QW_OWNER)) != 0) | 6070 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(item, GWL_USERDATA); |
6272 WinSetOwner(item, boxowner); | 6071 |
6273 else | 6072 if(cinfo) |
6274 WinSetOwner(item, box); | |
6275 } | |
6276 WinSetParent(item, box, FALSE); | |
6277 } | |
6278 } | |
6279 | |
6280 /* The following two functions graciously contributed by Peter Nielsen. */ | |
6281 static ULONG _ParseBuildLevel (char* pchBuffer, ULONG ulSize) { | |
6282 char* pchStart = pchBuffer; | |
6283 char* pchEnd = pchStart + ulSize - 2; | |
6284 | |
6285 while (pchEnd >= pchStart) | |
6286 { | |
6287 if ((pchEnd[0] == '#') && (pchEnd[1] == '@')) | |
6288 { | |
6289 *pchEnd-- = '\0'; | |
6290 while (pchEnd >= pchStart) | |
6291 { | 6073 { |
6292 if ((pchEnd[0] == '@') && (pchEnd[1] == '#')) | 6074 SetParent(cinfo->buddy, box); |
6293 { | 6075 ShowWindow(cinfo->buddy, SW_SHOW); |
6294 ULONG ulMajor = 0; | 6076 SendMessage(item, UDM_SETBUDDY, (WPARAM)cinfo->buddy, 0); |
6295 ULONG ulMinor = 0; | |
6296 | |
6297 char* pch = pchEnd + 2; | |
6298 while (!isdigit (*pch) && *pch) | |
6299 pch++; | |
6300 | |
6301 while (isdigit (*pch)) | |
6302 ulMajor = ulMajor * 10 + *pch++ - '0'; | |
6303 | |
6304 if (*pch == '.') | |
6305 { | |
6306 while (isdigit (*++pch)) | |
6307 ulMinor = ulMinor * 10 + *pch - '0'; | |
6308 } | |
6309 return ((ulMajor << 16) | ulMinor); | |
6310 } | |
6311 pchEnd--; | |
6312 } | 6077 } |
6313 } | 6078 } |
6314 pchEnd--; | 6079 } |
6315 } | |
6316 return (0); | |
6317 } | |
6318 | |
6319 ULONG _GetSystemBuildLevel(void) { | |
6320 /* The build level info is normally available in the end of the OS2KRNL file. However, this is not the case in some beta versions of OS/2. | |
6321 * We first try to find the info in the 256 last bytes of the file. If that fails, we load the entire file and search it completely. | |
6322 */ | |
6323 ULONG ulBootDrive = 0; | |
6324 ULONG ulBuild = 0; | |
6325 if (DosQuerySysInfo (QSV_BOOT_DRIVE, QSV_BOOT_DRIVE, &ulBootDrive, sizeof (ulBootDrive)) == NO_ERROR) | |
6326 { | |
6327 char achFileName[11] = { (char)('A'+ulBootDrive-1),':','\\','O','S','2','K','R','N','L','\0' }; | |
6328 HFILE hfile; | |
6329 ULONG ulResult; | |
6330 if (DosOpen (achFileName, &hfile, &ulResult, 0, 0, OPEN_ACTION_FAIL_IF_NEW | OPEN_ACTION_OPEN_IF_EXISTS, OPEN_FLAGS_FAIL_ON_ERROR | OPEN_FLAGS_NO_CACHE | OPEN_FLAGS_SEQUENTIAL | OPEN_SHARE_DENYNONE | OPEN_ACCESS_READONLY, NULL) == NO_ERROR) | |
6331 { | |
6332 ULONG ulFileSize = 0; | |
6333 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, 0, FILE_END, &ulFileSize) == NO_ERROR) | |
6334 { | |
6335 const ULONG ulFirstTry = min (256, ulFileSize); | |
6336 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, -(LONG)ulFirstTry, FILE_END, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR) | |
6337 { | |
6338 char *pchBuffer = malloc(ulFirstTry); | |
6339 if (DosRead (hfile, pchBuffer, ulFirstTry, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR) | |
6340 { | |
6341 ulBuild = _ParseBuildLevel (pchBuffer, ulFirstTry); | |
6342 if (ulBuild == 0) | |
6343 { | |
6344 if (DosSetFilePtr (hfile, 0, FILE_BEGIN, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR) | |
6345 { | |
6346 free(pchBuffer); | |
6347 pchBuffer = malloc(ulFileSize); | |
6348 | |
6349 if (DosRead (hfile, pchBuffer, ulFileSize, &ulResult) == NO_ERROR) | |
6350 ulBuild = _ParseBuildLevel (pchBuffer, ulFileSize); | |
6351 } | |
6352 } | |
6353 } | |
6354 free(pchBuffer); | |
6355 } | |
6356 } | |
6357 DosClose (hfile); | |
6358 } | |
6359 } | |
6360 return (ulBuild); | |
6361 } | 6080 } |
6362 | 6081 |
6363 /* | 6082 /* |
6364 * Sets the default focus item for a window/dialog. | 6083 * Sets the default focus item for a window/dialog. |
6365 * Parameters: | 6084 * Parameters: |
6366 * window: Toplevel window or dialog. | 6085 * window: Toplevel window or dialog. |
6367 * defaultitem: Handle to the dialog item to be default. | 6086 * defaultitem: Handle to the dialog item to be default. |
6368 */ | 6087 */ |
6369 void dw_window_default(HWND window, HWND defaultitem) | 6088 void dw_window_default(HWND window, HWND defaultitem) |
6370 { | 6089 { |
6371 Box *thisbox = NULL; | 6090 Box *thisbox = (Box *)GetWindowLong(window, GWL_USERDATA); |
6372 HWND box; | |
6373 | |
6374 box = WinWindowFromID(window, FID_CLIENT); | |
6375 if(box) | |
6376 thisbox = WinQueryWindowPtr(box, QWP_USER); | |
6377 | 6091 |
6378 if(thisbox) | 6092 if(thisbox) |
6379 thisbox->defaultitem = defaultitem; | 6093 thisbox->defaultitem = defaultitem; |
6380 } | 6094 } |
6381 | 6095 |
6385 * window: Window (widget) to look for the ENTER press. | 6099 * window: Window (widget) to look for the ENTER press. |
6386 * next: Window (widget) to move to next (or click) | 6100 * next: Window (widget) to move to next (or click) |
6387 */ | 6101 */ |
6388 void dw_window_click_default(HWND window, HWND next) | 6102 void dw_window_click_default(HWND window, HWND next) |
6389 { | 6103 { |
6390 WindowData *blah = (WindowData *)WinQueryWindowPtr(window, QWP_USER); | 6104 ColorInfo *cinfo = (ColorInfo *)GetWindowLong(window, GWL_USERDATA); |
6391 char tmpbuf[100]; | 6105 |
6392 | 6106 if(cinfo) |
6393 WinQueryClassName(window, 99, tmpbuf); | 6107 cinfo->clickdefault = next; |
6394 | |
6395 /* These are the window classes which can | |
6396 * obtain input focus. | |
6397 */ | |
6398 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#6", 3) == 0 && blah) | |
6399 blah->clickdefault = next; | |
6400 } | 6108 } |
6401 | 6109 |
6402 /* | 6110 /* |
6403 * Returns some information about the current operating environment. | 6111 * Returns some information about the current operating environment. |
6404 * Parameters: | 6112 * Parameters: |
6405 * env: Pointer to a DWEnv struct. | 6113 * env: Pointer to a DWEnv struct. |
6406 */ | 6114 */ |
6407 void dw_environment_query(DWEnv *env) | 6115 void dw_environment_query(DWEnv *env) |
6408 { | 6116 { |
6409 ULONG Build; | |
6410 | |
6411 if(!env) | 6117 if(!env) |
6412 return; | 6118 return; |
6413 | 6119 |
6414 /* The default is OS/2 2.0 */ | 6120 /* Get the Windows version. */ |
6415 strcpy(env->osName,"OS/2"); | 6121 |
6416 env->MajorVersion = 2; | 6122 env->MajorVersion = (DWORD)(LOBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion))); |
6417 env->MinorVersion = 0; | 6123 env->MinorVersion = (DWORD)(HIBYTE(LOWORD(dwVersion))); |
6418 | 6124 |
6419 Build = _GetSystemBuildLevel(); | 6125 /* Get the build number for Windows NT/Windows 2000. */ |
6420 env->MinorBuild = Build & 0xFFFF; | 6126 |
6421 env->MajorBuild = Build >> 16; | 6127 env->MinorBuild = 0; |
6422 | 6128 |
6423 if (aulBuffer[0] == 20) | 6129 if (dwVersion < 0x80000000) |
6424 { | 6130 { |
6425 int i = (unsigned int)aulBuffer[1]; | 6131 if(env->MajorVersion == 5 && env->MinorVersion == 1) |
6426 if (i > 20) | 6132 strcpy(env->osName, "Windows XP"); |
6427 { | 6133 else if(env->MajorVersion == 5 && env->MinorVersion == 0) |
6428 strcpy(env->osName,"Warp"); | 6134 strcpy(env->osName, "Windows 2000"); |
6429 env->MajorVersion = (int)i/10; | 6135 else |
6430 env->MinorVersion = i-(((int)i/10)*10); | 6136 strcpy(env->osName, "Windows NT"); |
6431 } | 6137 |
6432 else if (i == 10) | 6138 env->MajorBuild = (DWORD)(HIWORD(dwVersion)); |
6433 env->MinorVersion = 1; | 6139 } |
6434 } | 6140 else |
6141 { | |
6142 strcpy(env->osName, "Windows 95/98/ME"); | |
6143 env->MajorBuild = 0; | |
6144 } | |
6145 | |
6435 strcpy(env->buildDate, __DATE__); | 6146 strcpy(env->buildDate, __DATE__); |
6436 strcpy(env->buildTime, __TIME__); | 6147 strcpy(env->buildTime, __TIME__); |
6437 env->DWMajorVersion = DW_MAJOR_VERSION; | 6148 env->DWMajorVersion = DW_MAJOR_VERSION; |
6438 env->DWMinorVersion = DW_MINOR_VERSION; | 6149 env->DWMinorVersion = DW_MINOR_VERSION; |
6439 env->DWSubVersion = DW_SUB_VERSION; | 6150 env->DWSubVersion = DW_SUB_VERSION; |
6451 * the file path on success. | 6162 * the file path on success. |
6452 * | 6163 * |
6453 */ | 6164 */ |
6454 char *dw_file_browse(char *title, char *defpath, char *ext, int flags) | 6165 char *dw_file_browse(char *title, char *defpath, char *ext, int flags) |
6455 { | 6166 { |
6456 FILEDLG fild; | 6167 OPENFILENAME of; |
6457 HWND hwndFile; | 6168 char filenamebuf[1001] = ""; |
6458 int len; | 6169 int rc; |
6459 | 6170 |
6460 if(defpath) | 6171 if(ext) |
6461 strcpy(fild.szFullFile, defpath); | 6172 { |
6173 strcpy(filenamebuf, "*."); | |
6174 strcat(filenamebuf, ext); | |
6175 } | |
6176 | |
6177 memset(&of, 0, sizeof(OPENFILENAME)); | |
6178 | |
6179 of.lStructSize = sizeof(OPENFILENAME); | |
6180 of.hwndOwner = HWND_DESKTOP; | |
6181 of.hInstance = DWInstance; | |
6182 of.lpstrInitialDir = defpath; | |
6183 of.lpstrTitle = title; | |
6184 of.lpstrFile = filenamebuf; | |
6185 of.nMaxFile = 1000; | |
6186 of.lpstrDefExt = ext; | |
6187 of.Flags = 0; | |
6188 | |
6189 if(flags & DW_FILE_SAVE) | |
6190 rc = GetSaveFileName(&of); | |
6462 else | 6191 else |
6463 strcpy(fild.szFullFile, ""); | 6192 rc = GetOpenFileName(&of); |
6464 | 6193 |
6465 len = strlen(fild.szFullFile); | 6194 if(rc) |
6466 | 6195 return strdup(of.lpstrFile); |
6467 if(len) | 6196 |
6468 { | |
6469 if(fild.szFullFile[len-1] != '\\') | |
6470 strcat(fild.szFullFile, "\\"); | |
6471 } | |
6472 strcat(fild.szFullFile, "*"); | |
6473 | |
6474 if(ext) | |
6475 { | |
6476 strcat(fild.szFullFile, "."); | |
6477 strcat(fild.szFullFile, ext); | |
6478 } | |
6479 | |
6480 fild.cbSize = sizeof(FILEDLG); | |
6481 fild.fl = /*FDS_HELPBUTTON |*/ FDS_CENTER | FDS_OPEN_DIALOG; | |
6482 fild.pszTitle = title; | |
6483 fild.pszOKButton = ((flags & DW_FILE_SAVE) ? "Save" : "Open"); | |
6484 fild.ulUser = 0L; | |
6485 fild.pfnDlgProc = (PFNWP)WinDefFileDlgProc; | |
6486 fild.lReturn = 0L; | |
6487 fild.lSRC = 0L; | |
6488 fild.hMod = 0; | |
6489 fild.x = 0; | |
6490 fild.y = 0; | |
6491 fild.pszIType = (PSZ)NULL; | |
6492 fild.papszITypeList = (PAPSZ)NULL; | |
6493 fild.pszIDrive = (PSZ)NULL; | |
6494 fild.papszIDriveList= (PAPSZ)NULL; | |
6495 fild.sEAType = (SHORT)0; | |
6496 fild.papszFQFilename= (PAPSZ)NULL; | |
6497 fild.ulFQFCount = 0L; | |
6498 | |
6499 hwndFile = WinFileDlg(HWND_DESKTOP, HWND_DESKTOP, &fild); | |
6500 if(hwndFile) | |
6501 { | |
6502 switch(fild.lReturn) | |
6503 { | |
6504 case DID_OK: | |
6505 return strdup(fild.szFullFile); | |
6506 case DID_CANCEL: | |
6507 return NULL; | |
6508 } | |
6509 } | |
6510 return NULL; | 6197 return NULL; |
6511 } | 6198 } |
6512 | 6199 |
6513 /* | 6200 /* |
6514 * Execute and external program in a seperate session. | 6201 * Execute and external program in a seperate session. |
6519 * Returns: | 6206 * Returns: |
6520 * -1 on error. | 6207 * -1 on error. |
6521 */ | 6208 */ |
6522 int dw_exec(char *program, int type, char **params) | 6209 int dw_exec(char *program, int type, char **params) |
6523 { | 6210 { |
6524 return spawnvp(P_NOWAIT, program, (const char **)params); | 6211 char **newparams; |
6212 int retcode, count = 0, z; | |
6213 | |
6214 while(params[count]) | |
6215 { | |
6216 count++; | |
6217 } | |
6218 | |
6219 newparams = (char **)malloc(sizeof(char *) * (count+1)); | |
6220 | |
6221 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | |
6222 { | |
6223 newparams[z] = malloc(strlen(params[z])+3); | |
6224 strcpy(newparams[z], "\""); | |
6225 strcat(newparams[z], params[z]); | |
6226 strcat(newparams[z], "\""); | |
6227 } | |
6228 newparams[count] = NULL; | |
6229 | |
6230 retcode = spawnvp(P_NOWAIT, program, newparams); | |
6231 | |
6232 for(z=0;z<count;z++) | |
6233 { | |
6234 free(newparams[z]); | |
6235 } | |
6236 free(newparams); | |
6237 | |
6238 return retcode; | |
6525 } | 6239 } |
6526 | 6240 |
6527 /* | 6241 /* |
6528 * Loads a web browser pointed at the given URL. | 6242 * Loads a web browser pointed at the given URL. |
6529 * Parameters: | 6243 * Parameters: |
6530 * url: Uniform resource locator. | 6244 * url: Uniform resource locator. |
6531 */ | 6245 */ |
6532 int dw_browse(char *url) | 6246 int dw_browse(char *url) |
6533 { | 6247 { |
6534 /* Is there a way to find the webbrowser in Unix? */ | 6248 char *browseurl = url; |
6535 char *execargs[3], browser[1024], *newurl = NULL; | 6249 int retcode; |
6536 int len; | 6250 |
6537 | 6251 if(strlen(url) > 7 && strncmp(url, "file://", 7) == 0) |
6538 PrfQueryProfileString(HINI_USERPROFILE, "WPURLDEFAULTSETTINGS", | 6252 { |
6539 "DefaultBrowserExe", NULL, browser, 1024); | 6253 int len, z; |
6540 | 6254 |
6541 len = strlen(browser) - strlen("explore.exe"); | 6255 browseurl = &url[7]; |
6542 | 6256 len = strlen(browseurl); |
6543 execargs[0] = browser; | 6257 |
6544 execargs[1] = url; | 6258 for(z=0;z<len;z++) |
6545 execargs[2] = NULL; | 6259 { |
6546 | 6260 if(browseurl[z] == '|') |
6547 /* Special case for Web Explorer, it requires file:/// instead | 6261 browseurl[z] = ':'; |
6548 * of file:// so I am handling it here. | 6262 if(browseurl[z] == '/') |
6549 */ | 6263 browseurl[z] = '\\'; |
6550 if(len > 0) | 6264 } |
6551 { | 6265 } |
6552 if(stricmp(&browser[len], "explore.exe") == 0) | 6266 |
6553 { | 6267 retcode = (int)ShellExecute(NULL, "open", browseurl, NULL, NULL, SW_SHOWNORMAL); |
6554 int newlen, z; | 6268 if(retcode<33 && retcode != 2) |
6555 newurl = alloca(strlen(url) + 2); | 6269 return -1; |
6556 sprintf(newurl, "file:///%s", &url[7]); | 6270 return 1; |
6557 newlen = strlen(newurl); | |
6558 for(z=8;z<(newlen-8);z++) | |
6559 { | |
6560 if(newurl[z] == '|') | |
6561 newurl[z] = ':'; | |
6562 if(newurl[z] == '/') | |
6563 newurl[z] = '\\'; | |
6564 } | |
6565 execargs[1] = newurl; | |
6566 } | |
6567 } | |
6568 | |
6569 return dw_exec(browser, DW_EXEC_GUI, execargs); | |
6570 } | 6271 } |
6571 | 6272 |
6572 /* | 6273 /* |
6573 * Returns a pointer to a static buffer which containes the | 6274 * Returns a pointer to a static buffer which containes the |
6574 * current user directory. Or the root directory (C:\ on | 6275 * current user directory. Or the root directory (C:\ on |
6578 { | 6279 { |
6579 static char _user_dir[1024] = ""; | 6280 static char _user_dir[1024] = ""; |
6580 | 6281 |
6581 if(!_user_dir[0]) | 6282 if(!_user_dir[0]) |
6582 { | 6283 { |
6284 /* Figure out how to do this the "Windows way" */ | |
6583 char *home = getenv("HOME"); | 6285 char *home = getenv("HOME"); |
6584 | 6286 |
6585 if(home) | 6287 if(home) |
6586 strcpy(_user_dir, home); | 6288 strcpy(_user_dir, home); |
6587 else | 6289 else |
6597 * function: Function pointer to be called. | 6299 * function: Function pointer to be called. |
6598 * data: Pointer to the data to be passed to the function. | 6300 * data: Pointer to the data to be passed to the function. |
6599 */ | 6301 */ |
6600 void dw_window_function(HWND handle, void *function, void *data) | 6302 void dw_window_function(HWND handle, void *function, void *data) |
6601 { | 6303 { |
6602 WinSendMsg(handle, WM_USER, (MPARAM)function, (MPARAM)data); | 6304 SendMessage(handle, WM_USER, (WPARAM)function, (LPARAM)data); |
6603 } | 6305 } |
6604 | 6306 |
6605 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS | 6307 #ifndef NO_SIGNALS |
6606 /* | 6308 /* |
6607 * Add a callback to a window event. | 6309 * Add a callback to a window event. |
6613 */ | 6315 */ |
6614 void dw_signal_connect(HWND window, char *signame, void *sigfunc, void *data) | 6316 void dw_signal_connect(HWND window, char *signame, void *sigfunc, void *data) |
6615 { | 6317 { |
6616 ULONG message = 0L; | 6318 ULONG message = 0L; |
6617 | 6319 |
6618 if(strcmp(signame, "lose-focus") == 0) | |
6619 { | |
6620 char tmpbuf[100]; | |
6621 | |
6622 WinQueryClassName(window, 99, tmpbuf); | |
6623 | |
6624 if(strncmp(tmpbuf, "#2", 3) == 0) | |
6625 { | |
6626 HENUM henum = WinBeginEnumWindows(window); | |
6627 HWND child = WinGetNextWindow(henum); | |
6628 WinEndEnumWindows(henum); | |
6629 if(child) | |
6630 window = child; | |
6631 } | |
6632 } | |
6633 if(window && signame && sigfunc) | 6320 if(window && signame && sigfunc) |
6634 { | 6321 { |
6322 if(stricmp(signame, "set-focus") == 0) | |
6323 window = _normalize_handle(window); | |
6324 | |
6635 if((message = _findsigmessage(signame)) != 0) | 6325 if((message = _findsigmessage(signame)) != 0) |
6636 _new_signal(message, window, sigfunc, data); | 6326 _new_signal(message, window, sigfunc, data); |
6637 } | 6327 } |
6638 } | 6328 } |
6639 | 6329 |
6778 count--; | 6468 count--; |
6779 break; | 6469 break; |
6780 case 1003L: | 6470 case 1003L: |
6781 case 1004L: | 6471 case 1004L: |
6782 dw_window_destroy(testwindow);; | 6472 dw_window_destroy(testwindow);; |
6783 count--; | 6473 count--; |
6784 break; | 6474 break; |
6785 } | 6475 } |
6786 if(!count) | 6476 if(!count) |
6787 exit(0); | 6477 exit(0); |
6788 break; | 6478 break; |
6795 { | 6485 { |
6796 dw_window_destroy((HWND)data); | 6486 dw_window_destroy((HWND)data); |
6797 /* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */ | 6487 /* Return -1 to allow the default handlers to return. */ |
6798 count--; | 6488 count--; |
6799 if(!count) | 6489 if(!count) |
6800 exit(0); | 6490 exit(0); |
6801 return -1; | 6491 return -1; |
6802 } | 6492 } |
6803 #endif | 6493 #endif |
6804 | 6494 |
6805 /* | 6495 /* |
6806 * Let's demonstrate the functionality of this library. :) | 6496 * Let's demonstrate the functionality of this library. :) |
6807 */ | 6497 */ |
6808 int main(void) | 6498 int WINAPI WinMain( |
6499 HINSTANCE hInstance, | |
6500 HINSTANCE hPrevInstance, | |
6501 LPSTR lpCmdLine, | |
6502 int nCmdShow | |
6503 ) | |
6809 { | 6504 { |
6810 ULONG flStyle = DW_FCF_SYSMENU | DW_FCF_TITLEBAR | | 6505 ULONG flStyle = DW_FCF_SYSMENU | DW_FCF_TITLEBAR | |
6811 DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION | DW_FCF_TASKLIST | DW_FCF_DLGBORDER; | 6506 DW_FCF_SHELLPOSITION | DW_FCF_TASKLIST | DW_FCF_DLGBORDER; |
6812 int pageid; | 6507 int pageid; |
6813 | 6508 |
6814 dw_init(TRUE); | 6509 dw_init(TRUE, 0, NULL); |
6815 | 6510 |
6816 /* Try a little server dialog. :) */ | 6511 /* Try a little server dialog. :) */ |
6817 mainwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Server", flStyle | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER | DW_FCF_MINMAX); | 6512 mainwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Server", flStyle | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER | DW_FCF_MINMAX); |
6818 | 6513 |
6819 lbbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10); | 6514 lbbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 10); |
6854 dw_window_show(mainwindow); | 6549 dw_window_show(mainwindow); |
6855 | 6550 |
6856 dw_window_set_usize(mainwindow, 170, 340); | 6551 dw_window_set_usize(mainwindow, 170, 340); |
6857 | 6552 |
6858 /* Another small example */ | 6553 /* Another small example */ |
6859 flStyle |= FCF_MINMAX | FCF_SIZEBORDER; | 6554 flStyle |= DW_FCF_MINMAX | DW_FCF_SIZEBORDER; |
6860 | 6555 |
6861 testwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Wow a test dialog! :) yay!", flStyle); | 6556 testwindow = dw_window_new(HWND_DESKTOP, "Wow a test dialog! :) yay!", flStyle); |
6862 | 6557 |
6863 testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0); | 6558 testbox = dw_box_new(BOXVERT, 0); |
6864 | 6559 |
6873 pageid = dw_notebook_page_new(notebook, 0L, FALSE); | 6568 pageid = dw_notebook_page_new(notebook, 0L, FALSE); |
6874 | 6569 |
6875 dw_notebook_page_set_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page"); | 6570 dw_notebook_page_set_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page"); |
6876 dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page"); | 6571 dw_notebook_page_set_status_text(notebook, pageid, "Test page"); |
6877 | 6572 |
6878 dw_notebook_pack(notebook, pageid, testbox); | 6573 dw_notebook_pack(notebook, pageid, testbox); |
6879 | 6574 |
6880 testok = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L); | 6575 testok = dw_button_new("Ok", 1003L); |
6881 | 6576 |
6882 dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testok, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10); | 6577 dw_box_pack_start(testbox, testok, 60, 40, TRUE, TRUE, 10); |
6883 | 6578 |
6908 dw_window_set_font(testcancel2, "9.WarpSans"); | 6603 dw_window_set_font(testcancel2, "9.WarpSans"); |
6909 | 6604 |
6910 dw_window_show(testwindow); | 6605 dw_window_show(testwindow); |
6911 | 6606 |
6912 #ifdef USE_FILTER | 6607 #ifdef USE_FILTER |
6608 | |
6913 dw_main(0L, (void *)testfilter); | 6609 dw_main(0L, (void *)testfilter); |
6914 #else | 6610 #else |
6915 /* Setup the function callbacks */ | 6611 /* Setup the function callbacks */ |
6916 dw_signal_connect(okbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow); | 6612 dw_signal_connect(okbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow); |
6917 dw_signal_connect(cancelbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow); | 6613 dw_signal_connect(cancelbutton, "clicked", DW_SIGNAL_FUNC(test_callback), (void *)mainwindow); |